Category: Canada

  • MIL-OSI Canada: 2025 Wine Award Call for Submissions

    Source: Government of Canada regional news

    The 2025 Lieutenant-Governor’s Award for Excellence in Nova Scotia Wines is open for submissions.

    “The wine industry in Nova Scotia continues to grow in reputation, producing exceptional wines that reflect the dedication and expertise of our local winemakers,” said Lt.-Gov. Mike Savage. “This award is an opportunity to celebrate their passion, resilience and innovation. Their work enhances the province’s culinary and cultural landscape, and I am honoured to recognize their contributions.”

    Established by former lieutenant-governor J.J. Grant in 2014, the award recognizes the outstanding quality of locally sourced and produced wines. It also honours the commitment and craft of the people in Nova Scotia’s wine industry.

    The award is administered in collaboration with Taste of Nova Scotia and Wine Growers Nova Scotia. These organizations will share information about the submission process with member wineries.

    The submission deadline is May 9.


    Quick Facts:

    • wineries may submit up to three commercially available wines made with 100 per cent Nova Scotian grapes
    • the wines will be judged through a blind tasting process by a panel of independent wine experts
    • up to five wines will be selected for the annual award
    • the 2025 award ceremony will take place at Government House in July

    Additional Resources:

    News release – Nova Scotia Wines Receive Award for Excellence: https://news.novascotia.ca/en/2024/07/10/nova-scotia-wines-receive-award-excellence


    MIL OSI Canada News

  • MIL-OSI: POET to Demonstrate Cutting-Edge Light Source and Industry-leading 1.6T Optical Engines for AI Applications at OFC Conference

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    TORONTO, March 25, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — POET Technologies Inc. (“POET” or the “Company“) (TSX Venture: PTK; NASDAQ: POET), a leader in the design and implementation of highly-integrated optical engines and light sources for artificial intelligence networks, today announced it plans to demonstrate its latest technology innovations and products at the Optical Fiber Communications (OFC) Conference, which will be held in San Francisco, California from April 1st to April 3rd, 2025. POET’s executive management team and engineers will be meeting customers and industry analysts at the Company’s booth No. 5315 during the Exhibition.

    POET Blazar™ Demo (Invitation Only): Senior technical and executive management of select technology companies will have the opportunity to observe the highly anticipated POET Blazar prototype in private meetings with POET management. Built on the POET Optical Interposer™ platform, Blazar is a ground-breaking light source solution to power both co-packaged optics (CPO) and high-bandwidth, chip-to-chip, light-based data communications links. Named after an extremely bright galactic object, Blazar utilizes POET’s wafer-level chip-scale packaging technology to create a high-power, multi-channel light source as an alternative to traditional DFB laser-based solutions. Wafer-level chip-scale technology significantly lowers the cost of the light source, provides larger scale and better reliability, and promises to increase the effective supply of Indium Phosphide, a rare and limited compound semiconductor material commonly used as the light-producing element in lasers. 

    “Given the vast potential of our ELS (external light source) solution and the sensitive nature of the technology, we have opted to limit its exposure, which is why we are selecting a number of senior technologists and executives to an invitation-only viewing,” POET Chairman and CEO Dr. Suresh Venkatesan said. “The Blazar can transform the economies of scale for AI connectivity with an architecture that reduces costs and increases scale and manufacturing efficiency. With the massive amount of compute power that AI demands, we believe that the Blazar offers an economically superior solution to achieving next-generation performance. It is a crucial component to getting to 3.2T in pluggable optical modules and achieving the higher speeds, bandwidth and low-latency needed for chip-to-chip data communication links.”

    POET Teralight™ 1.6T Optical Engine (Live Public Demo): In partnership with Mitsubishi Electric, POET will unveil its Teralight product line of 1.6T highly integrated transmit and receive optical engines offering a complete optical system-on-chip architecture that reduces cost and simplifies module design. The 1.6T transmit engine includes only four externally modulated laser chips, rather than the standard eight lasers for 1.6T transceivers, due to Mitsubishi Electric’s unique 2x200G EML laser design, a cost reduction in the most expensive transmit component. Built-in high-speed drivers, monitor photo diodes, a thermistor and optical multiplexers (for FR4 applications) make this the most highly integrated system-on-chip available on the market. The receive engine includes photo diodes, trans-impedance amplifiers (TIAs) and demultiplexers (for FR4 applications). The POET Optical Interposer design eliminates the use of wire bonds between devices, which reduces the RF crosstalk to achieve industry-leading performance at the highest speeds available on the market. The system-on-chip architecture allows customers to use the same board design for 1.6T DR8 and 2xFR4 pluggable modules, a feature unique to POET that eliminates the need for separate DR and FR engineering teams, which has been a standard development approach within the industry.

    Leading Module Customers Incorporating POET Optical Engines: Among the leading suppliers offering modules based on POET’s optical engines, LuxshareTech will be demonstrating 400G and 800G DR and FR modules at OFC (Booth #4905) and Adtran (formerly ADVA) will demo a highly integrated Quattro 100G LR4 in their private demo room. Quattro LR4 integrates four instances of 100G LR4 into a single QSFP-DD form factor, quadrupling the density of 100G ports in 400G switch and routing platforms. This module has gained intense interest from both hyperscalers and telecom network providers for its performance and cost-effectiveness.

    Product Showcase: POET will also have a product showcase of its current portfolio suite of optical engines and light sources at its booth. Some of those products have been designed into customer solutions that will be demonstrated at the POET booth as market-ready applications.

    Lightwave Award: In addition, Company representatives will collect the recently announced Elite Score award at the Lightwave+BTR Innovations Reviews Reception, which is scheduled to be held at the Moscone Center in Rooms 307/308 on March 31, 2025 at 5:00 PM PST.

    About POET Technologies Inc.
    POET is a design and development company offering high-speed optical modules, optical engines and light source products to the artificial intelligence systems market and to hyperscale data centers. POET’s photonic integration solutions are based on the POET Optical Interposer™, a novel, patented platform that allows the seamless integration of electronic and photonic devices into a single chip using advanced wafer-level semiconductor manufacturing techniques. POET’s Optical Interposer-based products are lower cost, consume less power than comparable products, are smaller in size and are readily scalable to high production volumes. In addition to providing high-speed (800G, 1.6T and above) optical engines and optical modules for AI clusters and hyperscale data centers, POET has designed and produced novel light source products for chip-to-chip data communication within and between AI servers, the next frontier for solving bandwidth and latency problems in AI systems. POET’s Optical Interposer platform also solves device integration challenges in 5G networks, machine-to-machine communication, self-contained “Edge” computing applications and sensing applications, such as LIDAR systems for autonomous vehicles. POET is headquartered in Toronto, Canada, with operations in Allentown, PA, Shenzhen, China, and Singapore. More information about POET is available on our website at www.poet-technologies.com.

    Forward-Looking Statements
    This news release contains “forward-looking information” (within the meaning of applicable Canadian securities laws) and “forward-looking statements” (within the meaning of the U.S. Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995). Such statements or information are identified with words such as “anticipate”, “believe”, “expect”, “plan”, “intend”, “potential”, “estimate”, “propose”, “project”, “outlook”, “foresee” or similar words suggesting future outcomes or statements regarding any potential outcome. Such statements include the Company’s expectations with respect to the success of the Company’s product development efforts, the performance of its products, operations, meeting revenue targets, and the expectation of continued success in the financing efforts, the capability, functionality, performance and cost of the Company’s technology as well as the market acceptance, inclusion and timing of the Company’s technology in current and future products, including with the Blazar light source and 1.6T optical engines featured in today’s announcement, and expectations regarding its successful development of high speed transceiver solutions and its penetration of the Artificial Intelligence hardware markets.

    Such forward-looking information or statements are based on a number of risks, uncertainties and assumptions which may cause actual results or other expectations to differ materially from those anticipated and which may prove to be incorrect. Assumptions have been made regarding, among other things, the completion of its development efforts with its customers, the ability to build working prototypes to the customer’s specifications, and the size, future growth and needs of Artificial Intelligence network suppliers. Actual results could differ materially due to a number of factors, including, without limitation, the failure to demonstrate the Blazar light source a 1.6T optical engines at the upcoming OFC Conference, failure to produce optical engines on time and within budget, the failure of Artificial Intelligence networks to continue to grow as expected, the failure of the Company’s products to meet performance requirements for AI and datacom networks, operational risks in the completion of the Company’s projects, the ability of the Company to generate sales for its products, including those in today’s announcement, and the ability of its customers to deploy systems that incorporate the Company’s products. Although the Company believes that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking information or statements are reasonable, prospective investors in the Company’s securities should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements because the Company can provide no assurance that such expectations will prove to be correct. Forward-looking information and statements contained in this news release are as of the date of this news release and the Company assumes no obligation to update or revise this forward-looking information and statements except as required by law.

    Neither TSX Venture Exchange nor its Regulation Services Provider (as that term is defined in the policies of the TSX Venture Exchange) accepts responsibility for the adequacy or accuracy of this release.
    120 Eglinton Avenue, East, Suite 1107, Toronto, ON, M4P 1E2- Tel: 416-368-9411 – Fax: 416-322-5075

    A photo accompanying this announcement is available at https://www.globenewswire.com/NewsRoom/AttachmentNg/7d68dcbe-ead9-40e0-82ba-ddc1a655791c

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Corporate and Municipal CUSIP Request Volumes Increase in February

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    NORWALK, Conn., March 25, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — CUSIP Global Services (CGS) today announced the release of its CUSIP Issuance Trends Report for February 2025. The report, which tracks the issuance of new security identifiers as an early indicator of debt and capital markets activity over the next quarter, found a strong monthly increase in request volume for new corporate and municipal identifiers.

    North American corporate CUSIP requests totaled 8,103 in February, which is up 79.9% on a monthly basis. On an annualized basis, North American corporate requests were down 7.1% over February 2024 totals. The monthly increase was driven by a 112.8% rise in request volume for U.S. corporate debt identifiers, along with increases in request volume forshort-term certificates of deposit (61.6%) and longer-term certificates of deposit (19.5%).

    The aggregate total of identifier requests for new municipal securities – including municipal bonds, long-term and short-term notes, and commercial paper – rose 36.4% versus January totals. On a year-over-year basis, overall municipal volumes were up 17.1%. Texas led state-level municipal request volume with a total of 118 new CUSIP requests in February, followed by New York (73) and California (65).

    “Corporate and municipal CUSIP requests rebounded in February after declines in January to start the year,” said Gerard Faulkner, Director of Operations for CGS. “It will be interesting to see if the turnaround in higher request volume will be sustained amid market and economic uncertainty.”

    Requests for international equity CUSIPs rose 29.2% in February and international debt CUSIP requests rose 26.2%. On an annualized basis, international equity CUSIP requests were up 20.1% and international debt CUSIP requests were up 48.7%.

    To view the full CUSIP Issuance Trends report for February, please click here.

    Following is a breakdown of new CUSIP Identifier requests by asset class year-to-date through February 2025:

    Asset Class 2025 YTD 2024 YTD YOY Change
    Long-Term Municipal Notes 70 22 218.2%
    International Debt 1,176 791 48.7%
    Private Placement Securities 687 527 30.4%
    Canada Corporate Debt & Equity 1,135 881 28.8%
    U.S. Corporate Debt 5,020 4,068 23.4%
    International Equity 275 229 20.1%
    U.S. Corporate Equity 2,112 1,795 17.7%
    Municipal Bonds 1,434 1,225 17.1%
    Syndicated Loans 379 365 3.8%
    CDs < 1-year Maturity 1,418 1,702 -16.7%
    CDs > 1-year Maturity 1,183 1,546 -23.5%
    Short-Term Municipal Notes 113 152 -25.7%

    About CUSIP Global Services

    CUSIP Global Services (CGS) is the global leader in securities identification. The financial services industry relies on CGS’ unrivaled experience in uniquely identifying instruments and entities to support efficient global capital markets. Its extensive focus on standardization over the past 50 plus years has helped CGS earn its reputation as the industry standard provider of reliable, timely reference data. CGS is also a founding member of the Association of National Numbering Agencies (ANNA) and co-operates ANNA’s hub of ISIN data, the ANNA Service Bureau. CGS is managed on behalf of the American Bankers Association (ABA) by FactSet Research Systems Inc., with a Board of Trustees that represents the voices of leading financial institutions. For more information, visit www.cusip.com.

    About The American Bankers Association

    The American Bankers Association is the voice of the nation’s $24.2 trillion banking industry, which is composed of small, regional and large banks that together employ approximately 2.1 million people, safeguard $19.1 trillion in deposits and extend $12.6 trillion in loans.

    For More Information:

    John Roderick
    john@jroderick.com
    +1 (631) 584.2200

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Desert Mountain Energy Corp. to Present at the Oil & Gas Virtual Investor Conference March 27th

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    VANCOUVER, British Columbia, March 25, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Desert Mountain Energy Corp. DMEHF/DME based in Vancouver, BC focused on natural gas and helium production today announced that Don Mosher President/Director will present live at the Oil & Gas Virtual Investor Conference hosted by VirtualInvestorConferences.com, on March 27th, 2025.

    DATE: March 27th
    TIME: 1:00 PM ET
    LINK: https://bit.ly/4j33dLh

    This will be a live, interactive online event where investors are invited to ask the company
    questions in real-time. If attendees are not able to join the event live on the day of the
    conference, an archived webcast will also be made available after the event.

    It is recommended that online investors pre-register and run the online system check to expedite participation and receive event updates.  

    Learn more about the event at www.virtualinvestorconferences.com.

    Recent Company Highlights

    • Started plant operations in New Mexico
    • Received a favorable ruling in a Arizona court case
    • Looking forward to legislative changes in favor of helium production in AZ
    • Licensed the Company’s plant design to an international partner

    Desert Mountain Energy Corp

    Desert Mountain Energy Corp. (TSX.V – DME) is a forward-looking resource company actively engaged in the exploration, development and production of Helium and Natural Gas properties in the U.S. Southwest, with its executive offices in Vancouver, Canada. Most recently, the company has acquired the West Pecos Slope Abo Gas field which boasts 188 wells and more than 50 miles of surface collection lines across approximately 120 square miles of continuous mineral claims.

    In addition, DME owns +100,000 acres of mineral leases in Arizona. To date, DME has drilled eight wells and discovered four high-grade helium fields in nitrogen environments.

    About Virtual Investor Conferences®

    Virtual Investor Conferences (VIC) is the leading proprietary investor conference series that provides an interactive forum for publicly traded companies to seamlessly present directly to investors.

    Providing a real-time investor engagement solution, VIC is specifically designed to offer companies more efficient investor access.  Replicating the components of an on-site investor conference, VIC offers companies enhanced capabilities to connect with investors, schedule targeted one-on-one meetings and enhance their presentations with dynamic video content. Accelerating the next level of investor engagement, Virtual Investor Conferences delivers leading investor communications to a global network of retail and institutional investors.

    CONTACTS:

    Desert Mountain Energy Corp.
    Don Mosher
    President/Director
    604-617-5448
    don@desertmountainenergy.com

    Virtual Investor Conferences
    John M. Viglotti
    SVP Corporate Services, Investor Access
    OTC Markets Group
    (212) 220-2221
    johnv@otcmarkets.com

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI USA: Spanish Leadership Program Continues to Build Power at Winpisinger Center

    Source: US GOIAM Union

    En Español

    Recently, 24 IAM members from 15 Locals across the United States, Canada, and Puerto Rico, representing multiple industries, participated in the Spanish Leadership I Program at the William W. Winpisinger Education and Technology Center.

    WATCH VIDEO

    The Spanish-language programs at the Winpisinger Center are coordinated and developed by the Spanish Language Working Group (SLWG), which is comprised of IAM staff and members. The program covers a wide range of subjects designed to equip participants with the knowledge and skills necessary for effective union leadership. Some of the topics include labor history, parliamentary procedure in local administration, the role of the steward, human rights, the importance of organizing, and government and politics. 

    “One of the missions of the IAM is to empower our members through education,” said IAM General Secretary-Treasurer Dora Cervantes. “By offering a comprehensive curriculum in Spanish, we can ensure that more members have the opportunity to develop their leadership skills.”

    SEE PHOTOS

    In addition to Leadership I, the Winpisinger Center offers an extended Spanish language curriculum that includes Leadership II and Advanced Leadership programs, alongside various other educational offerings. These classes cater to different levels of union leadership and engagement, ensuring that members are well-prepared for the challenges they may face in their workplace and while servicing their fellow IAM siblings.

    For more information on enrolling in these educational programs, please contact your Local Officers, Business Representative, or General Chairperson.

    El Programa de Liderazgo en Español Continúa Fortaleciendo el Poder en el Centro Winpisinger

    Recientemente, 24 miembros de la IAM de 15 Locales de los Estados Unidos, Canadá y Puerto Rico, los cuales representan múltiples industrias, participaron en el Programa de Liderazgo I en Español en el Centro de Educación y Tecnología William W. Winpisinger.

    VER VIDEO 

    Los programas en español en el Centro Winpisinger son coordinados y desarrollados por el grupo de facilitadores de Liderazgo en Español (SLWG, por sus siglas en inglés), que está compuesto por personal y miembros de la IAM. El programa cubre muchos temas importantes diseñados para preparar a los participantes con el conocimiento y las habilidades necesarias para un liderazgo sindical eficaz. Algunos de los temas incluyen la historia laboral, procedimientos parlamentarios en la administración de las Locales, el papel del delegado, los derechos humanos, la importancia de organizar y el gobierno y la política.

    “Una de las misiones de la IAM es empoderar a nuestros miembros a través de la educación”, dijo la Secretaria-Tesorera General de la IAM Dora Cervantes. “Al ofrecer un plan de estudios integral en español, podemos garantizar que más miembros tengan la oportunidad de desarrollar sus habilidades cómo líderes.”

    VER FOTOS

    Además del Liderazgo I, el Centro Winpisinger ofrece un currículo extendido en español que incluye los programas de Liderazgo II y Liderazgo Avanzado, junto con otras cursos. Estas clases están dirigidas a diferentes niveles de liderazgo sindical, asegurando que los miembros estén bien preparados para los desafíos que puedan enfrentar en su lugar de trabajo y al proveer servicios a sus compañeros miembros de la IAM.

    Para más información sobre cómo inscribirse en estos programas educativos, por favor contacte a sus Oficiales Locales, Representante Sindical o Presidente de la Local.

    Share and Follow:

    MIL OSI USA News

  • MIL-OSI: RTI Secures $1.25M U.S. Air Force Contract to Enhance Next-Generation Data and Networking Systems

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    SUNNYVALE, Calif., March 25, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Real-Time Innovations (RTI), the infrastructure software company for smart-world systems, today announced that it has been awarded a $1.25M Small Business Innovation Research (SBIR) Phase II contract. The company will leverage its RTI Connext® platform to accelerate the integration and performance of real-time communication systems. This funding will advance the integration and support of the IEEE Time-Sensitive Networking (TSN) protocol, enabling enhanced configurability, reliability, and efficiency for mission-critical applications across USAF programs.

    Connext, built on the Data Distribution Service (DDS) standard, was chosen for its maturity, security, performance, and ability to streamline interoperability between diverse systems, ensuring seamless data flow across technologies. This data-centric approach allows the Air Force to retain control over how systems communicate and interact, allowing primes to handle the actual building and execution of systems. By using a modular and flexible framework, the U.S. Air Force can rapidly upgrade and replace individual components without a full system overhaul, reducing long-term risks and costs, while accelerating the fielding of enhanced capabilities to meet evolving needs. RTI is the world’s largest DDS supplier and the most trusted software framework for mission-critical systems, delivering nonstop availability with no single point of failure.

    “With Connext, we’re providing a next-generation solution that ensures seamless, reliable communication while meeting stringent latency and determinism requirements,” said Dr. Paul Pazandak, Director of Research at RTI. “By extending our application modeling tools to support TSN, we empower developers to streamline the deployment of mission-critical systems.”

    IEEE TSN (802.1) is a set of specifications designed to enhance Ethernet by providing real-time, high-performance capabilities. By ensuring precise time synchronization and guaranteed Quality of Service (QoS), TSN provides optimized network bandwidth and streamlined system management. The advanced scheduling capabilities streamline the development of synchronized control systems, offering superior network convergence, performance, and cost-efficiency.

    Connext is field-proven across many industries to communicate real-time data with exceptional reliability. Offering advanced capabilities and backed by global engineering and support teams, Connext has brought technical success to more than 2,000 systems. Uniquely, Connext allows applications to
    work together as one and users can build applications that combine advanced sensing, fast control, and AI algorithms.

    To learn more about RTI’s advanced research activities, please visit the RTI Research page.

    About RTI

    Real-Time Innovations (RTI) is the infrastructure software company for smart-world systems. RTI Connext® is the world’s leading software framework for intelligent distributed systems. Uniquely, Connext users can build systems that combine advanced sensing, fast control, and AI algorithms.

    With 2,000 customer designs, RTI excels at getting customers to production. RTI software runs over 300 autonomous vehicle programs, supports dozens of automotive ADAS and software-defined architectures, controls the largest power plants in North America, integrates over 500 major defense programs, drives a new generation of MedTech systems and robotics, and underlies Canada’s air traffic control and NASA’s launch control systems.

    RTI runs a smarter world.

    RTI is the market leader in products compliant with the Data Distribution Service (DDS™) standard. RTI is privately held and headquartered in Silicon Valley with regional offices in Colorado, Spain, and Singapore.

    Download a free trial of the latest, fully-functional Connext software today: www.rti.com/downloads

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI Security: Corner Brook — RCMP-RNC JFO West searches home in Gillams and seizes drugs and weapons, two individuals arrested

    Source: Royal Canadian Mounted Police

    RCMP-RNC Joint Forces Operation (JFO) West searched a home in Gillams on March 21, 2025. Officers located a quantity of drugs and weapons. Two individuals, a man and a woman both 44 years of age, were arrested.

    On Friday evening, with a search warrant authorized under the Controlled Drugs and Substances Act, JFO West, with assistance of RCMP NL’s General Investigation Section and the Royal Newfoundland Constabulary’s Patrol Services, entered a home on Pioneer Avenue in Gillams. The two individuals were arrested without incident inside the home.

    Police located and seized approximately 1.5 ounces of cocaine, a quantity of prescription pills, a prohibited weapon (brass knuckles), a handgun that is believed to be an airsoft pistol and other items consistent with possession for the purpose of drug trafficking.

    Both individuals are scheduled to attend court at a later date, each to face a charge of possession for the purpose of trafficking cocaine. The man is additionally facing a charge of possession of a prohibited weapon.

    The investigation is continuing with further charges possible.

    JFO West, which includes dedicated police officers from both the RCMP and RNC, targets drug trafficking and organized crime on the west coast of the province.

    If you are a resident on the province’s west coast and you suspect there is drug trafficking in your neighbourhood, JFO West wants to talk with you. You can remain anonymous while speaking directly with a police officer by contacting the JFO West designated drug line at (709) 637-4221.

    Residents in other areas of the province are encouraged to contact their local police detachment to report illegal drug activities.

    MIL Security OSI

  • MIL-OSI: The Refurb Company USA Launches to Bring Industry-Leading Refurbishment Solutions to North America

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    FARMINGDALE, N.Y., March 25, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — A new era in IT refurbishment has arrived in North America with the launch of The Refurb Company USA, headquartered in Farmingdale, New York. The company is set to provide cutting-edge refurbishment solutions that enhance device quality, extend product lifecycles, and support a more sustainable IT ecosystem.

    Led by industry veterans Richard Sommers, Frank Milia, and Richy George, The Refurb Company USA brings decades of expertise from IT Asset Management Group (ITAMG), a leading IT asset disposition (ITAD) provider established in 1999.

    While aligned with The Refurb Company, a global leader in refurbishment innovation, The Refurb Company USA empowers ITAD professionals and refurbishers across the U.S. and Canada with high-quality refurbishing products, fast turnaround times, and exceptional customer service.

    The Refurb Company USA is a licensed producer and distributor of The Refurb Company’s industry-leading refurbishing products, including:

    • Skinz™ – High-durability skins that instantly enhance device appearance without disassembly.
    • SticKeys™ – Patent-pending keyboard overlays for seamless language transitions and refurbishment.
    • Screen Savers™ – Cost-effective technology for screen refurbishment.

    “We saw an opportunity to bring the best refurbishment solutions directly to the U.S. market,” said Frank Milia, Co-Founder of The Refurb Company USA. “By producing locally, we ensure faster lead times, greater quality control, and the ability to support our customers with hands-on training and service.”

    A core mission of The Refurb Company USA is to reduce reliance on overseas production, lowering carbon emissions while strengthening the North American circular economy. The company provides a three-year warranty on all its products and offers training and support to ITAD professionals and refurbishers.

    The Refurb Company USA joins an established global network of refurbishment facilities, including locations in Poole, UK; Sydney, Australia; and New York, USA, with additional expansion planned in 2025.

    For more information on The Refurb Company USA and its industry-leading IT refurbishment solutions, visit TheRefurbCompany.com

    About The Refurb Company USA

    The Refurb Company USA specializes in high-quality refurbishment solutions for ITAD professionals, resellers, and refurbishers. With a leadership team boasting over 25 years of experience in IT asset disposition and refurbishment, the company provides locally-produced, innovative solutions that support sustainability and extend the life of IT hardware.

    Contact: Richy George
    Email: richy@itamg.com        
    Phone: 1.516.284.8569

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Bybit’s $100k Scholarship at St. Paul School: A Commitment to Empower Future Leaders

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    DUBAI, United Arab Emirates, March 25, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Bybit, the world’s second-largest cryptocurrency exchange by trading volume, is proud to unveil a generous scholarship program that will provide $100,000 to 300 students of St. Paul American Scholars (SPAS), a renowned international school in Korea, for the academic year of 2025/26. This collaboration entails both financial contribution and on-campus educational events, underscoring Bybit’s commitment to fostering academic excellence and innovative thinking, nurturing future leaders fit for a connected world. 

    The scholarship will provide deserving students with invaluable financial support and recognition, encouraging them to pursue their educational aspirations and explore the world with their talent. The recipients will represent a diversity of cultures and merits, including support for SPAS students demonstrating academic excellence, scholarships for foreign students, sibling scholarships, and need-based support for children of staff. By investing in budding talent with global ambition, Bybit aims to create lasting change and inspire students to reach their full potential. The funds will be disbursed within 30 days of the agreement, with a detailed report on their allocation provided within 60 days post-disbursement.

    In addition to monetary rewards, Bybit and SPAS will organize campus events cultivating community engagement and collaboration between students, parents, and educators. This initiative aligns perfectly with SPAS’s philosophy that education is a “three-legged stool”, supported by teachers, parents, and students working together.

    Established in 2015, Saint Paul American Scholars (SPAS) operates four campuses in Korea’s major metropolitan areas: Gwanggyo, Bundang, Dongtan, and Ansan. Recognized as one of Korea’s leading American educational institutions, SPAS is fully accredited by the Middle States Association (MSA), Accreditation International (AI), the National Council for Private School Accreditation (NCPSA), and Cognia.

    Additionally, SPAS offers an international exchange program through partnerships with The Knox School in New York, CIC School in Canada, and Prince Bishop Summer School in the UK, providing students with valuable opportunities to experience diverse cultures and global perspectives.

    “The budding talent today are the building blocks for a better future, and we are honored and excited to support the exceptional students at SPAS. This scholarship embodies our commitment to creating opportunities that empower young minds and inspire positive impact,” said Helen Liu, COO of Bybit. 

    As SPAS continues to grow, including the inclusion of Chinese language classes taught by native-speaking teachers and plans for a new campus in Hanoi, Vietnam, the partnership with Bybit will further enhance the educational landscape, ensuring that students are well-prepared for a globalized world.

    The SPAS partnership is a new addition to Bybit’s community and philanthropic initiatives in forward-thinking education and knowledge sharing. The crypto-native company has contributed to causes and projects at the American University of Sharjah in the United Arab Emirates, and continues its global footprint via the global campus of the Crypto Content Creator Campus.

    #Bybit / #TheCryptoArk 

    About Bybit

    Bybit is the world’s second-largest cryptocurrency exchange by trading volume, serving a global community of over 60 million users. Founded in 2018, Bybit is redefining openness in the decentralized world by creating a simpler, open, and equal ecosystem for everyone. With a strong focus on Web3, Bybit partners strategically with leading blockchain protocols to provide robust infrastructure and drive on-chain innovation. Renowned for its secure custody, diverse marketplaces, intuitive user experience, and advanced blockchain tools, Bybit bridges the gap between TradFi and DeFi, empowering builders, creators, and enthusiasts to unlock the full potential of Web3. Discover the future of decentralized finance at Bybit.com.

    For more details about Bybit, please visit Bybit Press

    For media inquiries, please contact: media@bybit.com 

    For updates, please follow: Bybit’s Communities and Social Media
    Discord | Facebook | Instagram | LinkedIn | Reddit | Telegram | TikTok | X | Youtube

    Contact

    Head of PR
    Tony Au
    Bybit
    tony.au@bybit.com

    A photo accompanying this announcement is available at https://www.globenewswire.com/NewsRoom/AttachmentNg/061a1b37-9520-47a0-ac0b-3d85d56f87f2

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI Global: Amid U.S. threats, Canada’s national security plans must include training in non-violent resistance

    Source: The Conversation – Canada – By Richard Sandbrook, Professor Emeritus of Political Science, University of Toronto

    Canadians are currently learning tough lessons about national security thanks to United States President Donald Trump’s repeated annexation threats.

    It’s clear that American proclamations of support for universal human rights, national sovereignty and a rules-based international order can vanish with a change of leadership. These ideals, though tarnished by some past U.S. actions, have now been replaced by the predatory dictum known as “might makes right.”

    Although it seems unthinkable that Trump will invade Canada, we live in an increasingly unstable world and Canadians need to be prepared for the worst. In the midst of a federal election campaign, party leaders need to present innovative ideas to fight Trump and potential American aggression.




    Read more:
    An American military invasion of Canada? No longer unthinkable, but highly unlikely


    More than military defence

    Unfortunately, the common assumption is that national security depends wholly on military strength and alliances. But the emergency Canada is now facing demands a rethink.

    Of course, Canada would not dispense with its military. It’s needed, especially to defend Canada’s northern frontier. However, Canada cannot match the U.S. in military power, nor would anything be achieved if it broke its commitments to the United Nations’ Non-Proliferation Treaty — a pact designed to prevent the spread of nuclear weapons — by acquiring nukes.

    Either of these tactics would be suicidal. Canada’s real strength is its unity and institutions.

    Canadians can paralyze military might through civil, non-violent resistance. Familiarity with these techniques could empower Canadian citizens to preserve a vibrant democracy.

    Non-violent resistance can not only a more effective defence, but also much less devastating in terms of lives lost and property destroyed. Responding to an invasion with military force would only mean widespread casualties and the destruction of Canada’s largest cities.

    Canada should therefore aim to subvert the will of the occupying force, not drive it, through armed defence, to fear, hatred and further violence.

    What is civil defence?

    Non-violent resistance involves using a country’s citizens and institutions to deter an invasion, and if that fails, to defeat and drive out the invaders. It has a long history both as a spiritual practice and a strategic weapon.

    Civil defence, however, only emerged as a strategic concept in the 1980s and 1990s. It is a system of deterrence and defence that relies on a united and resolute citizenry employing only non-violent tactics.

    An early American proponent was the Albert Einstein Institution’s Gene Sharp, an American political scientist. Recent advocates from around the world — Srdja Popovic, Erica Chenoworth and Michael Beer — follow in Sharp’s footsteps.

    Civil defence is not merely a theory. There is a long history of improvised civilian resistance to invasions, most recently in Ukraine.

    Ukrainians undertook many inspirational acts of non-violent resistance following the Russian invasion in 2022. They blocked tanks and convoys, berated or cajoled Russian soldiers to undermine their resolve, gave the wrong directions to Russian convoys, refused to co-operate and mounted spontaneous protests in occupied towns. But then the bloody carnage on both sides overwhelmed civilian defence.

    Countries that include Sweden, Switzerland, Finland, Germany and Lithuania have institutionalized civil defence at various times. In Canada, civil defence was part of the mandate of Public Safety Canada during the Cold War. The idea then faded, being replaced by emergency management.

    Public Safety Canada protected Canadians from both human-made and natural disasters. The agency, now the Department of Public Safety and Emergency Preparedness of Canada, should be resuscitated. The toll being exacted by climate disasters is reason enough.

    Making Canada ungovernable

    Non-violent resistance involves determined citizens deterring an aggressor by signalling that the targeted country is united in opposition to a takeover.

    A potential aggressor fears contagion from the democratic ethos of these citizens. If invaded, the civilians defeat the invaders by rendering their society ungovernable by the aggressor.

    When the Warsaw Pact army invaded Czechoslovakia to crush the “Prague Spring” in 1968, the commanders soon learned that tanks and heavily armed soldiers were useless against unarmed civilians who refused to comply. The country was unruleable. Soviet troops were also infected with the democratic spirit and had to be rotated out of the country. It took several months and concessions from the Soviet Union before order could be restored.

    The invader cannot consolidate control if citizens and their institutions refuse to comply with its rule. The tactics involve a complete refusal to co-operate with the occupying force along with open defiance.

    That means that governments at all levels in the invaded nation continue to supply only basic services: clean water, electricity and policing, for example. Governments resign and civil servants find ways to subvert every order issued by the invader.

    Crowds fill urban squares in silent or derisory defiance of orders, making it apparent to all — the occupiers, the dictator’s audience back home, less committed citizens and global observers — who are the true purveyors of violence against non-violent people

    Throughout the occupation, citizens and non-governmental organizations focus on subverting the loyalty and morale of the occupying troops and functionaries and rallying international support.

    In Canada’s case, the long history of friendship with Americans would likely mean that the morale of the occupiers would be low. The aim is to encourage defections by soldiers and functionaries, and erode the support base of the dictator. This erosion of support could lead to the overthrow of the leader, or at least to his concoction of a compromise to cover a retreat.

    Attracting international support to Canada’s cause would not be a challenge. Trump has already alienated most of humankind and foreign governments during his first weeks in office.

    Obstacles

    Non-violent resistance is most effective with nation-wide training, organization and leadership. The national government is best equipped to provide the facilities. Training of volunteers could include responding to natural disasters and emergencies, as well as implementing a civil defence strategy.

    Yet partisan divides and apathy make such nationwide training difficult. It would likely be viewed with suspicion by right-wing populist forces in this era of conspiracy theories and misinformation.




    Read more:
    How conspiracy theories polarize society and provoke violence


    Apathy might also be a problem.

    These considerations suggest that top-down, apolitical training in civilian defence may not work. If so, training and organization should be the goal of as many existing civil society associations as possible: churches, synagogues, temples, civil rights groups, unions, Indigenous rights organizations, peace advocates and climate groups, for example.

    The manual authored by Michael Beer, the longtime director of the Nonviolence International non-governmental organization, includes more than 300 tactics. Widespread training and organization can not only deter aggression but ensure countries remain free of tyrants.

    Canada’s leverage

    Amid the ongoing threats against Canadian sovereignty, Canada is an ideal candidate for effective civil defence. Although it might be unlikely Trump will order a military invasion of Canada, a united country capable of non-violent resistance decreases the risk.

    Canada cannot match the U.S. in firepower or economic strength. But it shares with America a language, a history of common struggles, myriad cross-border personal relationships and basic democratic values still considered important by many Americans, if not Trump.

    All of these factors give Canada considerable leverage.

    Richard Sandbrook is Vice-President of Science for Peace, a registered charity.

    ref. Amid U.S. threats, Canada’s national security plans must include training in non-violent resistance – https://theconversation.com/amid-u-s-threats-canadas-national-security-plans-must-include-training-in-non-violent-resistance-252451

    MIL OSI – Global Reports

  • MIL-OSI Banking: AGNICO EAGLE PROVIDES NOTICE OF RELEASE OF FIRST QUARTER 2025 RESULTS, CONFERENCE CALL AND ANNUAL MEETING

    Source: Agnico Eagle Mines

    Stock Symbol: AEM (NYSE and TSX)

    TORONTO, March 25, 2025 /CNW/ – Agnico Eagle Mines Limited (NYSE: AEM) (TSX: AEM) (“Agnico Eagle” or the “Company“) today announced that it will release its first quarter 2025 results on Thursday, April 24, 2025, after normal trading hours. Additionally, the Company will host its Annual and Special Meeting of Shareholders (the “AGM”) the following day, Friday, April 25, 2025, in a hybrid format (in Toronto and virtually).

    First Quarter 2025 Results Conference Call and Webcast

    Agnico Eagle’s senior management will host a conference call on Friday, April 25, 2025, at 08:30 AM (E.D.T.) to discuss the Company’s financial and operating results.

    Via Webcast:

    To listen to the live webcast of the conference call, you may register on the Company website at www.agnicoeagle.com, or directly via the link here.

    Via Phone:

    To join the conference call by phone, please dial 416.945.7677 or toll-free 1.888.699.1199 to be entered into the call by an operator. To ensure your participation, please call approximately five minutes prior to the scheduled start of the call.

    To join the conference call without operator assistance, you may register your phone number here 30 minutes prior to the scheduled start of the call to receive an instant automated call back.

    Replay Archive:

    Please dial 289.819.1450 or toll-free 1.888.660.6345, access code 36377 #. The conference call replay will expire on May 25, 2025.

    The webcast, along with presentation slides, will be archived for 180 days on the Company’s website.

    Annual Meeting

    The AGM will begin on Friday, April 25, 2025 at 11:00 AM (E.D.T). During the AGM, management will provide an overview of the Company’s activities.

    Hybrid Format

    The AGM will be held in person at the Arcadian Court, 401 Bay Street, Simpson Tower, 8th Floor, Toronto, Ontario, M5H 2Y4 and online at: https://meetnow.global/M59UWL4

    The Company is conducting a hybrid meeting that will allow registered shareholders and duly appointed proxyholders to participate both online and in person. The Company is providing the virtual format to provide shareholders with an equal opportunity to attend and be heard at the AGM even if they are unable to attend the AGM in person.

    For details explaining how to attend, communicate and vote virtually at the AGM please see the Company’s Management Information Circular dated March 24, 2025, filed under the Company’s profile on SEDAR at www.sedarplus.ca and on EDGAR at www.sec.gov. Shareholders who have questions about voting their shares or attending the AGM may contact Investor Relations by phone at 416.947.1212, by toll-free phone at 1.888.822.6714 or by email at investor.relations@agnicoeagle.com or may contact the Company’s strategic shareholder advisor and proxy solicitation agent, Laurel Hill Advisory Group, by phone at 1.877.452.7184 (toll free in North America), at 1.416.304.0211 (for collect calls outside of North America) or by e-mail at assistance@laurelhill.com.

    Investor Relations

    Agnico Eagle Mines Limited
    145 King Street East, Suite 400
    Toronto, Ontario, M5C 2Y7
    investor.relations@agnicoeagle.com 
    Phone: 416.947.1212
    Fax: 416.367.4681

    About Agnico Eagle

    Agnico Eagle is a Canadian based and led senior gold mining company and the third largest gold producer in the world, producing precious metals from operations in Canada, Australia, Finland and Mexico, with a pipeline of high-quality exploration and development projects. Agnico Eagle is a partner of choice within the mining industry, recognized globally for its leading sustainability practices. Agnico Eagle was founded in 1957 and has consistently created value for its shareholders, declaring a cash dividend every year since 1983.

    View original content to download multimedia:https://www.prnewswire.com/news-releases/agnico-eagle-provides-notice-of-release-of-first-quarter-2025-results-conference-call-and-annual-meeting-302409463.html

    SOURCE Agnico Eagle Mines Limited

    MIL OSI Global Banks

  • MIL-OSI: Descartes Acquires 3GTMS

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    Strengthens Transportation Management Capabilities for Shippers and Logistics Services Providers

    WATERLOO, Ontario and ATLANTA, March 25, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Descartes Systems Group (TSX: DSG) (Nasdaq: DSGX), the global leader in uniting logistics-intensive businesses in commerce, announced that it has acquired 3GTMS (3G), a leading provider of transportation management solutions.

    Based in the US, 3G’s transportation management solutions combine modern cloud architecture, an expansive carrier network, and planning-driven automation to help customers improve costs, customer satisfaction, and efficiency. Shippers, third-party logistics providers and freight brokers leverage 3G’s platform to optimize domestic over-the-road shipments with tools for planning, rating, consolidation, and routing that cover the entire shipment lifecycle.

    “3G’s solution footprint for freight in North America is highly complementary, bringing strong domestic transportation management functionality for truckload, less-than-truckload (LTL), and parcel modes,” said Andrew Roszko, Chief Commercial Officer at Descartes. “The acquisition also expands our carrier reach in North America, including the addition of a network of API-integrated LTL carriers. When combined with Descartes’ existing transportation management tools and our Global Logistics Network, we see a tremendous opportunity to deliver even more value to our combined customer base.”

    “Much like Descartes, 3G has been successfully building solutions that connect shippers, carriers and logistics services providers to efficiently digitize and manage the lifecycle of shipments,” said Edward J. Ryan, Descartes’ CEO. “We look forward to working with 3G’s team of deep domain experts to bring our products together and we’re thrilled to welcome 3G’s partners and customers into the Descartes family.”

    3G is headquartered in Columbus, Ohio. Descartes acquired 3G for approximately US $115 million, satisfied from cash on hand. Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP served as legal counsel and Lincoln International LLC served as financial advisor to 3G, while Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP served as legal counsel and Centerview Partners LLC served as financial advisor to Descartes.

    About Descartes Systems Group           
    Descartes is the global leader in providing on-demand, software-as-a-service solutions focused on improving the productivity, security, and sustainability of logistics-intensive businesses. Customers use our modular, software-as-a-service solutions to route, track and help improve the safety, performance and compliance of delivery resources; plan, allocate and execute shipments; rate, audit and pay transportation invoices; access global trade data; file customs and security documents for imports and exports; and complete numerous other logistics processes by participating in the world’s largest, collaborative multimodal logistics community. Our headquarters are in Waterloo, Ontario, Canada and we have offices and partners around the world. Learn more at www.descartes.com, and connect with us on LinkedIn and X (Twitter).

    Descartes Investor Contact         
    Laurie McCauley
    (519) 746-2969
    investor@descartes.com

    Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

    This release contains forward-looking information within the meaning of applicable securities laws (“forward-looking statements”) that relate to Descartes’ acquisition of 3G and its solution offerings; the potential to provide customers with transportation management solutions; other potential benefits derived from the acquisition and 3G’s solution offerings; and other matters. Such forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties, assumptions and other factors that may cause the actual results, performance or achievements to differ materially from the anticipated results, performance or achievements or developments expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. Such factors include, but are not limited to, the expected future performance of the 3G business based on its historical and projected performance as well as the factors and assumptions discussed in the section entitled, “Certain Factors That May Affect Future Results” in documents filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Ontario Securities Commission and other securities commissions across Canada including Descartes’ most recently filed management’s discussion and analysis. If any such risks actually occur, they could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. In that case, the trading price of our common shares could decline, perhaps materially. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance upon any such forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date made. Forward-looking statements are provided for the purposes of providing information about management’s current expectations and plans relating to the future. Readers are cautioned that such information may not be appropriate for other purposes. We do not undertake or accept any obligation or undertaking to release publicly any updates or revisions to any forward-looking statements to reflect any change in our expectations or any change in events, conditions or circumstances on which any such statement is based, except as required by law.

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Abaxx Announces Upsize of Convertible Debenture Offering

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    NOT FOR DISTRIBUTION TO U.S. NEWSWIRE SERVICES OR DISSEMINATION IN THE UNITED STATES

    TORONTO, March 25, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Abaxx Technologies Inc. (CBOE:ABXX)(OTCQX:ABXXF) (“Abaxx” or the “Company”), a financial software and market infrastructure company, indirect majority shareholder of Abaxx Singapore Pte Ltd. , the owner of Abaxx Commodity Exchange and Clearinghouse (individually, “Abaxx Exchange” and “Abaxx Clearing”), and producer of the SmarterMarkets™ Podcast, today announces that as a result of strong investor demand it has increased the size of its previously announced non-brokered private placement of secured convertible debentures (the “Debentures”) due 36 months following the date of issuance (the “Maturity Date”) to up to C$40,000,000 (the “Offering”)

    Each Debenture will consist of C$1,000 principal amount of secured convertible debentures of the Company and will be convertible into common shares of the Company (each, a “Debenture Share) at the option of the holder thereof at any time prior to the Maturity Date at a conversion price equal to C$13.00 per Debenture Share. The outstanding principal amount of the Debentures, together with any accrued and unpaid interest, will become due and payable in full on the Maturity Date and will be payable in cash.

    The Company is working diligently towards completion of the Offering and expects to close the Offering later this week. The Offering is subject to completion of final transaction documentation and all regulatory approvals, including the approval of Cboe Canada. The net proceeds of the Offering are expected to be used for general corporate and working capital purposes.

    The securities offered in the Offering have not been, and will not be, registered under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “U.S. Securities Act”) or any U.S. state securities laws, and may not be offered or sold in the United States or to, or for the account or benefit of, United States persons, absent registration or any applicable exemption from the registration requirements of the U.S. Securities Act and applicable U.S. state securities laws. This news release does not constitute an offer to sell or the solicitation of any offer to buy securities in the United States, nor in any other jurisdiction.

    About Abaxx Technologies
    Abaxx is building Smarter Markets — markets empowered by better financial technology and market infrastructure to address our biggest challenges, including the energy transition. In addition to developing and deploying financial technologies that make communication, trade, and transactions easier and more secure, Abaxx is an indirect majority-owner of subsidiaries Abaxx Exchange and Abaxx Clearing, recognized by MAS as a “recognised market operator” (RMO) and “approved clearing house” (ACH), respectively.

    Abaxx Exchange and Abaxx Clearing are a Singapore-based commodity futures exchange and clearinghouse, introducing centrally cleared, physically deliverable commodities futures and derivatives to provide better price discovery and risk management tools for the commodities critical to our transition to a lower-carbon economy.

    For more information please visit abaxx.tech, abaxx.exchange and smartermarkets.media.

    For more information about this press release, please contact:

    Steve Fray, CFO
    Tel: +1 647-490-1590

    Media and investor inquiries:

    Abaxx Technologies Inc.
    Investor Relations Team
    Tel: +1 246 271 0082
    E-mail: ir@abaxx.tech

    Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Information

    This press release includes certain “forward-looking statements” which do not consist of historical facts. Forward-looking statements include estimates and statements that describe Abaxx’s future plans, objectives, or goals, including words to the effect that Abaxx expects a stated condition or result to occur. Forward-looking statements may be identified by such terms as “seeking”, “should”, “intend”, “predict”, “potential”, “believes”, “anticipates”, “expects”, “estimates”, “may”, “could”, “would”, “will”, “continue”, “plan” or the negative of these terms and similar expressions. Since forward-looking statements are based on current expectations and assumptions and address future events and conditions, by their very nature they involve inherent risks and uncertainties. Although these statements are based on information currently available to Abaxx, Abaxx does not provide any assurance that actual results will meet respective management expectations. Risks, uncertainties, assumptions, and other factors involved with forward- looking information could cause actual events, results, performance, prospects, and opportunities to differ materially from those expressed or implied by such forward-looking information.

    Forward-looking information related to Abaxx in this press release includes, but is not limited to: the proposed terms of the Debentures, the closing and timing of closing of the Offering, regulatory approvals and the proposed use of proceeds from the Offering. Such factors impacting forward-looking information include, among others: the inability to receive regulatory approvals in connection with the Offering or inability to finalize transaction documentation; risks relating to the global economic climate; dilution; Abaxx’s limited operating history; future capital needs and uncertainty of additional financing; the competitive nature of the industry; currency exchange risks; the need for Abaxx to manage its planned growth and expansion; the effects of product development and need for continued technology change; protection of proprietary rights; the effect of government regulation and compliance on Abaxx and the industry; acquiring and maintaining regulatory approvals for Abaxx’s products and operations; the ability to list Abaxx’s securities on stock exchanges in a timely fashion or at all; network security risks; the ability of Abaxx to maintain properly working systems; reliance on key personnel; global economic and financial market deterioration impeding access to capital or increasing the cost of capital; and volatile securities markets impacting security pricing unrelated to operating performance. In addition, particular factors which could impact future results of the business of Abaxx include but are not limited to: operations in foreign jurisdictions, protection of intellectual property rights, contractual risk, third-party risk; clearinghouse risk, malicious actor risks, third-party software license risk, system failure risk, risk of technological change; dependence of technical infrastructure; and changes in the price of commodities, capital market conditions, restriction on labor and international travel and supply chains, and the risk factors identified in the Company’s most recent management discussion & analysis filed on SEDAR+. Abaxx has also assumed that no significant events occur outside of Abaxx’s normal course of business.

    Abaxx cautions that the foregoing list of material factors is not exhaustive. In addition, although Abaxx has attempted to identify important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially, there may be other factors that cause results not to be as anticipated, estimated, or intended. When relying on forward-looking statements and information to make decisions, investors and others should carefully consider the foregoing factors and other uncertainties and potential events. Abaxx has assumed that the material factors referred to in the previous paragraphs will not cause such forward-looking statements and information to differ materially from actual results or events. However, the list of these factors is not exhaustive and is subject to change and there can be no assurance that such assumptions will reflect the actual outcome of such items or factors. The forward-looking statements and information contained in this press release represents the expectations of Abaxx as of the date of this press release and, accordingly, is subject to change after such date. Abaxx undertakes no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements and information, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law. Accordingly, readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements and information. Cboe Canada does not accept responsibility for the adequacy or accuracy of this press release.

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI Security: 36th Annual International Military Chiefs of Chaplains Conference and First Chaplain Africa Forum held in Brussels

    Source: United States AFRICOM

    The U.S. European Command (EUCOM) and Belgian Ministry of Defence, in partnership with U.S. Africa Command (AFRICOM) and U.S. Indo Pacific Command (INDOPACOM) Chaplain Directorates, hosted the world’s largest annual meeting of senior military religious leaders at the 36th Annual NATO & Partner International Military Chiefs of Chaplains Conference (IMCCC) in Brussels, Belgium, January 27-31, 2025.

    Over 200 military chaplains, academic experts, and special guests participated, representing 43 nations and more than 30 religious denominations. This year’s gathering included a special Africa Summit hosted by AFRICOM, highlighting the role of chaplains in fostering regional stability through spiritual and ethical leadership. Delegates divided into working groups to share information, identify training needs and areas cooperation, and update their future engagement plans.

    “This conference has not only strengthened our bonds across nations but has also underscored the indispensable role of chaplains in modern military operations, particularly in fostering resilience and ethical leadership in Africa and beyond.” said Major General Kenneth Ekman, DOD West Africa Coordination Lead, AFRICOM.

     AFRICOM’s Command Chaplain, U.S. Army Chaplain Colonel Karen Meeker said, “Our engagement at the IMCCC and the Africa Forum is crucial for developing a comprehensive approach to chaplaincy that resonates with the unique cultural and spiritual landscapes of Africa, ensuring our chaplains are well-prepared to support our service members and their families.”

    Experts from the United Nations, European Union, NATO, Belgium Armed Forces and other organizations briefed attendees on topics such as conflict resolution, interoperability and the importance of interworld view dialogue for achieving peace. Delegates collaborated to identify areas of cooperation and update their future engagement plans.

    EUCOM Command Chaplain, Colonel Christopher LaPack, shared, “First, I want to sincerely thank EUCOM’s co-hosts for this year’s IMCCC. The Belgian Planning Team, led by Chief Chaplain Hans De Cuester, provided a world-class forum for what turned out to be the biggest-ever IMCCC. I have no doubt that the engagements that took place this week will improve future interoperability amongst our chaplaincies. The change in security environment and NATO’s military posture in response to Russian aggression in the region means that our nations’ warfighters are more integrated than ever before. Military chaplains must be properly trained and ready to respond to the religious and spiritual needs of military personnel serving in multinational formations.”

    The Africa Forum agenda also highlighted the role of chaplains in the DoD State Partnership Program (SPP), which partners National Guard forces from the United States with militaries around the world. Chaplain General Henry Matifeyo, Zambian Ministry of Defence said, “The discussions here, especially the tri-lateral meetings, have opened new avenues for cooperation. We are keen on building a network that not only strengthens our chaplaincy but also addresses critical issues like PTSD and moral injury through a multi-disciplinary lens.”

    The IMCCC began in 1990 when the USEUCOM chaplain’s office convened twelve senior NATO military chaplains in order to provide a forum for dialogue to enhance interoperability among NATO chaplaincies, facilitate mutual support, and ensure professional pastoral care is available to all Allied Forces during combat or crisis circumstances. Over time, its scope has expanded to enhance religious affairs interoperability, strengthen international relations, support warfighter and family resilience, improve spiritual advisement for commanders, and promote religious freedom. The IMCCC 2025 has grown into a forum that includes not just European military religious leaders but also leaders from Africa, Asia and North America to share ideas and practices that support the collective security mission on a global scale. This year’s focus on Africa was a step forward in recognizing and addressing the unique needs of this diverse continent.

    List of national chaplaincies that participated in the 2025 conference: Armenia, Australia, Austria, Belgium, Bosnia & Herzegovina, Burkina Faso, Botswana, Canada, Cote d’Ivoire, Cyprus, Czechia, Estonia, Eswatini, Finland, France, Gabon, Georgia, Germany, Ghana, Greece, Italy, Kenya, Kosovo, Latvia, Lithuania, Malawi, , Netherlands, Nigeria, Norway, Poland, Serbia, , Slovenia, South Africa, South Korea, , Switzerland, United Kingdom, United States, and Zambia.

    MIL Security OSI

  • MIL-OSI: Valeura Energy Inc.: Another Year of Record Results in 2024

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    SINGAPORE, March 25, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Valeura Energy Inc. (TSX:VLE, OTCQX:VLERF) (“Valeura” or the “Company”) reports its financial and operating results for the three month period and year ended December 31, 2024.

    The complete reporting package for the Company, including the audited financial statements and associated management’s discussion and analysis (“MD&A”) and the 2024 annual information form (“AIF”), are being filed on SEDAR+ at www.sedarplus.ca and posted to the Company’s website at www.valeuraenergy.com.

    2024 Operational Highlights

    • Production increased by 12% year-over-year to 22,825 bbls/d(1) on the back of a full year of drilling operations and development of the Nong Yao C Field;
    • 100% success rate in exploration and appraisal activities with discoveries at Niramai, Wassana North, and Nong Yao D;
    • Company’s first full year of operations completed with no significant health, safety, or environment incidents; and
    • Reduced greenhouse emissions intensity by approximately 20% compared to 2023 baseline.

    2024 Financial Highlights

    • Generated revenue of US$679 million, with average price realisation of US$81/bbl;
    • Delivered Adjusted EBITDAX of US$378 million(2) and adjusted cashflow from operations of US$273 million(2);
    • Strengthened the balance sheet with record high year-end cash position of US$259 million(3) and zero debt;
    • Reduced asset retirement obligation (“ARO”) by 54% since assuming operatorship in Q1, 2023;
    • Completed internal restructuring to optimise operational and financial aspects of the Thai III petroleum concessions; and
    • Implemented share buyback programme through a Normal Course Issuer Bid for up to 10% of the public float.

    2024 Reserves Highlights

    • Record high year-end reserves: 32 MMbbl proved (1P), 50 MMbbl proved plus probable (2P) and 60 MMbbl proved plus probable plus possible (3P) reserves;
    • Delivered 2P reserves replacement ratio of 245%, even after production increase of 12%;
    • Increased 2P reserves and extended the end of field life (“EOFL”) at every field;
    • Grew 2P net present value (NPV10) before tax to US$934 million and US$753 million after tax(4);
    • Considering year-end 2024 cash position, increased 2P net asset value after tax to US$1,012 million, equating to C$13.6 per share(5); and
    • Doubled contingent resources to 48 MMbbls compared to year-end 2023(6).

    (1) Working interest share production before royalties.
    (2) Non-IFRS financial measure or non-IFRS ratio – see “Non-IFRS Financial Measures and Ratios” section in the Company’s MD&A.
    (3) Includes restricted cash of $22.8 million.
    (4) Discount rate 10%.
    (5) Proved plus probable (2P) NPV10 plus net cash at December 31, 2024, assuming $/C$ exchange rate of 1.435, and 106.65 million shares outstanding as of December 31, 2024.
    (6) Unrisked best estimate (2C) contingent resources.

    Dr. Sean Guest, President and CEO commented:

    “Our first full year of operations in Thailand were a success across all areas of our business and a trophy for value creation.  We have attained record production, record cash flow, and replaced nearly 2.5x the reserves we produced, all while continuing to strengthen our financial position.  Our business is stronger and has a longer line of sight than ever before.

    Continued drilling throughout 2024 added 20 new production wells, including those we drilled to develop the new Nong Yao C field, making Nong Yao the largest and most profitable asset in our portfolio.  We’ve also had success with the drill bit on both appraisal and exploration which has significantly increased the number of future development well locations.  This successful drilling, combined with detailed reservoir studies has resulted in a 32% increase in 2P reserves to 50 million bbls.  Moreover, the economic life of each of our fields has moved further into the future, such that all fields are now expected to remain economic beyond 2030. 

    We are focussed relentlessly on value, and with the combination of an increase in the net present value of our 2P reserves, and the record cash position of US$259 million at year-end, the net asset value of our business is now more than one billion US dollars.  On a per share basis, that equates to over C$13/share, meaning an investment in Valeura’s shares continues to represent an excellent value proposition. 

    In addition to growing both the value and longevity of our existing portfolio, we continue to pursue several other avenues for growth, including exciting exploration opportunities, and potential merger and acquisition targets.”

    Financial and Operating Results Summary

        Three months ended  Year ended
        December 31, 2024 December 31, 2023 Delta December 31, 2024 December 31, 2023 Delta
    Oil Production(1) (‘000 bbls) 2,403 1,763 +36% 8,354 5,825 43%
    Average Daily Oil Production(1) (bbls/d) 26,109 19,165 +36% 22,825 20,440(2) +12%
    Average Realised Price (US$/bbl) 76.7 85.5 (10%) 81.3 84.3 (4%)
    Oil Volumes Sold (‘000 bbls) 2,948 1,987 +48% 8,349 5,854 +43%
    Oil Revenue (US$’000) 226,148 169,909 +33% 678,794 493,457 +38%
    Net Income (US$’000) 213,983 23,480 +811% 240,797 244,313 (1%)
    Adjusted EBITDAX(3) (US$’000) 132,402 96,679 +37% 377,985 230,672 +64%
    Adjusted Pre-Tax Cashflow from Operations(3) (US$’000) 133,612 88,326 +51% 356,627 238,661 +49%
    Adjusted Cashflow from Operations(3) (US$’000) 107,134 56,023 +107% 272,641 152,375 +79%
    Operating Expenses (US$’000) 55,607 49,622 +12% 186,407 180,192 +3%
    Adjusted Opex(3) (US$’000) 54,668 51,818 +6% 214,891 165,077 +30%
    Operating Expenses per bbl (US$/bbl) 18.9 25.0 (25%) 22.3 30.9 (28%)
    Adjusted Opex per bbl(3) (US$/bbl) 22.8 29.4 (22%) 25.7 28.3 (9%)
    Adjusted Capex(3) (US$’000) 38,870 30,374 +28% 134,258 103,733 +29%
    Weighted average shares outstanding – basic (‘000 shares) 106,955 102,652 +4% 105,778 99,227 +7%
        As at Comparison
        December 31, 2024 December 31, 2023 %
    Cash & Cash equivalents(4) (US$’000) 259,354 151,165 +72%
    Adjusted Net Working Capital(3) (US$’000) 205,735 118,143 +74%
    Shareholder’s Equity (US$’000) 528,283  284,178 +86%

     
    (1) Working interest share production before royalties.

    (2) Average daily oil production of 20,440 bbls/d represents the average production from closing of the Mubadala Acquisition on March 22, 2023 to December 31, 2023 (285 days).
    (3) Non-IFRS financial measure or non-IFRS ratio – see “Non-IFRS Financial Measures and Ratios” section in the Company’s MD&A.
    (4) Includes restricted cash of US$22.8 million at December 31, 2024 and restricted cash of US$17.3 million at December 31, 2023.

    Financial Update

    The Company’s Q4 2024 oil production averaged 26,109 bbls/d (working interest share before royalties), representing a 36% increase from Q4 2023.  Full year 2024 oil production averaged 22,825 bbls/d, 12% higher than 2023.  This growth was primarily driven by production from the Wassana field, which was not in production for most of 2023 and the Nong Yao C development, which came online in August 2024.  Oil sales for Q4 2024 were 2.9 million bbls, compared to 2.0 million bbls in Q4 2023.  For the full year 2024, oil sales totalled 8.4 million bbls, up 43% from 5.8 million bbls in 2023.  The increase is due to higher production rates in 2024, coupled with the fact that in 2023 the Company had only 285 days of production operations (following closing of the Mubadala acquisition on March 22, 2023).

    The Company generated Q4 2024 revenue of US$226.1 million, a 33% increase from Q4 2023.  Full year 2024 revenue was US$678.8 million, representing a 38% increase from 2023.  Q4 2024 price realisations averaged US$76.7/bbl, achieving a US$2.0/bbl premium to the Brent benchmark.  Full year 2024 price realisations averaged US$81.3/bbl, reflecting a US$0.5/bbl premium to Brent.  Valeura reported Q4 2024 Adjusted EBITDAX (a non-IFRS measure which is more fully described in the “Non-IFRS Financial Measures and Ratios” section of the MD&A) of US$132.4 million, up 37% from Q4 2023, while full year 2024 Adjusted EBITDAX increased 64% to US$378.0 million.

    The Company demonstrated improved operational efficiency with Q4 2024 Adjusted Opex (a non-IFRS measure which is more fully described in the “Non-IFRS Financial Measures and Ratios” section of the MD&A) of US$22.8/bbl, down from US$29.4/bbl in Q4 2023.  Full year 2024 Adjusted Opex decreased to US$25.7/bbl from US$28.3/bbl in 2023.  Operating expenses for Q4 were US$18.9/bbl compared to US$25.0/bbl in Q4 2023, and US$22.3/bbl for the full 2024 versus US$30.9/bbl in 2023. These improved unit costs were driven primarily by increased production from the low-cost Nong Yao field, which has become the Company’s largest production source.

    Valeura incurred total petroleum tax income and special remuneratory benefit tax of US$68.3 million and US$29.2 million respectively during the full year 2024, compared to US$71.2 million and US$15.1 million in the previous year.   The Company stands to benefit from a more efficient tax structure in 2025 as a result of the corporate restructuring which was completed in November 2024. This will result in Petroleum income tax loss carry-forwards that were previously associated with only the Wassana asset now being applied to all of the Company’s Thai III petroleum concessions, being Wassana, Nong Yao, and Manora.

    The Company recorded Net income for the year of US$240.8 million following the recognition of deferred tax assets from the tax consolidation.

    As of December 31, 2024, Valeura had a strong cash position of US$259.4 million, including US$22.8 million in restricted cash.  The Company continues to operate with no current or non-current debt.  Valeura remains well-positioned for both organic reinvestment opportunities and potential strategic acquisitions.

    Operations Update and Outlook

    During Q4 2024, the Company had ongoing production operations on all of its Gulf of Thailand fields, comprised of the Jasmine, Nong Yao, Manora, and Wassana fields.  The Company has had one drill rig working continuously on contract since Q1 2023 full-time.

    Oil production averaged 26.1 mbbls/d during Q4 2024 (Valeura’s working interest share, before royalties).

    Jasmine/Ban Yen

    Oil production before royalties from the Jasmine/Ban Yen field, in Licence B5/27 (100% operated interest) averaged 8.5 mbbls/d during Q4 2024, an increase of 12% from Q3 2024.  Increased production rates reflect the start-up of five new wells drilled as part of an infill drilling programme, with the last three wells coming onstream in late November 2024.  In addition to adding new production, the Jasmine programme also evaluated several secondary appraisal targets which will be the subject of further infill development drilling in due course. 

    Although the Jasmine field is the most mature asset in the Company’s portfolio, ongoing drilling success underscores the field’s ability to continue serving as a key source of cash generation for the business.  The Q4 Jasmine drilling results have been included in the Company’s reserves evaluation for the year-ended December 31, 2024, and contributed to a further extension in the field’s economic life, which on a 2P reserves basis, now lasts into mid 2031. 

    In February 2025 the drill rig returned to the Jasmine field where it has begun executing a seven-well infill campaign.  In total 10 development and appraisal wells are currently planned for the Jasmine field in 2025 and one exploration well at the Ratree prospect.  In addition, a workover rig is currently operating on the field completing two workovers.

    The low-BTU gas generator was delivered to the Jasmine B platform in Q1 2025 and is expected to be commissioned and operational in Q2 2025.  This creates an opportunity to significantly reduce greenhouse gas emissions from this platform as well as to reduce operating costs by using a waste gas stream for power generation.

    Nong Yao

    At the Nong Yao field, in Licence G11/48 (90% operated working interest), Valeura’s working interest share production before royalties averaged 11.1 mbbls/d, an increase of 18% from Q3 2024.  Q4 production rates benefitted from a full quarter of operations at the Nong Yao C field extension, which came online in August 2024. 

    Performance from Nong Yao C is continuing in line with the Company’s expectations.  The Nong Yao field is now the Company’s largest source of production.  In addition, it also has the Company’s lowest per unit Adjusted Opex and its oil fetches a premium to the Brent benchmark.  As a result, Nong Yao is the Company’s most cash generative asset.

    In 2025, nine development wells are planned across the three Nong Yao platforms.  This programme is expected to commence in late Q2 2025. 

    Wassana

    Oil production at the Wassana field, in Licence G10/48 (100% operated interest), averaged 4.3 mbbls/d (before royalties), an increase of 55% over Q3 2024.  The increase reflects the effect of a full quarter of normal operations at the field, as compared to Q3 2024, during which the Company conducted a one-month precautionary suspension of production while performing underwater inspection work.  There was no drilling on the Wassana field in Q4 and no further drilling is planned at this location for 2025.

    Valeura has completed the front end engineering and design work for the potential redevelopment of the Wassana field.  Detailed contracting and procurement work commenced in late Q4 2024 to validate cost assumptions for the project.  Valeura expects to consider a final investment decision in early Q2 2025. 

    Manora

    At the Manora field, in Licence G1/48 (70% operated working interest), Valeura’s working interest share of oil production before royalties averaged 2.2 mbbls/d, a decrease of 11% from Q3 2024.  During Q4, the Company began a five-well infill drilling campaign on the Manora field, including both production-oriented infill development wells and appraisal targets.  The programme was completed in Q1 2025 and for the month of March to date, working interest share production before royalties has averaged 2.9 mbbls/d.  In addition, several appraisal targets were evaluated, giving rise to between three and five potential future drilling targets, which will be further evaluated for inclusion in a future drilling programme.

    Türkiye

    The Company had no active operations in Türkiye during Q4 2024, however it continues to hold an interest in a potentially large deep gas play in the Thrace basin in the northwest part of the country.  In 2024 the Company received official confirmation that it’s leases and licences covering the play had been extended into 2025, and more recently the Company was granted an additional one-year extension, bringing the expiry date to June 27, 2026.  Following the current period, Valeura may apply for a further two-year extension for appraisal purposes, and has engaged the government in discussions to that effect. 

    The Company believes the Thrace basin deep gas play could be a source of significant value in the longer term.  Valeura intends to farm out a portion of its interest to a new partner in order to jointly pursue the next phase of appraisal work. 

    Reserves and Resources Summary

    The results of Valeura’s third-party independent reserves and resources assessment for its Thailand assets as of December 31, 2024 were announced on February 13, 2025.  Below are summary tables associated with the reserves.

    Summary of Reserves Replacement, Value and Field Life
     
      Gross (Before Royalties) 2P Reserves, Working Interest Share End of Field Life 2P NPV10 After Tax (US$ million)
    Fields December 31, 2023
    (MMbbl)
    2024 Production
    (MMbbl)
    Additions
    (MMbbl)
    December 31, 2024
    (MMbbl)
    Reserves Replacement Ratio (%) NSAI 2023 Report NSAI 2024 Report December 31, 2023 December 31, 2024
    Jasmine 10.4 (2.9) 9.2 16.8 324% Dec 2028 Aug 2031 81.8 163.9
    Manora 2.2 (0.9) 2.1 3.4 223% Jul 2027 Apr 2030 21.2 45.7
    Nong Yao 12.4 (3.1) 7.7 16.9 245% Dec 2028 Dec 2033 185.6 416.1
    Wassana 12.9 (1.4) 1.5 12.9 102% Jun 2032 Dec 2035 139.9 126.6
    Total 37.9 (8.4) 20.5 50.0 245%     428.5 752.2
    Summary of NPV and NAV
     
      1P NPV10 2P NPV10 3P NPV10
    Before Tax After Tax Before Tax After Tax Before Tax After Tax
    NPV10 (US$ million) 360.7 358.6 933.9 752.2 1,339.1 990.2
    Cash at December 31, 2024 (US$ million)(1) 259.4 259.4 259.4 259.4 259.4 259.4
    Net Asset Value (US$ million) 620.1 618.0 1,193.3 1,011.6 1,598.5 1,249.6
    Common shares (million)(2) 106.65 106.65 106.65 106.65 106.65 106.65
    Estimated NAV per basic share (C$ per share)(3) 8.3 8.3 16.1 13.6 21.5 16.8

     
    (1) Cash at December 31, 2024 of US$259.4 million, debt nil.

    (2) Issued and outstanding common shares as of December 31, 2024
    (3) US$/C$ exchange rate of 1.435 as at December 31, 2024

    Webcast

    Valeura’s management team will host an investor and analyst webcast at 08:00 Calgary / 14:00 London / 21:00 Bangkok / 22:00 Singapore on Wednesday, March 26, 2025 to discuss today’s announcement.  Please register in advance via the link below.

    Registration link:  https://events.teams.microsoft.com/event/aa5e4d6a-cb5f-46da-ab85-0976e3600c84@a196a1a0-4579-4a0c-b3a3-855f4db8f64b

    As an alternative, an audio only feed of the event is available by phone using the Conference ID and dial-in numbers below.

    Thailand: +66 2 026 9035,,922648874#
    Singapore: +65 6450 6302,,922648874#
    Canada: (833) 845-9589,,922648874#
    Türkiye: 0800 142 034779,,922648874#
    United States: (833) 846-5630,,922648874#
    United Kingdom: 0800 640 3933,,922648874#

    Phone conference ID: 922 648 874#

    For further information, please contact:

    Valeura Energy Inc. (General Corporate Enquiries)                       +65 6373 6940
    Sean Guest, President and CEO
    Yacine Ben-Meriem, CFO
    Contact@valeuraenergy.com  

    Valeura Energy Inc. (Investor and Media Enquiries)              +1 403 975 6752 / +44 7392 940495
    Robin James Martin, Vice President, Communications and Investor Relations
    IR@valeuraenergy.com

    Contact details for the Company’s advisors, covering research analysts and joint brokers, including Auctus Advisors LLP, Canaccord Genuity Ltd (UK), Cormark Securities Inc., Research Capital Corporation, and Stifel Nicolaus Europe Limited, are listed on the Company’s website at www.valeuraenergy.com/investor-information/analysts/.

    About the Company

    Valeura Energy Inc. is a Canadian public company engaged in the exploration, development and production of petroleum and natural gas in Thailand and in Türkiye. The Company is pursuing a growth-oriented strategy and intends to re-invest into its producing asset portfolio and to deploy resources toward further organic and inorganic growth in Southeast Asia. Valeura aspires toward value accretive growth for stakeholders while adhering to high standards of environmental, social and governance responsibility.

    Additional information relating to Valeura is also available on SEDAR+ at www.sedarplus.ca.

    Oil and Gas Advisories

    Reserves and contingent resources disclosed in this news release are based on an independent evaluation conducted by the incumbent independent petroleum engineering firm, NSAI with an effective date of December 31, 2024. The NSAI estimates of reserves and resources were prepared using guidelines outlined in the Canadian Oil and Gas Evaluation Handbook and in accordance with National Instrument 51-101 – Standards of Disclosure for Oil and Gas Activities. The reserves and contingent resources estimates disclosed in this news release are estimates only and there is no guarantee that the estimated reserves and contingent resources will be recovered.

    This news release contains a number of oil and gas metrics, including “NAV”, “reserves replacement ratio”, “RLI”, and “end of field life” which do not have standardised meanings or standard methods of calculation and therefore such measures may not be comparable to similar measures used by other companies. Such metrics are commonly used in the oil and gas industry and have been included herein to provide readers with additional measures to evaluate the Company’s performance; however, such measures are not reliable indicators of the future performance of the Company and future performance may not compare to the performance in previous periods.

    “NAV” is calculated by adding the estimated future net revenues based on a 10% discount rate to net cash, (which is comprised of cash less debt) as of December 31, 2024.  NAV is expressed on a per share basis by dividing the total by basic common shares outstanding. NAV per share is not predictive and may not be reflective of current or future market prices for Valeura.

    “Reserves replacement ratio” for 2024 is calculated by dividing the difference in reserves between the NSAI 2024 Report and the NSAI 2023 Report, plus actual 2024 production, by the assets’ total production before royalties for the calendar year 2024.

    “RLI” is calculated by dividing reserves by management’s estimated total production before royalties for 2025.

    “End of field life” is calculated by NSAI as the date at which the monthly net revenue generated by the field is equal to or less than the asset’s operating cost.

    Reserves

    Reserves are estimated remaining quantities of commercially recoverable oil, natural gas, and related substances anticipated to be recoverable from known accumulations, as of a given date, based on the analysis of drilling, geological, geophysical, and engineering data, the use of established technology, and specified economic conditions, which are generally accepted as being reasonable. Reserves are further categorised according to the level of certainty associated with the estimates and may be sub-classified based on development and production status.

    Proved reserves are those reserves that can be estimated with a high degree of certainty to be recoverable. It is likely that the actual remaining quantities recovered will exceed the estimated proved reserves.

    Developed reserves are those reserves that are expected to be recovered from existing wells and installed facilities or, if facilities have not been installed, that would involve a low expenditure (e.g., when compared to the cost of drilling a well) to put the reserves on production.

    Developed producing reserves are those reserves that are expected to be recovered from completion intervals open at the time of the estimate. These reserves may be currently producing or, if shut in, they must have previously been on production, and the date of resumption of production must be known with reasonable certainty.

    Developed non-producing reserves are those reserves that either have not been on production, or have previously been on production, but are shut in, and the date of resumption of production is unknown.

    Undeveloped reserves are those reserves expected to be recovered from known accumulations where a significant expenditure (e.g., when compared to the cost of drilling a well) is required to render them capable of production. They must fully meet the requirements of the reserves classification (proved, probable, possible) to which they are assigned.

    Probable reserves are those additional reserves that are less certain to be recovered than proved reserves. It is equally likely that the actual remaining quantities recovered will be greater or less than the sum of the estimated proved plus probable reserves.

    Possible reserves are those additional reserves that are less certain to be recovered than probable reserves. It is unlikely that the actual remaining quantities recovered will exceed the sum of the estimated proved plus probable plus possible reserves. There is a 10% probability that the quantities actually recovered will equal or exceed the sum of the estimated proved plus probable plus possible reserves.

    The estimated future net revenues disclosed in this news release do not necessarily represent the fair market value of the reserves associated therewith.

    The estimates of reserves and future net revenue for individual properties may not reflect the same confidence level as estimates of reserves and future net revenue for all properties, due to the effects of aggregation.

    Contingent Resources

    Contingent resources are those quantities of petroleum estimated, as of a given date, to be potentially recoverable from known accumulations using established technology or technology under development, but which are not currently considered to be commercially recoverable due to one or more contingencies. Contingencies are conditions that must be satisfied for a portion of contingent resources to be classified as reserves that are: (a) specific to the project being evaluated; and (b) expected to be resolved within a reasonable timeframe.

    Contingent resources are further categorised according to the level of certainty associated with the estimates and may be sub‐classified based on a project maturity and/or characterised by their economic status. There are three classifications of contingent resources: low estimate, best estimate and high estimate. Best estimate is a classification of estimated resources described in the Canadian Oil and Gas Evaluation Handbook as the best estimate of the quantity that will be actually recovered; it is equally likely that the actual remaining quantities recovered will be greater or less than the best estimate. If probabilistic methods are used, there should be at least a 50 percent probability that the quantities actually recovered will equal or exceed the best estimate.

    The project maturity subclasses include development pending, development on hold, development unclarified and development not viable. The contingent resources disclosed in this news release are classified as either development unclarified or development not viable.

    Development unclarified is defined as a contingent resource that requires further appraisal to clarify the potential for development and has been assigned a lower chance of development until commercial considerations can be clearly defined. Chance of development is the likelihood that an accumulation will be commercially developed.

    Conversion of the development unclarified resources referred to in this news release is dependent upon (1) the expected timetable for development; (2) the economics of the project; (3) the marketability of the oil and gas production; (4) the availability of infrastructure and technology; (5) the political, regulatory, and environmental conditions; (6) the project maturity and definition; (7) the availability of capital; and, ultimately, (8) the decision of joint venture partners to undertake development.

    The major positive factor relevant to the estimate of the contingent development unclarified resources referred to in this news release is the successful discovery of resources encountered in appraisal and development wells within the existing fields. The major negative factors relevant to the estimate of the contingent development unclarified resources referred to in this news release are: (1) the outstanding requirement for a definitive development plan; (2) current economic conditions do not support the resource development; (3) limited field economic life to develop the resources; and (4) the outstanding requirement for a final investment decision and commitment of all joint venture partners.

    Development not viable is defined as a contingent resource where no further data acquisition or evaluation is currently planned and hence there is a low chance of development, there is usually less than a reasonable chance of economics of development being positive in the foreseeable future. The major negative factors relevant to the estimate of development not viable referred to in this news release are: (1) current economic conditions do not support the resource development; and (2) availability of technical knowledge and technology within the industry to economically support resource development.

    If these contingencies are successfully addressed, some portion of these contingent resources may be reclassified as reserves.

    Of the best estimate 2C contingent resources estimated in the NSAI 2024 Report, on a risked basis: 74% of the estimated volumes are light/medium crude oil, with the remainder being heavy oil; 77% are categorised as Development Unclarified, with the remainder being Development Not Viable.  Development Unclarified 2C resources have been assigned an average chance of development for the four fields ranging from 30% to 50% depending on oil type, while 2C Development Not Viable resources have been assigned an average chance of development ranging from 16% to 17%.

    Resources Project
    Maturity Subclass
    Light and Medium Crude Oil
    (Development Unclarified)
    Chance of Development (%)
    Unrisked Risked
    Gross (Mbbl) Net (Mbbl) Gross (Mbbl) Net (Mbbl)
    Contingent Low Estimate (1C) Development Unclarified 8,267 7,334 3,108 2,742 38 %
    Contingent Best Estimate (2C) Development Unclarified 14,178 12,538 4,227 3,728 30 %
    Contingent High Estimate (3C) Development Unclarified 21,072 18,644 5,289 4,673 25 %
    Resources Project
    Maturity Subclass
    Heavy Crude Oil
    (Development Unclarified)
    Chance of Development (%)
    Unrisked Risked
    Gross (Mbbl) Net (Mbbl) Gross (Mbbl) Net (Mbbl)
    Contingent Low Estimate (1C) Development Unclarified 7,807 7,358 4,045 3,813 52 %
    Contingent Best Estimate (2C) Development Unclarified 10,641 10,029 5,325 5,018 50 %
    Contingent High Estimate (3C) Development Unclarified 14,524 13,689 6,560 6,182 45 %
    Resources Project
    Maturity Subclass
    Light and Medium Crude Oil
    (Development Not Viable)
    Chance of Development (%)
    Unrisked Risked
    Gross (Mbbl) Net (Mbbl) Gross (Mbbl) Net (Mbbl)
    Contingent Low Estimate (1C) Development Not Viable 11,294 10,502 1,694 1,575 15 %
    Contingent Best Estimate (2C) Development Not Viable 21,539 19,965 3,652 3,319 17 %
    Contingent High Estimate (3C) Development Not Viable 33,503 30,964 5,363 4,802 16 %
    Resources Project
    Maturity Subclass
    Heavy Crude Oil
    (Development Not Viable)
    Chance of Development (%)
    Unrisked Risked
    Gross (Mbbl) Net (Mbbl) Gross (Mbbl) Net (Mbbl)
    Contingent Low Estimate (1C) Development Not Viable 2,069 1,950 310 293 15 %
    Contingent Best Estimate (2C) Development Not Viable 2,091 1,971 341 321 16 %
    Contingent High Estimate (3C) Development Not Viable 3,003 2,830 815 768 27 %

    The NSAI estimates have been risked, using the chance of development, to account for the possibility that the contingencies are not successfully addressed.  Due to the early stage of development for the development unclarified resources, NSAI did not perform an economic analysis of these resources; as such, the economic status of these resources is undetermined and there is uncertainty that any portion of the contingent resources disclosed in this new release will be commercially viable to produce.

    Glossary   

    bbl barrels of oil
    Mbbl thousand barrels of oil
    MMbbl  million barrels of oil
       

    Advisory and Caution Regarding Forward-Looking Information

    Certain information included in this news release constitutes forward-looking information under applicable securities legislation. Such forward-looking information is for the purpose of explaining management’s current expectations and plans relating to the future. Readers are cautioned that reliance on such information may not be appropriate for other purposes, such as making investment decisions. Forward-looking information typically contains statements with words such as “anticipate”, “believe”, “expect”, “plan”, “intend”, “estimate”, “propose”, “project”, “target” or similar words suggesting future outcomes or statements regarding an outlook.

    Forward-looking information in this news release includes, but is not limited to, the profitability of the Nong Yao asset, relative to rest of the Company’s portfolio; the increase in the number of future development well locations; the estimated net asset value of the Company; the belief that an investment in Valeura’s shares represents an excellent value proposition; Valeura’s expectation that it will benefit from a more efficient tax structure as a result of the corporate restructuring; the inclusion of appraisal-led drilling targets in further infill development drilling programmes; the ability for Jasmine to continue serving as a key source of cash generation; timing to commission the low-BTU gas generator and to reduce greenhouse gas emissions and operating costs; planned drilling and well workovers in 2025; timing to consider a final investment decision on the Wassana field redevelopment project; and the Company’s belief that the Thrace basin deep gas play could be a source of significant value in the longer term.  In addition, statements related to “reserves” and “resources” are deemed to be forward-looking information as they involve the implied assessment, based on certain estimates and assumptions, that the resources can be discovered and profitably produced in the future.

    Although the Company believes the expectations and assumptions reflected in such forward-looking information are reasonable, they may prove to be incorrect.

    Forward-looking information is based on management’s current expectations and assumptions regarding, among other things: political stability of the areas in which the Company is operating; continued safety of operations and ability to proceed in a timely manner; continued operations of and approvals forthcoming from governments and regulators in a manner consistent with past conduct; ability to achieve extensions to licences in Thailand and Türkiye to support attractive development and resource recovery; future drilling activity on the required/expected timelines; the prospectivity of the Company’s lands; the continued favourable pricing and operating netbacks across its business; future production rates and associated operating netbacks and cash flow; decline rates; future sources of funding; future economic conditions; the impact of inflation of future costs; future currency exchange rates; interest rates; the ability to meet drilling deadlines and fulfil commitments under licences and leases; future commodity prices; the impact of the Russian invasion of Ukraine; the impact of conflicts in the Middle East; royalty rates and taxes; management’s estimate of cumulative tax losses being correct; future capital and other expenditures; the success obtained in drilling new wells and working over existing wellbores; the performance of wells and facilities; the availability of the required capital to funds its exploration, development and other operations, and the ability of the Company to meet its commitments and financial obligations; the ability of the Company to secure adequate processing, transportation, fractionation and storage capacity on acceptable terms; the capacity and reliability of facilities; the application of regulatory requirements respecting abandonment and reclamation; the recoverability of the Company’s reserves and contingent resources; future growth; the sufficiency of budgeted capital expenditures in carrying out planned activities; the impact of increasing competition; the availability and identification of mergers and acquisition opportunities; the ability to successfully negotiate and complete any mergers and acquisition opportunities; the ability to efficiently integrate assets and employees acquired through acquisitions; global energy policies going forward; international trade policies; future debt levels; and the Company’s continued ability to obtain and retain qualified staff and equipment in a timely and cost efficient manner. In addition, the Company’s work programmes and budgets are in part based upon expected agreement among joint venture partners and associated exploration, development and marketing plans and anticipated costs and sales prices, which are subject to change based on, among other things, the actual results of drilling and related activity, availability of drilling, offshore storage and offloading facilities and other specialised oilfield equipment and service providers, changes in partners’ plans and unexpected delays and changes in market conditions. Although the Company believes the expectations and assumptions reflected in such forward-looking information are reasonable, they may prove to be incorrect.

    Forward-looking information involves significant known and unknown risks and uncertainties. Exploration, appraisal, and development of oil and natural gas reserves and resources are speculative activities and involve a degree of risk. A number of factors could cause actual results to differ materially from those anticipated by the Company including, but not limited to: the ability of management to execute its business plan or realise anticipated benefits from acquisitions; the risk of disruptions from public health emergencies and/or pandemics; competition for specialised equipment and human resources; the Company’s ability to manage growth; the Company’s ability to manage the costs related to inflation; disruption in supply chains; the risk of currency fluctuations; changes in interest rates, oil and gas prices and netbacks; the risk that the Company’s tax advisors’ and/or auditors’ assessment of the Company’s cumulative tax losses varies significantly from management’s expectations of the same; potential changes in joint venture partner strategies and participation in work programmes; uncertainty regarding the contemplated timelines and costs for work programme execution; the risks of disruption to operations and access to worksites; potential changes in laws and regulations, including international treaties and trade policies; the uncertainty regarding government and other approvals; counterparty risk; the risk that financing may not be available; risks associated with weather delays and natural disasters; and the risk associated with international activity. See the most recent annual information form and management’s discussion and analysis of the Company for a detailed discussion of the risk factors.

    Certain forward-looking information in this news release may also constitute “financial outlook” within the meaning of applicable securities legislation. Financial outlook involves statements about Valeura’s prospective financial performance or position and is based on and subject to the assumptions and risk factors described above in respect of forward-looking information generally as well as any other specific assumptions and risk factors in relation to such financial outlook noted in this news release. Such assumptions are based on management’s assessment of the relevant information currently available, and any financial outlook included in this news release is made as of the date hereof and provided for the purpose of helping readers understand Valeura’s current expectations and plans for the future. Readers are cautioned that reliance on any financial outlook may not be appropriate for other purposes or in other circumstances and that the risk factors described above or other factors may cause actual results to differ materially from any financial outlook.

    The forward-looking information contained in this news release is made as of the date hereof and the Company undertakes no obligation to update publicly or revise any forward-looking information, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, unless required by applicable securities laws. The forward-looking information contained in this news release is expressly qualified by this cautionary statement.

    This news release does not constitute an offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy securities in any jurisdiction, including where such offer would be unlawful. This news release is not for distribution or release, directly or indirectly, in or into the United States, Ireland, the Republic of South Africa or Japan or any other jurisdiction in which its publication or distribution would be unlawful.

    Neither the Toronto Stock Exchange nor its Regulation Services Provider (as that term is defined in the policies of the Toronto Stock Exchange) accepts responsibility for the adequacy or accuracy of this news release.

    This information is provided by Reach, the non-regulatory press release distribution service of RNS, part of the London Stock Exchange. Terms and conditions relating to the use and distribution of this information may apply. For further information, please contact rns@lseg.com or visit www.rns.com.

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Middlefield Canadian Income PCC – Annual Financial Report

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    Middlefield Canadian Income PCC (the “Company”)

    Including Middlefield Canadian Income – GBP PC (the “Fund”), a cell of the Company

    Registered No:  93546

    Legal Entity Identifier: 2138007ENW3JEJXC8658

    ANNUAL FINANCIAL REPORT

    The Company hereby announces the publication of its full unedited annual financial report for the year ended 31 December 2024 (the “AFR”).

    In accordance with Listing Rule 6.4.1, a copy of the AFR has been submitted to the National Storage Mechanism and it will shortly be available for inspection at https://data.fca.org.uk/#/nsm/nationalstoragemechanism.

    The AFR is also available from the ‘Trust Documents’ section of the Company’s website: https://middlefield.com/funds/uk-funds/middlefield-canadian-income-trust/

    Enquiries:

    Secretary

    JTC Fund Solutions (Jersey) Limited

    Tel.: 01534 700000

    Dean Orrico

    President

    Middlefield International Limited

    Tel.: 01203 7094016

    END OF ANNOUNCEMENT

    Middlefield Canadian Income Trust

    Annual Report and Accounts

    For the year ended 31 December 2024

    LON: MCT

    Focusing on high levels of stable and increasing income together with capital growth, this Fund invests in high quality, Canadian large capitalisation businesses. Middlefield Limited, the Fund’s investment manager, is a private and independent firm located in Toronto, Canada, and is regulated by the Ontario Securities Commission.

    Financial Highlights

    2024 DIVIDENDS PAID

    5.3p per share

    1.325p per share quarterly

    5.5p per share New Dividend Guidance for 20251

    YIELD

    4.6%

    SHARE PRICE

    116.00p

    NAV PER SHARE

    134.05p

    NET ASSETS

    £142.7m

    1. This is a target only and does not constitute, nor should it be interpreted as, a profit forecast.

    Why Middlefield Canadian Income PCC?

    Who is this fund for?

    This Fund is for long-term investors seeking dividends and capital appreciation from a diversified portfolio of stable, profitable businesses domiciled primarily in Canada.

    Reasons to buy

    Unique

    The UK’s only listed Canadian equity fund focused on high income – admitted to the FTSE UK All-Share Index in 2011.

    Proven

    Outperformance over the period since inception in 2006. The Fund’s total return for 2024 was 20.6 per cent versus the benchmark total return of 7.6 per cent.

    Diversification

    UK investors are underexposed to Canadian equities – Canada is one of the largest investable economies in the developed world.

    High Income

    Canadian equities offer a higher yield compared to other developed markets. MCT has consistently paid dividends in excess of 5p per share per annum since 2017 and increased its dividend in 2023, 2024 and 2025.

    Stability

    Canada is a member of the G7 and offers one of the most stable political and financial systems in the world.

    Governance

    Experienced Board of Directors with an independent majority, re-elected annually by shareholders to protect their interests.

    A member of the Association of Investment Companies

    Further details about the Company, including the latest annual and half yearly financial reports, fact sheets and stock exchange announcements, are available on the website at www.middlefield.co.uk/mcit.htm

    Contents

    Strategic Report

    Key Information                                                                                                                                            4

    Historical Performance                                                                                                                                 5

    Chairman’s Statement                                                                                                                                  6

    Investment Manager’s Report                                                                                                                     11

    Top Holdings                                                                                                                                                13

    ESG Policy                                                                                                                                                   16

    Business Model                                                                                                                                            22

    Biographies                                                                                                                                                   26

    Corporate Information                                                                                                                                   29

    Report of the Directors                                                                                                                                  36

    Corporate Report

    Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities                                                                                                        40

    Directors’ Remuneration Report                                                                                                                    41

    Corporate Governance Statement                                                                                                                43

    Report of the Audit Committee                                                                                                                      48

    General Shareholder Information                                                                                                                  51

    General Data Key Investor Document and Related Data                                                                             52

    Independent Auditor’s Report on the Fund                                                                                                   53

    Financial Statements

    Statement of Financial Position of the Fund                                                                                                  60

    Statement of Comprehensive Income of the Fund                                                                                        61

    Statement of Changes in Redeemable Participating Preference Shareholders’ Equity of the Fund             62

    Statement of Cash Flows of the Fund                                                                                                           63

    Notes to the Financial Statements of the Fund                                                                                             64

    Independent Auditor’s Report on the Company                                                                                            81

    Statement of Financial Position of the Company                                                                                          84

    Notes to the Financial Statements of the Company                                                                                     85

    Definitions                                                                                                                                                     86

    Alternative Performance Measures                                                                                                               87

    Key Information

    This Fund invests in larger capitalisation Canadian and U.S. high yield equities with a focus on companies that pay and grow dividends.

    Exposure to Key Canadian Themes & Industries

    Canadian companies are amongst the world leaders across the real estate, financial and energy and power sectors.

    Real Estate

    Canada has had the highest population growth rate in the developed world. Immigration tailwinds and a highly educated workforce are expected to support ongoing demand for real estate in Canada. Middlefield is one of the top real estate investors in Canada with over 40 years of experience and $450M+ in AUM across real estate strategies.

    Financials

    One of the world’s most sophisticated and well-capitalised banking systems, Canada’s banks are well-positioned to consistently grow their dividends over time. Canadian financials have historically demonstrated less volatility than peers during periods of market uncertainty.

    Energy and Power

    North American energy is expected to play a vital role in energy security and the energy transition over the coming decades. Its domestic power market benefits from an abundance of renewable energy sources and robust demand for electricity driven by immigration, growing corporate demand, and improving global accessibility.

    Key Data as at 31 Dec 2024

    Historical Performance

    As at 31 December 2024

    Performance Since Inception to 31 December 2024

    As at 31 December 2024

    Notes:

    1.        Net asset value total returns (in Sterling, net of applicable withholding taxes, fees, and including the reinvestment of dividends).

    2.         The Fund’s benchmark, the S&P/TSX Composite High Dividend Index (“Benchmark”), has been currency adjusted to reflect the Canadian Dollar (“CAD”) returns from inception to October 2011 (while the Fund was CAD hedged) and Sterling (“GBP”) returns thereafter.

    3.        Prior to 31 October 2024, the Fund’s Benchmark as well as the S&P/TSX Composite Index, were calculated gross of withholding tax. Beginning 31 October 2024, the Benchmark and the S&P/TSX Composite Index are calculated net of a 15% withholding tax and all period returns have been restated on this basis.

    Recent Performance 1 Mth 3 Mth 6 Mth YTD 1 Year
    Share Price -10.8% 3.6% 15.3% 20.6% 20.6%
    NAV -4.2% 2.6% 12.9% 15.1% 15.1%
    Benchmark -4.7% 1.1% 7.7% 7.6% 7.6%
    S&P/TSX Composite -4.5% 4.2% 9.9% 13.5% 13.5%
    Long-Term Performance 3 Year

    annualised

    5 year

    annualised

    7 Year

    annualised

    10 year

    annualised

    Since Inception annualised1
    Share Price 4.3% 8.2% 7.2% 6.7% 6.8%
    NAV 3.3% 7.2% 6.8% 7.4% 7.2%
    Benchmark 5.2% 7.9% 6.9% 7.1% 6.1%
    S&P/TSX Composite 6.4% 9.8% 8.3% 8.4% 6.4%
    Long-Term Performance 3 Year cumulative 5 year cumulative 7 Year cumulative 10 year cumulative Since Inception cumulative1
    Share Price 13.5% 48.3% 62.8% 90.8% 239.0%
    NAV 10.2% 41.9% 58.1% 104.1% 262.7%
    Benchmark 16.4% 46.3% 59.2% 97.6% 199.1%
    S&P/TSX Composite 20.5% 59.3% 74.6% 124.4% 215.0%

    Sources: Middlefield, Bloomberg. As at 31 December 2024.

    Past performance is not a guide to the future. The price of investments and the income from them may fall as well as rise and investors may not get back the full amount invested. All price information is indicative only.

    Total returns including the reinvestment of dividends for all returns. Fund returns are net of fees.

    Composite of monthly total returns for the S&P/TSX Income Trust Index from inception to 31 December 2010 and the S&P/TSX Composite High Dividend Index (formerly named the S&P TSX Equity Income Index).

    Currency adjusted to reflect CAD$ returns from inception of MCT to Oct 2011 and GBP returns thereafter since MCT was CAD$ hedged from inception to Oct 2011

    Prior to 31 October 2024, the Fund’s Benchmark, as well as the S&P/TSX Composite Index, were calculated gross of withholding tax. Beginning 31 October 2024, the Benchmark and the S&P/TSX Composite Index are calculated net of a 15% withholding tax and all period returns have been restated on this basis.

    Chairman’s Statement

    Michael Phair

    Chairman

    It is my pleasure to introduce the 2024 Annual Financial Report for Middlefield Canadian Income PCC (“MCT” or the “Company”) and its closed-ended cell known as Middlefield Canadian Income – GBP PC (the “Fund”). The Fund invests primarily in dividend-paying Canadian equities, with the objective of providing shareholders with a high level of dividend as well as capital growth over the longer term.

    Investment Performance

    The Fund delivered very good relative performance in 2024. MCT generated total returns of 20.6 per cent on its share price and 15.1 per cent on net assets, both of which were higher than the benchmark total return of 7.6 per cent. Financials, Energy, and Utilities were all positive contributors primarily due to sector allocation and stock selection gains. The Investment Manager believes that 2024 represented the early stages of a sustained outperformance following a period of challenging market conditions for the Fund’s core sectors. In January 2025, the Fund’s dividend was increased from 5.3p to 5.5p per share per annum.

    Over 2024, the discount to net asset value at which the Fund’s shares traded narrowed from -16.8 per cent at the start of the year to -13.5 per cent at the end. The discount moved to within -6 per cent at the beginning of December 2024 which coincided with the share price increasing to 131.25p, a high point for the year. This increase reflected the buying activity by Saba Capital Management L.P. (“Saba”) which first announced a notifiable holding in the Fund’s shares in April 2024, and which has announced further increases in its holding since such date. Saba’s current total interest in the Fund’s shares (comprising its direct and indirect exposure) is estimated to be 29 per cent. Recent developments regarding Saba are discussed below under “Engagement with Saba”.

    Investment Management

    The Board has regular contact with the Investment Manager, Middlefield Limited, to discuss portfolio strategy and review its investment approach, gearing and sector allocations. We remain satisfied that the Investment Manager is applying the strategy consistently and professionally and are confident that the Investment Manager’s outlook and the Fund’s corresponding positioning are capable of delivering good performance over time.

    Middlefield Limited, the Fund’s Investment Manager, has 45 years of investing experience. The Investment Manager uses an actively managed strategy, allowing it to take advantage of market dislocations across Canada and the U.S. In 2024, Canada was ahead of other developed countries in reducing their policy rates after sustained downward trends in inflation. Meanwhile, the U.S. Federal Reserve’s monetary policy remained restrictive for longer. In light of the high levels of cash flow and dividends that Canadian equities offer, and the valuation discounts at which they trade relative to U.S. companies, the Board remains supportive of the Investment Manager’s decision to be substantially invested in Canadian equities. In Q4 2024, against the backdrop of an improving outlook for the Canadian economy as well as a peaking of 10-year government bond yields in the U.S. and Canada, the Fund increased its exposure in Canadian energy from c. 19 per cent to c. 22 per cent which remains above the benchmark, while Real Estate remains the most overweight sector in the Fund relative to the benchmark.

    Shareholder Engagement

    Increasing investor interest in the Fund remains one of the Board’s highest priorities. The Board continues to promote the Company through the Investment Manager’s investor relations initiative, which is dedicated to keeping our shareholders well-informed, especially in times of market turmoil. The Investment Manager provides regular updates through commentaries and articles to get their perspectives directly. This content is accessible on the Investment Manager’s website, where it generates regular insights into the portfolio’s outlook and the decision-making process: Middlefield Canadian Income Trust Content. In addition, the Trust remains engaged with Kepler Partners. Kepler Partners continues to introduce the Investment Manager to new investors throughout London and its surrounding regions, while consistently producing research aimed at raising the profile of the Fund. Kepler Partner’ coverage of the Fund can be accessed at: Middlefield Canadian Income Research. The Board also works with Buchanan, a public relations firm tasked with enhancing the Fund’s reputation among retail investors. The Fund’s ongoing press engagements are featured on our website under “Featured Press”. Alternatively, prospective investors can subscribe to email updates on the Fund’s website to be updated regularly: Middlefield Canadian Income Trust | Middlefield Group.

    Fund Sector Weights Compared to Benchmark as at 31 December 2024

    Sector Allocation MCT Benchmark Over/Underweight
    Financials 27.3% 30.0% -2.7%
    Energy 22.4% 15.0% 7.4%
    Real Estate 18.5% 4.4% 14.1%
    Pipelines 16.9% 15.8% 1.1%
    Utilities 9.5% 13.8% -4.3%
    Materials 2.8% 5.4% -2.6%
    Communication Services 2.6% 10.4% -7.8%
    Consumer Discretionary 0.0% 3.0% -3.0%
    Industrials 0.0% 0.8% -0.8%
    Consumer Staples 0.0% 0.8% -0.8%
    Health Care 0.0% 0.7% -0.7%
    Information Technology 0.0% 0.0% 0.0%
    Total 100.0% 100.0%  

    Source: Middlefield, Bloomberg

    The background to the Fund’s performance is explained in depth by Mr Dean Orrico in the Investment Manager’s accompanying report.

    Engagement with Saba

    Since the Fund’s year end, on 10 February 2025 the Fund, together with three other UK-listed closed-end funds, received a requisition notice from Saba, marking the second phase of Saba’s recent activist campaign in the UK-listed closed-end fund sector. The first phase commenced on 18 December 2024 with Saba requisitioning general meetings at seven UK-listed closed-end funds, proposing resolutions (each of which later failed) to remove the current independent directors of those seven funds and replace them with Saba’s own appointees, with a view to also terminating the management contracts and, in due course, replacing the investment managers with Saba.

    The requisition notice received by the Fund on 10 February 2025 was for the approval by shareholders of the taking of all necessary steps to implement a scheme or process by which shareholders would become (or have the option to become) shareholders of a UK-listed open-ended investment company (or similar open-ended investment vehicle) implementing a substantially similar strategy to the Fund. Such scheme or process could entail shareholders rolling into an existing or newly established UK-listed open-ended investment company (or similar open-ended investment vehicle), in either case managed by the Fund’s existing investment manager or one of its affiliates.

    Following consultation with a number of the Fund’s largest shareholders including Saba, and following constructive discussions with Saba, on 21 February 2025 the Fund announced that Saba had agreed to withdraw its requisition notice for a period of 60 days to enable the Fund and its advisers to formulate proposals that are in the best interests of all shareholders.

    At the current time, the Board is in the process of considering a number of strategic options in the best interests of shareholders as a whole. A further announcement regarding future proposals which the Fund may put to shareholders will be made in due course.

    Gearing

    The Fund reports its gearing relative to net and total assets in its monthly fact sheet. Gearing relative to total assets was consistent throughout 2024. This compares to the Fund’s upper gearing limit of 25 per cent. of its total assets at the time of drawdown. Net gearing, which represents borrowings as a percentage of net assets, is the AIC standard measure of gearing. Net gearing at the start of the year was 17.2 per cent and ended the period on 31 December 2024 at 19.3 per cent.

    The cost of borrowing has come down in 2024 due to the Bank of Canada cutting rates by a total of 175 basis points throughout the year. We anticipate further declines in borrowing costs as the BoC is expected to continue its easing cycle in 2025. The Board continues to believe the use of gearing is warranted at prevailing interest rates due to an expected total return that exceeds total borrowing costs. The Board will continue to weigh the benefits of gearing against the costs and monitor the spread between interest expenses and the yield of the portfolio to ensure the use of leverage remains in the best interest of shareholders. On 3 April 2024, the credit facility was amended to replace Banker’s Acceptances with CORRA (Canadian Overnight Repo Rate Average administered and published by the Bank of Canada) loans.

    Earnings and Dividends

    In light of the excess revenue earnings generated by the Fund this year, together with the prospect of dividend growth from the underlying portfolio, the Board approved a 0.2p increase to the annual dividend target in early 2025 to 5.5p for 2025. This is a target only and should not constitute, nor should it be interpreted as a profit forecast.

    Quarterly interim dividends each of 1.325p per share were paid on 31 January 2024, 30 April 2024, 31 July 2024 and 31 October 2024 representing a 1.92 per cent. increase to quarterly payments made in 2023.

    Consistent dividend growth is a core consideration for the Fund’s security selection process and factored into the Board’s decision to increase the dividend. The Company’s revenue earnings per share totalled 5.61p for the current year, reflecting a dividend coverage ratio of 1.06. This compares to dividend coverage ratios of 1.07 in 2023 and 1.16 in 2022. The Board regularly reviews the Fund’s dividend coverage and, subject to market conditions as well as the Fund’s earnings, it will continue to consider whether further dividend increases are warranted in the future.

    Directors’ Remuneration

    For 2024, the directors’ remuneration remained at £36,000 per annum for the chairman of the Board, £32,000 per annum for the chairman of the audit committee and £29,000 per annum for all other directors bar Mr Orrico, who has waived his entitlement for remuneration for acting as a director. The last increase was on 1 July 2023.

    Related Party Transactions

    The Company’s related parties are its directors and the Investment Manager. There were no related party transactions (as defined in the Listing Rules) during the year under review, nor up to the date of this report. Details of the remuneration paid to the directors and the Investment Manager during the year under review are shown in note 13.

    Material Events

    Save for the Saba requisition and the Board’s ongoing consideration of future strategic options for the Company following engagement with Saba as referred to above, the Board is not aware of any significant event or transaction which has occurred between 1 January 2025 and the date of publication of this statement which could have a material impact on the financial position of the Fund.

    Company and Fund Annual General Meetings

    At each of the Company and Fund Annual General Meetings held on 13 June 2024, all resolutions, relating to both ordinary business and special business were duly passed.

    Board Composition and Succession Planning

    The Board frequently reviews its succession planning strategy and has taken multiple steps in recent years to refresh its composition. We are pleased with the significant progress made to ensure the highest standards of good corporate governance. These steps include the appointment of four new nonexecutive directors over the past five years: Mr Michael Phair (on 13 June 2019), Ms Kate Anderson (on 12 April 2021), Ms Janine Fraser (on 13 September 2022) and Mr Andrew Zychowski (on 30 June 2023).

    The Board currently comprises five nonexecutive directors, of whom four are independent and 40 per cent are female, including the senior independent director.

    Contact

    Shareholders can write to the Company at its registered office or by email to the Secretary at middlefield.cosec@ JTCGroup.com.

    Principal Risks and Uncertainties

    Trade policy uncertainty will remain a persistent overhang in the coming months, affecting business confidence, capital investment, and supply chain planning across North America. With the looming USMCA renegotiation deadline and ongoing discussions around tariffs, businesses face heightened risks when making strategic decisions. Companies reliant on cross-border trade may hesitate to expand operations, allocate capital, or engage in M&A, given the potential for new trade barriers and shifting regulatory frameworks. This uncertainty could lead to reduced investment and prolonged supply chain inefficiencies, ultimately weighing on economic growth and corporate earnings.

    Additionally, although discussions to date between the Board and Saba have been constructive, uncertainty remains over how the Company will proceed going forwards. The Board remains mindful of the need to act at all times in the best interests of shareholders as a whole and wishes to avoid future engagement in costly and time-consuming activist shareholder campaigns.

    Despite inflation moderating in 2024, the risk of an upside surprise in inflation remains a key concern. Stickier inflation could erode consumer purchasing power and increase the cost of borrowing, stifling economic activity. Persistently high inflation could delay further rate cuts from central banks, which could exacerbate financial stress, leading to higher delinquency rates and weaker household consumption.

    The combination of expanding fiscal policies and easing monetary conditions could further strain government balance sheets in 2025. Canada and the US continue to run large fiscal deficits, with rising debt levels fuelling concerns about long-term sustainability. Increased government borrowing costs, especially in a higher-for-longer rate environment, could lead to investors demanding higher risk premiums and increased volatility in bond markets and sovereign credit ratings.

    Geopolitical concerns in 2024 centred on the wars in Ukraine and the Middle East, trade policy between the US and its trading partners, and a change in leadership in Canada and U.S. Although there are efforts to reach a ceasefire in both Ukraine and Israel, these conflicts all have the potential to disrupt global trade routes, commodity prices, and investor sentiment. The risk of further escalation could lead to supply shocks in energy markets, driving up commodity prices and putting renewed pressure on inflation. In addition, strained US-China relations – particularly over trade, technology and Taiwan – could introduce market volatility, affecting global supply chains and investment flows.

    Managing Risks

    The Board places significant emphasis on the Company’s risk assessment and the management of substantial risks. The Board prioritises this aspect, guided by its evaluation of the risks inherent in the Company’s operations. It oversees the controls implemented by the Board, the Investment Manager and other service providers. These evaluations and oversight activities are documented in the Company’s business risk matrix assessment, which remains an effective instrument for identifying and tracking primary risks.

    The directors consider the principal risks of the Company to be those risks, or a combination thereof, that may materially threaten the Company’s ability to meet its investment objectives, its solvency, liquidity or viability. In assessing the principal risks, the directors consider the Company’s exposure to and likelihood of factors that they believe would result in significant erosion of value, such as the possibility of a recession, the ability of Canada to diversify its economy away from natural resources, ongoing geopolitical tensions, the impact of climate change risk on investee companies, foreign exchange rates and the impact of higher interest rates on the Company and investor sentiment.

    At the time of this report, trade policy uncertainty, interest rates, and geopolitical tensions continue to have an impact on markets at both macro and micro levels. Growing geopolitical tensions can increase the risk of supply chain shocks and spikes in commodity prices. While the long-term severity and the impact on the Company’s principal risks and viability cannot currently be predicted with any accuracy, it is expected that a prolonged war in the Middle East would have detrimental effects on market sentiment, which could affect the Company’s asset values.

    Outlook

    Canada is well-positioned for economic resilience and market outperformance, supported by a lower rate environment, strong corporate fundamentals, and favourable structural tailwinds across key sectors. 2024 served as a strong base for the Fund’s core sector exposures, and we expect to build on that momentum. Canadian equities continue to offer attractive valuations, robust earnings growth, and compelling risk-adjusted returns relative to global peers. MCT remains strategically positioned to capitalise on these trends, with its core exposure in financials, real estate, energy, pipelines, and utilities – sectors that are well insulated from external trade policy uncertainty and provide strong income generation, stability, and long-term growth potential. The Fund does not hold significant exposure to industries most vulnerable to tariffs, such as manufacturing, autos, and materials, reducing its reliance on unpredictable trade negotiations.

    Despite having similar expected earnings growth over the next two years, Canadian equities continue to trade at steep valuation discounts to US stocks. With a circa 4.5 per cent dividend yield, the Fund also provides a stable and growing stream of income to investors in the form of quarterly distributions. We believe the current valuation discount embedded in Canadian equities offers a compelling entry point into high-quality Canadian companies. We continue to advocate that UK investors seeking North American equity exposure should allocate capital to Canada.

    We look forward to an ongoing dialogue with shareholders in order to inform our decision making process going forward and to enable us to continue to act in the best interests of all shareholders.

    Michael Phair

    Chairman

    24 March 2025

    Middlefield Group is a private and independent asset manager focused on equity income investment strategies. Located in Toronto, Canada, the company oversees a suite of funds, many of which have been recognised for excellence in various investment categories. Middlefield specialises in managing diversified equity income strategies for UK and Canadian investors with a particular focus on delivering stable distributions and capital appreciation over the long term.

    Investment Manager’s Report

    Dean Orrico

    2024 was an exceptional year for MCT unitholders, as we look to build on the momentum for continued growth into 2025. Despite both the TSX Composite and S&P 500 closing near all-time highs, many areas of the market, such as dividend payers and small-caps, did not meaningfully participate in the 2024 market rally. Technology and communication services stocks led to the upside while cyclical and value sectors lagged. In British Pounds, shares in the Fund generated a total return of 20.6 per cent and a NAV total return of 15.1 per cent. In local currency, the S&P 500, NASDAQ Composite, and the TSX Composite returned 25 per cent, 30 per cent and 22 per cent, respectively. The TSX lagged the S&P 500 by 3 per cent in 2024, due to its lower exposure to technology stocks and greater weighting to cyclical and value sectors. The Fund’s benchmark is more concentrated in higher-yielding dividend stocks and returned 9.6 per cent, lagging the TSX by nearly 12 per cent. Price-to-earnings multiples remain depressed for the TSX, resulting in a 4x multiple discount relative to the S&P 500.

    We are encouraged by several trends that emerged in mid-2024. Firstly, the Bank of Canada (BoC) began its first rate-cutting cycle in 4 years through a series of rate cuts totalling 175 basis points. Meanwhile, 10-year bond yields fell by more than 100 basis points from their 2023 highs as inflation concerns abated. Second, market breadth improved as companies and sectors that lagged throughout 2023 and H1’2024 benefitted from a relief rally. We believe this market broadening could represent the early stages of a prolonged recovery in dividend-paying stocks that should continue throughout 2025.

    In British Pounds, the Fund’s net asset value generated a total return of 15.1 per cent. Stock selection within the energy sector was the biggest contributor to performance in 2024 following a difficult 2023 period, with Enbridge and TC Energy among the Top 5 biggest contributors to performance. Utilities were the next biggest contributor, with Capital Power generating a total return of 77.9 per cent due to its strategy to supply power for upcoming AI data centres in Canada. Capital Power remains a large overweight position relative to the benchmark and has been a consistent Top 10 holding in the Fund.

    President Trump’s second term has introduced significant trade policy uncertainty. Despite all the trade noise, Canada’s economy remains on sound footing and is compelling for investors seeking attractive valuations and higher levels of income. While the scale and scope of potential US tariffs remain unpredictable, the Fund is well-positioned due to its diversification across resilient, high-quality sectors. With a focus on Canadian financials, pipelines, and REITs, the Fund is largely insulated from more tariff-targeted manufacturing industries, such as steel, aluminium, autos, and lumber. Similar to President Trump’s first term, we believe rational economic interests will prevail and the USMCA trade agreement will ultimately be renegotiated with minimal impact on Canadian equities. The U.S. represents over 75 per cent of Canadian exports and is an extremely important end-market for these sectors. US, Canada, and Mexico share over $1.5 trillion in annual trade, supporting 17+ million jobs across the three economies. This trilateral trade flow is one of the largest in the world, underscoring the significance of the USMCA agreement in maintaining economic stability in North America. Given this deep integration, renegotiations will likely aim to preserve trade stability rather than disrupt it.

    The Canadian federal election which has been called for 28 April 2025, will be a key event to watch with potential positive implications for economic policy, trade, and capital markets. A Canada-first mentality is gaining traction, emphasizing deregulation, pro-business policies, and strengthening domestic industries. A more conservative, business-friendly government could lead to increased investment in key sectors such as energy infrastructure, along with streamlined regulatory processes to encourage economic growth. In addition, diversifying trade partnerships beyond the US could present significant opportunities for Canadian pipeline and energy companies. These developments could also lead to increased foreign investment in Canada, strengthening the Canadian dollar. However, trade policy negotiations will bring uncertainty in the markets, particularly if US protectionist policies weigh on exports.

    Our base assumption remains that Canadian inflation will continue trending lower throughout 2025, supported by slowing immigration, easing supply chain pressures, and a more accommodative monetary policy stance from central banks. Over the past year, both the BoC and the Fed have seen meaningful progress in reducing inflation which has prompted rate cuts. However, deregulation, increased fiscal spending, and tax relief in the US could reintroduce inflationary pressures by stimulating aggregate demand, business investment, and consumer spending. While these policies are beneficial for long-term growth, they could delay or slow the pace of rate cuts if inflation proves to be stickier than expected. The balance between continued disinflation and the potential for reaccelerating inflation will be a key theme for policymakers in the year ahead.

    We remain constructive on the Canadian real estate sector in 2025. Although there was a strong rally in REIT unit prices during Q3, we saw a reversal after 10-year yields began climbing again. Investor sentiment for the broader real estate sector is inflecting and we are now seeing foreign buyers of Canadian REITs after a prolonged disconnect between fundamentals and valuations. With bond yields declining and central banks cutting rates further, we believe certain REITs are extremely well-positioned to outperform. Canadian REITs continue trading at an approximate 25 per cent discount to NAV.

    We expect quality REITs that generate stable and growing cash flows to narrow this discount throughout 2025. For these reasons, real estate remains the Fund’s largest active sector weight relative to the Benchmark. The Fund’s core real estate exposure areas include necessity-based retail, apartments, industrial, and seniors housing.

    Energy was among the Fund’s biggest contributors to performance in 2024 and remains a high-conviction investment theme for 2025. Energy represents 22 per cent of the portfolio, which outweighs the benchmark by 7.4 per cent. As geopolitical tensions mount, energy security has become a paramount issue for many countries. Canada’s oil and natural gas reserves rank in the top five globally, positioning the Canadian energy sector for consistent growth for decades. The recently completed Trans Mountain Expansion project will help unlock this growth potential by increasing capacity for crude oil transportation by an additional 590,000 barrels per day. In addition, LNG Canada, the largest private infrastructure project in Canada’s history, will become operational later this year. With an export capacity of 1.8 Bcf/d, LNG Canada will provide Canadian gas producers with a material boost to production egress. These large infrastructure projects are expected to stimulate significant investments from energy producers as well as midstream companies that will need to add necessary processing and handling capabilities.

    Financials represented 28 per cent of the Fund and remained the largest sector exposure in 2024. The decision stemmed from our growing confidence in the economic landscape both in Canada and the U.S, increasing corporate and investor sentiment as well as a pickup in capital markets activity. As the Bank of Canada began cutting rates mid-2024, Canadian banks rallied in Q3 after posting solid earnings results and improved sentiment. The banks remain well capitalised above regulatory minimums and are now strategically deploying capital to support organic growth. Credit concerns have been abating as we are past the peak in provisions for credit losses. The banks have prudently been building their capital reserves to ensure they remain well-equipped in the event of widespread credit defaults. With bond yields having fallen approximately 80 basis points from their April 2024 peak, and strengthening underwriting standards, we have become less concerned by this risk but continue to monitor credit quality closely. The Fund has been diversifying its exposure to financials by adding insurance companies and asset managers to the portfolio. These positions will expose the Fund to different revenue streams and geographies. Our highest weighted names remain Bank of Montreal, Royal Bank of Canada, and CIBC, all of which have well-capitalised balance sheets and fully covered dividends.

    The Fund had 9.5 per cent of the portfolio allocated to utilities at the end of 2024, below the Benchmark weight of 13.8 per cent. This underweight positioning was additive to performance. Despite its traditionally defensive characteristics, the sector lagged the TSX last year by 9.6 percentage points, with a total return of 8.6 per cent (local currency). Independent power producers did most of the heavy lifting, while regulated utilities and renewables significantly lagged. We expect the rest of the sector to re-rate over time as interest rates decline. The surging demand for electricity to power new data centres is a positive trend and we remain bullish on the sector’s long-term growth prospects. Our preferred picks in the sector include AltaGas, Capital Power, and Brookfield Renewables.

    Top Holdings

    Top Holdings as at 31 December 2024

    Company Sector % of Equities
    Tourmaline Oil

    Tourmaline is Canada’s largest natural gas producer and one of North America’s top suppliers of low-cost energy. The company operates high quality assets in the Montney and Deep Basin formations, leveraging its scale and strong balance sheet to maintain industry leadership. Tourmaline has also built a solid track record of dividend growth while paying out frequent special dividends over the last few years driven by their strong cash flow generation and commitment to growing shareholder returns.

    Energy 4.8%
    Enbridge Inc.

    Enbridge is one of the largest energy infrastructure companies in North America with an extensive delivery network of crude oil, natural gas, natural gas liquids and renewable energy. The company also provides gas utility services in Ontario, Quebec, and New Brunswick. It is actively investing in low carbon technologies such as solar, wind and hydroelectric power generation facilities. Enbridge’s goal is to achieve net-zero emissions by 2050 and reduce its greenhouse gas emissions by 30% by 2025.

    Pipelines 4.7%
    Bank of Montreal

    Bank of Montreal, which was founded in 1817, has grown to be Canada’s fourth largest bank. For over two centuries, BMO has maintained a consistent record of dividend payments. It has a well-established commercial banking business that it plans to grow through new product offerings and superior customer experience. BMO conducts its business in the US through its subsidiary, BMO Harris Bank which has over 500 branches.

    Financials 3.9%
    Canadian Natural Resource Ltd.

    Canadian Natural Resource is one of the largest independent producers of oil and natural gas in Canada. The company is focused on maximising shareholder value through a combination of organic growth initiatives, dividend payments and share buybacks. It has grown its dividend by approximately 23% per annum over the past 5 years and has never cut its dividend.

    Energy 3.8%
    Royal Bank of Canada

    Established in 1864, RBC stands as Canada’s largest bank by market capitalization. With a robust presence globally, RBC excels in providing diverse financial products and services through branches, ATMs, and cutting-edge online platforms. Renowned for its customer-centric approach, RBC’s strategic focus on the Capital Markets division enhances its standing, making the bank a key player in international finance.

    Financials 3.7%
    TC Energy

    TC Energy is a leading North American energy infrastructure company, operating natural gas, liquids pipelines, and power generation assets. It owns and operates over 93,300 km of natural gas pipelines across Canada, the U.S, and Mexico, supplying ~25% of North America’s natural gas demand. In addition, it operates power generation assets, including nuclear and renewable energy, contributing to a diversified portfolio. The company generates revenue through long-term take-or-pay contracted agreements which provide stable cash flows with minimal commodity price exposure.

    Pipelines 3.5%

    CIBC

    CIBC is one of Canada’s Big Six banks, providing a range of personal, business, and institutional banking services. The bank operates across four key segments, including Personal Banking, Commercial Banking & Wealth Management, as well as Capital Markets. The bank boasts a significant presence in Canada and U.S banking, with a growing U.S commercial lending business.

    Financials 3.4%
    AGF Management

    AGF Management is a global asset management firm, providing investment solutions across mutual funds, ETFs, and alternative investments. In recent years, it has expanded into private credit and alternatives, positioning itself for higher-margin growth. As funds flow out of savings accounts and back into equity markets post-rate cutting cycle, the active asset management industry will face meaningful tailwinds.

    Financials 3.4%
    Manulife Financial

    Founded in 1887, Manulife Financial is a leading insurance provider in Canada’s financial sector. Offering a comprehensive range of financial solutions, the company operates through a widespread network and digital platforms. With a focus on insurance, wealth management, and investments, Manulife’s commitment to innovation and customer satisfaction cements its prominent position in the global financial landscape.

    Financials 3.4%
    Pembina Pipelines Corp.

    Pembina is a well-established and reputable transportation and midstream service provider with over 65 years of operational history. Its assets are diversified across the hydrocarbon value chain, including pipelines, gathering & processing, and NGL midstream operations in Canada and the US. The company is actively investing in low-carbon and sustainability solutions such as carbon capture and storage to offset greenhouse gas emissions.

    Pipelines 3.1%

    Outlook

    Global markets face heightened uncertainty, driven by elevated geopolitical risks, shifting monetary policy, and trade tensions. Despite these challenges, Canada remains well-positioned for outperformance in 2025, underpinned by attractive valuations, strong fundamentals, and structural tailwinds in key sectors, including energy, real estate, and financials. The TSX Composite continues to trade at a 7 turns discount to the S&P 500, representing an attractive entry point for investors seeking dividend growth, capital discipline and resilient earnings.

    While trade policies remain unpredictable, the Fund is well-diversified across resilient, high-quality, service-based sectors that are less exposed to tariffs. Canada is benefitting from deregulation, a more pro-business environment, and a shift in fund flows towards value and cyclical sectors as markets continue to broaden. The AI-driven expansion will require vast energy infrastructure to support data centre growth, creating significant opportunities for pipeline and utility companies – sectors where the Fund has substantial exposure.

    Canadian corporations continue to prioritize shareholder returns, with record dividend payouts and share buybacks, a trend that is expected to persist. The Fund remains focused on high-quality companies with strong free cash flow generation and ability to grow their dividends. MCT’s portfolio emphasises high dividend paying stocks which have a long track record of consistently increasing dividends. Over the past five years, dividends received by the Fund on its portfolio have increased by 8.2 per cent per annum, exceeding the 7.5 per cent per annum growth rate for the Benchmark.

    Middlefield Limited

    Date 24 March 2025

    ESG

    Environment, Social and Governance (“ESG”) Policy and Stewardship Principles: ESG Policy

    As Investment Manager, Middlefield Limited (“Middlefield”) has a duty to maximise investment returns for the shareholders of the Fund without undue risk of loss. Middlefield does this within the investment limits of the Fund’s investment mandate. Although the Fund is not an ESG-focused or sustainable fund, Middlefield incorporates ESG considerations into its investment process to aid decision making, identify potential risks and opportunities and to enhance long-term, risk-adjusted returns. Stephen Erlichman, one of the foremost experts on governance in Canada, serves as Chair, ESG for Middlefield to augment its ESG capabilities and processes.

    It is Middlefield’s responsibility to employ a disciplined investment process that seeks to identify attractive investment opportunities and evaluate material risks that could impact portfolio returns. Middlefield believes that ESG factors have become an important component of a thorough investment analysis and that the integration of ESG factors will result in a more comprehensive understanding of a company’s strategy, culture and sustainability. Consistent with these objectives, Middlefield integrates ESG considerations into its investment process and these considerations are significant factors in selecting portfolio companies for its ESG-focused mandates. Our current ESG integration process includes the following:

    1.        Middlefield incorporates ESG scores and other ESG data in its multi-disciplined investment process to evaluate investments. Its methodology includes a qualitative review and assignment of ESG scores to individual holdings. Each company is analysed on an absolute basis and measured relative to its peers. The ESG scores and other ESG data are not the sole factors that govern its investment decisions, however, but rather constitute part of the information it reviews and considers alongside its fundamental, quantitative and qualitative research.

    2.        The ESG scoring framework considers the average ESG scores from several reputable third-party data providers. In addition, it cross-references potential investments with the constituents of relevant ESG indices to assess their eligibility in ESG-focused mandates. The data providers it has chosen to incorporate into its ESG analysis currently are Sustainalytics, S&P, Bloomberg and Refinitiv.

    3.        ESG considerations also are integrated into our investment process by, among other things:

    •        reviewing companies’ public disclosure, including annual reports, proxy circulars, and, if available, sustainability or ESG reports;

    conducting research and analysis on companies’ ESG policies and practices;

    obtaining third party research on companies;

    engaging with companies, including from time to time having discussions with management teams (both before purchasing shares for the portfolios and while our portfolios own such shares) on topics such as what initiatives and strategies have been put in place by the companies to deal with ESG considerations material to such companies; and

    monitoring shareholder meetings and voting proxies.

    Middlefield’s approach to ESG integration may evolve over time as more ESG and sustainability research and data become available.

    In addition to Middlefield’s integration of ESG considerations into its investment process Middlefield has adopted Stewardship Principles and activities which are complementary to its ESG integration process.

    Middlefield’s Stewardship Principles

    Middlefield, as a Canadian asset manager, understands it has the responsibility to be an effective steward of the assets it manages for its clients in order to enhance the value of those assets for the benefit of its clients. The Canadian Coalition for Good Governance (“CCGG”) has published a set of seven stewardship principles which have become recognised as Canada’s stewardship code for institutional asset owners and asset managers.

    Middlefield believes that CCGG’s stewardship principles should be tailored for asset managers depending on various factors, such as the size of the asset manager and the type of assets managed. Set out below are CCGG’s seven stewardship principles and a description of how Middlefield, as an independent Canadian asset manager whose predominant assets are public and private investment funds that invest in Canadian and international equities, carries out or intends to carry out such principles.

    Principle 1.

    Develop an approach to stewardship: Institutional investors should develop, implement and disclose their approach to stewardship and how they meet their stewardship responsibilities.

    Middlefield integrates stewardship into its investment process. Such integration includes:

    a procedure for voting proxies (see Principle 3);

    monitoring companies (see Principle 2);

    engaging with companies (see Principle 4);

    •        outsourcing stewardship activities (by, inter alia, utilising a proxy advisory firm to assist in monitoring companies and voting proxies);

    reporting to its clients (as required by law); and

    managing potential conflicts of interest (via Middlefield’s Independent Review Committee mandated by National Instrument 81-107, as well as Middlefield’s Code of Conduct).

    Principle 2.

    Monitor companies: Institutional investors should monitor the companies in which they invest.

    Middlefield monitors the companies in which it invests, including as follows:

    it reviews companies’ public disclosures, including annual reports and proxy circulars;

    it conducts research and analysis on companies;

    it obtains third party research on companies;

    it engages with companies (see Principle 4); and

    it monitors formal shareholder meetings and, if there is a particularly important matter and it believes it is practical and appropriate to do so, it attends formal shareholder meetings.

    Principle 3.

    Report on voting activities: Institutional investors should adopt and publicly disclose their proxy voting guidelines and how they exercise voting rights.

    Middlefield exercises voting rights attached to the securities held by the funds it manages as follows:

    •        Middlefield uses the following proxy voting guidelines:

    proxies will be voted in a manner that seeks to enhance the long-term sustainable value of the funds it manages; and

    proxies will be voted in a manner consistent with leading Canadian and international corporate governance practices.

    •        on routine matters, Middlefield generally supports management and the board unless there are unusual circumstances; and

    Middlefield uses the services of a proxy advisory firm to assist in voting proxies. Middlefield assesses the voting recommendations of the proxy advisory firm but Middlefield also monitors leading Canadian and international corporate governance practices. Middlefield does not automatically follow the recommendations of the proxy advisory firm, but in most cases, it votes as recommended. Middlefield retains ultimate responsibility for all proxy voting decisions.

    In addition, the public funds managed by Middlefield follow the proxy voting requirements of Part 10 of National Instrument 81-106 in regard to establishing policies and procedures for proxy voting and in regard to preparing and disclosing their proxy voting records.

    Principle 4.

    Engage with companies: Institutional investors should engage with portfolio companies.

    Middlefield engages with portfolio companies as follows:

    Middlefield engages with management of portfolio companies regularly, both before shares are purchased for the funds it manages and also while its funds own shares of the portfolio companies; and

    When Middlefield believes it is warranted, it may escalate engagement activities by engaging with directors, by voting against or withholding votes from directors or by voting against companies’ “say on pay” resolutions.

    Principle 5.

    Collaborate with other institutional investors: Institutional investors should collaborate with other institutional investors where appropriate.

    Middlefield collaborates with other institutional investors through investor associations to which Middlefield belongs.

    Principle 6.

    Work with policy makers: Institutional investors should engage with regulators and other policy makers where appropriate.

    Middlefield’s professional advisors, such as the law firms and accounting firms it retains, assist to keep it up to date on developments that are material to it as an asset manager. It utilises its professional advisors, and it also relies on the organisations to which it belongs, to engage on its behalf with regulators and policy makers where appropriate.

    Principle 7.

    Focus on long-term sustainable value: Institutional investors should focus on promoting the creation of long-term sustainable value.

    Middlefield focuses on a portfolio company’s long-term success and sustainable value creation, including as follows:

    Middlefield focuses on a company’s management and strategy, as well as its risks (both company specific and systemic); and

    Middlefield considers environmental, social and governance factors that are relevant to a company and integrates such factors into its investment activities.

    ESG Case Studies

    Canadian Imperial Bank (3.41% of the portfolio as at 31 December 2024)

    Summary:

    Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce (CIBC) is Canada’s 5th largest bank and serves retail, commercial, wealth management, and capital market clients. The company’s enterprise-wide regulatory program aims to enhance alignment with market practice and regulatory requirements. The company has received various accolades and recognition for its sustainability initiatives and commitment to sustainability.

    Highlights:

    •        Ranked #3 in North American Project Financial Renewables by IJ Global

    •        Built a leading renewables franchise focused on providing clients with expert guidance and access to the required capital

    •        CIBC Foundation continues to demonstrate purpose in action and supporting causes that are important to clients and communities

    Top ESG Issues:

    •        Strengthening cybersecurity and anti-money laundering standards remain a key issue for the financial services sector in North America

    •        Implementing the right policies and procedures to address current and emerging ESG priorities, including artificial intelligence, financed emissions, and sustainable finance

    ESG Ranking Relative to the Fund’s Benchmark:

    Sources: S&P, Sustainalytics, Bloomberg.

    Choice Properties REIT (2.22% of the portfolio as at 31 December 2024)

    Summary:

    Choice Properties REIT invests in necessity-based retail, commercial, industrial, mixed-use, and residential properties across Canada. The Choice Cares program aims to develop a strong culture of philanthropy, diversity, equity, and inclusion. Choice was also named one of Greater Toronto’s Top Employers (2023 and 2024) in recognition of their mentorship and benefit enhancement programs.

    Highlights:

    •        Achieved the first CAGBC Zero Carbon Building Design certification to be awarded to a retail property

    •        Maintained GRESB 4-star rating for second year (scored 82 on a 100-point scale), and continued to receive “low” Sustainalytics ESG risk rating

    •        Developed a Social Impact Framework that aligns with their core business and promotes local economic development and social cohesion at the neighbourhood level

    Top ESG Issues:

    •        Addressing affordability needs by developing mixed-use and community-driven projects

    •        Implementing green building standards as well as reducing energy and water consumption across its real estate portfolio

    ESG Ranking Relative to the Fund’s Benchmark:

    Sources: S&P, Sustainalytics, Bloomberg.

    Business Model

    The Company’s Status

    Middlefield Canadian Income – GBP PC is a protected cell of Middlefield Canadian Income PCC, a Jersey-incorporated protected cell company.

    The Fund is a closed-ended fund, whose shares have been admitted to the Official List of the FCA and to trading on the London Stock Exchange’s Main Market for listed securities. The Fund is regulated in Jersey by the Jersey Financial Services Commission (“JFSC”).

    JTC Fund Solutions (Jersey) Limited acts as the Company’s secretary and administrator. The Fund’s NAV is calculated using the bid prices of the securities held within its portfolio. The Company publishes the NAV of a share in the Fund on a daily basis.

    Investment Objective and Policy2

    The Fund seeks to provide shareholders with a high level of dividends as well as capital growth over the longer term. The Fund intends to pay dividends on a quarterly basis each year.

    Investment Portfolio

    The Fund seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing predominantly in the securities of companies and REITs domiciled in Canada and listed on a Canadian Stock Exchange that the Investment Manager believes will provide an attractive level of distributions, together with the prospect for capital growth. It is expected that the Fund’s portfolio will generally comprise between 35 and 70 investments.

    The Fund may also hold cash or cash equivalents.

    The Fund may utilise derivative instruments including index-linked notes, contracts for differences, covered options and other equity-related derivative instruments for the purposes of efficient portfolio management.

    The Fund will at all times invest and manage its assets in a manner which is consistent with the objective of spreading investment risk.

    Investment restrictions

    The Fund will not at the time of making an investment:

    have more than 10 per cent. of the value of its portfolio assets invested in the securities of any single issuer; or

    have more than 50 per cent. of the value of its portfolio assets comprised of its ten largest security investments by value; or

    have more than 40 per cent. of the value of its portfolio assets invested in securities listed on a recognised stock exchange outside Canada; or

    (d)        have more than 10 per cent. of the value of its portfolio assets invested in securities listed on a recognised stock exchange outside Canada and the United States; or

    (e)        have more than 10 per cent. of the value of its portfolio assets invested in unquoted securities; or

    (f)        purchase securities on margin or make short sales of securities or maintain short positions in excess of 10 per cent. of the Fund’s NAV.

    Hedging

    The Board reserves the right to employ currency hedging but, other than in exceptional circumstances, does not intend to hedge.

    Gearing

    The Fund has the power to borrow up to 25 per cent. of the value of its total assets at the time of drawdown. In the normal course of events, and subject to Board oversight, the Fund is expected to employ gearing in the range of 0 to 20 per cent. of the value of its total assets in order to enhance returns. Net gearing, which represents net borrowings as a percentage of net assets, is the AIC standard measure of gearing. At year end, the Fund’s net gearing was 19.3 per cent.

    Promoting the Company’s Success – Section 172 Statement

    The AIC Code requires that the Company should understand the views of the Company’s key stakeholders and describe in the annual report how their interests and the matters set out in section 172 of the UK’s Companies Act 2006 have been considered in Board discussions and decision-making.

    The Company has no employees and all of the directors are non-executive, so the Board considers that its key stakeholders are its shareholders, its service providers, society, the government, and regulators.

    The Board’s engagement with stakeholders is described in the section “Engagement with Stakeholders” below.

    The Board considers that the Company, as an externally-managed investment trust, with no employees, premises, nor manufacturing or other physical operations, therefore has no material, direct impact on the community and the environment. However, the Board considers social, community, environmental and human rights matters to be of significant importance and, in this respect, takes soundings from the Investment Manager as to how these matters are taken into consideration in respect of portfolio construction and its ongoing management. The Investment Manager is tasked with assessing how companies deal with and report on social and environmental risks and issues specific to the industry. It aims to incorporate ESG criteria into the Investment Manager’s processes when making stock selection decisions and promoting ESG disclosure.

    The Investment Manager is mindful of the impact which it can have upon shaping the consideration given to ESG matters by the Fund’s investee companies. In addition to considering ESG matters in portfolio construction decisions, the Investment Manager conducts ongoing investee company monitoring, and this engagement process may include voting and communication with management and company board members. Although the Company does not take a controlling stake in its investees, the Board also considers the interests of those stakeholders and oversees the activities of the Investment Manager, as explained in this Section 172 Statement. The Board ascribes to the highest standards of business conduct and has policies in place to ensure compliance with all applicable laws and regulations. In this respect, it also interacts with governmental organisations providing public services for society, and financial services regulators (such as the FCA and JFSC). In addition to monitoring the Company’s compliance with its own obligations, the Management Engagement Committee also monitors compliance by its service providers with their own obligations and; the work of the Management Engagement Committee during the year is explained in more detail later in this report on pages 46 and 47.

    The Company has an unlimited life and as described in detail in the Company’s viability statement, the Board considers the prospects of the Company for at least the next three years whenever it considers the Company’s long-term sustainability. All strategic decisions are therefore taken with the long-term success of the Company in mind and the Board takes external advice whenever it considers that such would be beneficial to its decision-making process, primarily from its retained service providers (including legal counsel), but also from other external consultants.

    The Board encourages openness and transparency and promotes proactive compliance with new regulations. The Company, through its Investment Manager and Administrator, files Jersey regulatory statistics on a quarterly basis and assists the Administrator in collecting data for provision to the JFSC to conduct a national risk assessment of money laundering and terrorist financing threats to Jersey.

    Engagement with Stakeholders

    As regards the Board’s engagement with shareholders, all shares in issue rank pari passu, all shareholders are treated equally. and no shareholder receives preferential treatment. When making decisions of relevance to shareholders, the Board considers first and foremost the likely consequences of its decisions in light of its duty to act in the best interests of the Company and shareholders as a whole.

    In addition to the regular reporting provided by key service providers, the Board’s primary formal engagement with its service providers is via the Management Engagement Committee, which issues questionnaires to all of its service providers and considers the detailed feedback received on an annual basis, reporting to the Board on its conclusions. The services provided by the key third-party service providers are critical to the ongoing operational performance of the Company. The Board believes that fostering constructive and collaborative relationships with the Company’s service providers will assist in their promotion of the success of the Company for the benefit of all shareholders.

    Management

    The Company is an Alternative Investment Fund (“AIF”) in accordance with the provisions of the AIFMD. For the purposes of the AIFMD, which was implemented into UK law with effect from 22 July 2013, the Company has been classified as a non-EU AIF managed by a non-EU AIFM. As such, the Company is not subject to the full scope of the AIFMD and therefore does not incur additional costs, such as those incurred in having to appoint a depositary, that would have been applicable had it been deemed to be managed by an EU AIFM.

    The Board is responsible for setting the Company’s Investment Objective and Investment Policy, subject to shareholders’ approval of any proposed material changes, and has a schedule of investment matters reserved for the directors’ resolution. The Board has contractually delegated to external agencies the management of the investment portfolio, the custodial services and the day-to-day accounting and secretarial requirements. Each of these contracts is only entered into after proper consideration by the Board of the quality of services being offered.

    The Board also receives and considers, together with representatives of the Investment Manager, reports in relation to the operational controls of the Investment Manager, Administrator, Custodian and Registrar. These reviews identified no issues of significance.

    The Board meets at least quarterly to review the overall business of the Company and to consider matters specifically reserved for its review. At these meetings, the Board monitors the investment performance of the Fund. The directors also review the Fund’s activities every quarter to ensure that it adheres to the Fund’s investment objective and policy or, if appropriate, to consider changes to that policy. Additional ad hoc reports are received as required and directors have access at all times to the advice and services of the Secretary, which is responsible for guiding the Board on procedures and applicable rules and regulations.

    Relationship with the Investment Manager and Performance

    The Company has no employees, premises, assets other than financial assets or operations. The Board engages reputable third-party suppliers with established track records to deliver day-to-day operations. The most important of these is the Investment Manager, which is responsible for the management of the Company’s assets in accordance with its investment objective and policy. The Board maintains a close working relationship with the Investment Manager and holds it to account for the smooth running of the Company’s day-to-day business. There is continuous engagement and dialogue between Board meetings, with communication channels remaining open and information, ideas and advice flowing freely between the Board and the Investment Manager.

    The Board retains responsibility for decisions over corporate strategy, corporate governance, risk and internal control assessment, determining the overall limits and restrictions of the portfolio and in respect of gearing and asset allocation, investment performance monitoring, dividend policy and setting marketing budgets.

    The Investment Manager and Investment Advisor promote the Company with the support of the Corporate Broker and the Board makes additional funds available to support marketing activities aimed at raising the profile of the Company among investors in the UK.

    As the Investment Manager holds the overall day-to-day relationship with the Company’s other third-party suppliers, the Board places reliance on the Investment Manager in this regard. The Board is confident that the Investment Manager has developed and maintains good working relationships with all of the Company’s third-party suppliers. To ensure the chosen service providers continue to deliver the expected level of service, the Board receives regular reports from them, evaluates the control environments in place at each service provider and formally assesses their appointment annually.

    By doing so, the Board seeks to ensure that the key service providers continue to be appropriately remunerated to deliver the level of service that it demands of them.

    The Company has appointed the Investment Manager as its AIFM. The Investment Manager is regulated by the Ontario Securities Commission. The Company has a formal schedule of the areas of decision making reserved for the Board and those over which the Investment Manager has discretion, and it is available for inspection on the Company’s website.

    A review of the Investment Manager’s performance is included in the Chairman’s Statement and the Investment Manager’s Report. The Board receives formal reports from the Investment Manager at each of its Board meetings, at which meetings representatives of the Investment Manager are present to answer the Board’s questions.

    Such reporting and the ensuing discussions cover all areas within the Investment Manager’s remit, including portfolio performance, portfolio risk, asset allocation and gearing, compliance with the Company’s investment objective and policy and investment restrictions and the outlook for the market and the Company’s prospects, as well as a comparison with the Company’s peer group provided by the Company’s corporate broker. In between meetings, the Investment Manager provides updates to the directors on any material events. The Investment Manager’s performance is assessed on an ongoing basis and includes the Fund’s performance relative to appropriate benchmarks and its peer groups.

    The Board and Investment Manager also discuss the marketing and investor relations work performed by the Investment Manager and Investment Advisor, which is an affiliate of the Investment Manager, in each quarterly Board meeting. The Investment Advisor and the Investment Manager are paid an additional fee for investor relations services totalling the lesser of 15 basis points of the market value of the Fund or £200,000 per annum, with the fee to be calculated daily based on the closing market value of the Fund and payable quarterly in arrears, and its performance is measured by reference to an agreed set of metrics.

    The Board has delegated voting on matters proposed to the Company by its investees and a report on the Investment Manager’s institutional voting policy for the Company is included in the Directors’ Report. The Board and the Investment Manager also consider social, community, environmental and human rights issues to be important and a report on the Investment Manager’s policies for the Company is also included in the Directors’ Report.

    As required by the Listing Rules and recommended by the AIC Code, the following additional information is provided:

    During the year under review and up to the date of this report, Middlefield Limited has acted as the Company’s discretionary investment manager. Middlefield International Limited (“the Investment Advisor”) provides investment advisory services to the Company and the Investment Manager. The Company pays an annual fee of 0.70 per cent. of NAV to the Investment Manager to cover its services and those provided to it by the Investment Advisor and the agreement can be terminated by either party on 90 days’ written notice. The Investment Manager and Investment Advisor are also paid an additional fee for investor relations services as previously mentioned and disclosed in note 2u.

    Having reviewed the investment management and advisory services provided by the Investment Manager and the Investment Advisor and having regard to the Fund’s investment performance since the Fund’s launch in May 2006, the directors are of the view that the portfolio should remain managed by the Investment Manager for the foreseeable future.

    Biographies

    As at 31 December 2024, the Board of Directors comprised five non-executive directors, four of whom were independent of the Investment Manager and its affiliates.

    Directors

    Michael Phair, Chair

    Mr. Phair has over 30 years’ investment banking experience at World Bank Group, Rothschild and UBS with a focus on privatisations, telecoms and media. He has lived and worked in Canada, Latin America, the United States, Europe and is a British citizen and resident in London since 1988. He is the Founder, former CEO and currently director of REG (UK) Ltd. which is a leading software solutions provider for counter-party risk management in the UK and global insurance market. He is the Chair of Children and Families Across Borders, a UK-based charity which is part of the International Social Services Network operating in over 130 countries worldwide. A successful private equity investor, Mr. Phair is the former Managing Member of Boston Capital Management (VP) LLC.

    Kate Anderson

    Ms Anderson, until 1st April 2025, is a managing partner of Voisin Law in Jersey. Ms Anderson intends to take up a new position in the legal profession in Jersey in due course. Her regulatory and funds practice specialises in the legal, regulatory and corporate governance aspects of investment funds, holding companies and managers. In recent years she has joined a number of working groups related to these areas, including the consultation group for the restatement of the Jersey Law of Contract, the working group tasked with updating the Limited Partnership (Jersey) Law to improve its functionality when used with funds and the Jersey Finance Community of Interest group on sustainable investment. Since 2008 Ms Anderson has sat on a number of collective investment fund and fund manager/ general partner boards.

    Janine Fraser

    Ms. Fraser, through her company, Harmony Business Partnering in Jersey, provides financial expertise and professional training. She is a member of the Institute of Directors and a Fellow of the Association of Chartered Certified Accountants. She also holds a Master’s Degree in E-Commerce from the University of Westminster.

    With over a decade of experience as a group financial controller at Triton Partners, an international investment firm, and extensive global experience in various sectors, including retail, merchant banking, travel, manufacturing, and oil, Ms. Fraser brings a wealth of industry knowledge to her role from her previous positions at RBS, Lloyds TSB, Hill Samuel, and British Airways.

    Dean Orrico

    Mr Orrico, President, Chief Executive Officer of Middlefield Limited and President of Middlefield International Limited, has been employed by the firm since 1996.

    Mr Orrico is currently responsible for overseeing the creation and ongoing management of all of Middlefield’s investment funds including mutual funds, Toronto and London Stock Exchange-listed funds and flow-through funds. He graduated with a Bachelor of Commerce degree from the Rotman School of Management (University of Toronto) and holds an MBA from the Schulich School of Business (York University). Mr Orrico is a registered Portfolio Manager.

    Mr Orrico has developed expertise in both equity and fixed income securities. Having spent many years managing equity portfolios and meeting with international companies and investors, Mr Orrico has overseen the diversification of Middlefield’s portfolios into global equity income securities.

    Andrew Zychowski

    Mr Zychowski has over 30 years’ investment banking experience, providing corporate advisory services to investment company boards. Until June 2019, he was the Head of the Investment Companies corporate department at Canaccord Genuity Limited. Prior to that he was the Head of the Investment Companies corporate department at Dresdner Kleinwort. Mr Zychowski is currently a non-executive director of The Ralph Veterinary Referral Centre Plc, a state of the art, multidisciplinary, small animal specialist referral veterinary hospital and Digital 9 Infrastructure plc which is traded on the London Stock Exchange and is in managed wind-down, with the objective to realise all existing assets in the company in an orderly manner. He is a qualified accountant and holds a BSc in Physics from Imperial College.

    Corporate Information

    Registered Office

    28 Esplanade

    St Helier

    Jersey JE2 3QA

    Directors

    Michael Phair (Chairman)

    Kate Anderson (SID)

    Janine Fraser

    Dean Orrico

    Andrew Zychowski

    Service Providers

    Administrator and Secretary

    JTC Fund Solutions (Jersey) Limited

    28 Esplanade

    St. Helier

    Jersey, JE2 3QA

    Investment Advisor

    Middlefield International Limited

    288 Bishopsgate

    London, EC2M 4QP

    Investment Manager

    Middlefield Limited

    Suite 3100

    8 Spadina Ave

    Toronto, Ontario

    Canada, M5V 0S8

    Legal Advisers

    In Jersey

    Carey Olsen Jersey LLP

    47 Esplanade

    St. Helier

    Jersey, JE1 0BD

    In Canada

    Fasken Martineau DuMoulin LLP

    Bay Adelaide Centre

    Box 20, Suite 2400

    333 Bay Street

    Toronto, Ontario

    Canada, M5H 2T6

    Broker and Corporate Advisor

    Investec Bank plc

    30 Gresham Street

    London, EC2V 7QP

    Custodian

    RBC Investor Services Trust

    155 Wellington Street West 2nd Floor

    Toronto, Ontario

    Canada, M5V 3L3

    Registrar

    MUFG Corporate Markets (Jersey) Limited

    12 Castle Street

    St. Helier

    Jersey, JE2 3RT

    CREST Agent, UK Paying Agent and Transfer Agent

    MUFG Corporate Markets

    Central Square

    29 Wellington Street

    Leeds, LS1 4DL

    Independent Auditor

    RSM Channel Islands (Audit) Limited

    13-14 Esplanade

    St Helier

    Jersey, JE4 9RJ

    Marketing Agent

    Kepler Partners LLP

    70 Conduit Street

    London

    W1S 2GF

    Financial Calendar

    Annual Results

    Announced March 2025

    Dividend Payment Dates

    Last Business Day of January, April, July and October

    Annual General Meetings

    19 June 2025

    Half-Yearly Results

    Announced September 2025

    Information Sources

    For more information about the Company and Fund, visit the website www.middlefield.co.uk

    Managing Risks

    The Company’s risk assessment and the way in which significant risks are managed is a key focus for the Board. It is guided by the Board’s assessment of the risks arising in the Company’s operations and identification and oversight of the controls exercised by the Board and its delegates, the Investment Manager and other service providers. This information is documented in the Company’s business risk matrix, a valuable tool for identifying and monitoring principal risks.

    The directors consider the primary risks facing the Company as those that could substantially jeopardise its capacity to achieve its investment objectives, maintain solvency, liquidity, or viability. In evaluating these key risks, the directors analyse the Company’s vulnerability to various factors that could lead to significant devaluation, such as potential recession, geopolitical instability, commodity price shocks, persistent inflation, supply chain interruptions, the effects of climate risk on investee firms, foreign exchange fluctuations, the consequences of restrictive monetary policies, and the influence of increased interest rates on both the Company and investor sentiment.

    At the time of this report, trade policy uncertainty and geopolitical tensions are having an impact at both macro and micro levels. While the long-term severity and the impact on the Company’s principal risks and viability cannot currently be predicted with any accuracy, it is expected that an escalation in ongoing geopolitical conflicts and severe trade restrictions would have detrimental effects.

    Strategy Risks

    Risk Mitigants Change from 2024
    Macroeconomic and political environment

    Unfavourable changes to the macro political and economic environment including global trade tensions, and climate risk pressures, causes the investment objective to become obsolete with reduced investor demand.

    The Board has established guidelines to ensure that the investment policy is pursued by the Investment Manager. The Board reviews the Investment Manager’s compliance with the agreed investment restrictions, investment performance and risk against investment objectives and strategy, the portfolio’s risk profile and appropriate strategies employed to mitigate any negative impact of substantial changes in markets. Trade policy uncertainty
    Inflation and Interest Rates

    Inflation has been trending lower but has the potential to re-accelerate. Central banks have been loosening monetary policy after obtaining evidence that inflation continues trending downwards.

    The Investment Manager monitors the portfolio daily and considers the portfolio’s sensitivity to interest rates. The Investment Manager also monitors the borrowing rates and weighs the benefits of gearing against its costs. Inflation outlook has improved

    Rates continue their downward trend

    Share price discount to NAV

    Continued trading of the Fund’s share price at a level below that of its NAV reflects a lack of liquidity and/or lack of investor interest in the Fund’s shares. A share price discount to NAV will prevent the Fund from growing via the issue of additional shares and may cause a persistent discount to widen further. The Fund’s level of discount has been significant for a prolonged period and a lack of demand for the Fund’s shares has provided the opportunity for an activist investor to acquire a significant stake in the Fund over a relatively short period of time.

    The Board, the Investment Manager and Broker monitor the share price and level of discount on a regular basis.

    During the year, the Board, the Investment Manager and Broker have spent considerable time engaging with existing and potential shareholders to understand investors’ needs and best interests and to help improve investor interest in the Fund’s shares. This included liaising directly with Saba, as the Fund’s largest shareholder, and holding constructive talks with Saba and existing shareholders to address investor concerns and adapt to shareholder needs.

    In assessing whether to conduct buybacks, the directors take into account market factors, the discounts of comparable funds and the size of the Fund and the shrinkage in its asset base which would necessarily result from the Fund repurchasing its own shares.

    Saba becoming the largest shareholder of the Fund.
    Gearing

    The utilisation of gearing increases the impacts of adverse movements in equity prices or interest rates and may require the Company to liquidate positions at inopportune times in order to maintain the correct levels of gearing.

    The Company maintains a prudent level of gearing and the loan to value ratio is monitored on a daily basis as part of the valuation process, so that in falling markets the Company will be able to take proactive steps to reduce gearing to avoid breaching its investment policy and any loan to value covenants. Unchanged
    Shareholder Activism

    A failure to adapt to changes in the market and investor demand might leave the Company exposed to the risk of further shareholder dissatisfaction, activism, and influence.

    The Board, Investment Manager and Broker engage directly with shareholders to understand investors’ needs and best interests.

    The Investment Manager and Broker regularly monitor movements in the Fund’s share register.

    Saba becoming the largest shareholder of the Fund

    Portfolio Risks

    Risk Mitigants Change from 2024  
    Regulatory & Legal Risks

    The Company is primarily focused on Canadian companies that may have operations in, or be exposed to, regulatory risks in many other countries. These have the potential of negatively impacting the efficiency and structure of the Company.

    The Investment Manager and the Board are kept abreast of changes to all relevant laws by the Company’s legal and tax advisers, secretary, Administrator and Auditor. Unchanged
    Income/Dividend

    The Company sets its target dividend at a rate it expects to earn from the dividends received from its underlying equity investments based upon robust modelling and assumptions.

    Failure by those investments to meet expectations due to, for example, decreased operating margins, changes in tax treatment of dividends, increased borrowing costs or poor underlying performance, may prevent the Company from being able to meet its target dividend.

    The Investment Manager’s allocation process seeks to select investments capable of producing strong reliable dividends and future capital growth across a diverse range of sectors. Day to day risk management techniques seek to diversify risk and monitor high levels of volatility. The Board monitors the income received on investments and available for distribution prior to the declaration of each dividend. Unchanged  

    Operational Risks

    Risk Mitigants Change from 2024
    Key man Risks

    The Company is reliant on key individuals of the Investment Manager to meet its investment objective and for growing the Company’s shareholder base.

    The Company’s portfolio is managed by a team of investment professionals led by Dean Orrico and Rob Lauzon. Unchanged
    Service provider performance

    The Company is reliant on the performance, safe custody of assets and data and internal controls of its service providers for its day-to-day activities. Poor performance or failure to meet their contractual obligations, including the absence of adequate business continuity plans and data and cyber security, could negatively impact the operations, reputation, governance and cost efficiency of the Company.

    Due diligence is carried out on all service providers prior to their appointment, with their level of service monitored continually and assessed formally by the Management Engagement Committee on an annual basis.

    The Board monitors the performance of the Investment Manager at every Board meeting and otherwise as appropriate.

    Unchanged

    Financial Risks

    Risk Mitigants Change from 2024
    Market Risks

    The Company may generate a loss on its investments at realisation due to adverse movements in their share prices, currency or interest rate movements.

    The directors monitor the Investment Manager’s compliance with the Company’s stated investment policy and review the investment performance. Unchanged
    Liquidity Risk

    The Company may hold positions, long or short, in securities that may not be able to be sold or bought quickly enough so as to prevent or minimise a loss.

    The Fund primarily invests in securities that are readily realisable, mainly issued by Canadian companies and REITS listed on a Canadian Stock Exchange and are actively traded. Unchanged

    Emerging Risks

    Tensions in the Middle East remain a key geopolitical risk, impacting global markets and supply chains. The events have led to regional instability, with concerns of a broader conflict involving the US, Iran, and other regional powers. Although there are current diplomatic efforts to reach a ceasefire in both Ukraine and Israel, these conflicts have the potential to disrupt global trade routes, commodity prices, and investor sentiment. The US has increased sanctions on Iranian-linked groups while also seeking to prevent direct conflict with Iran. As we’re currently witnessing, long-term stability will require diplomatic engagement, economic incentives, and security assurances to prevent further escalation. A resolution could help tame commodity price volatility, restore trade flows, and ease investor concerns over prolonged geopolitical uncertainty.

    In July 2024, the unwinding of the FX carry trade triggered a sharp selloff in global markets. Investors had been borrowing in low-yielding currencies, particularly the Japanese Yen, to fund investments in higher-yielding assets, taking advantage of Japan’s ultra-low-interest rate environment. However, speculation that the Bank of Japan (BOJ) would tighten monetary policy and allow interest rates to rise led to a sudden surge in the Yen. As a result, investors were forced to unwind their positions, causing widespread deleveraging and significant volatility across asset classes. The BOJ’s measured approach to adjust policies prevented further panic, but investors remain cautious of further FX-driven volatility.

    The 2024 election cycle was one of the most consequential in recent history and reshaped global trade policies, leadership dynamics, and economic strategies, driving market volatility. While some elections reinforced political continuity, others led to major shifts in international relations, trade agreements, and economic policies. In the US, Trump’s return to office signalled a shift toward protectionist trade policies, deregulation, and energy independence, with renewed emphasis on tariffs, border security, and reshoring manufacturing. His administration’s approach to China, Mexico, and Canada has already introduced trade policy uncertainty, including the temporary threat of 25% tariffs on Canadian and Mexican imports. Markets reacted with heightened volatility, particularly in trade-exposed sectors, as investors assessed the long-term impact of potential USMCA renegotiations and increased trade restrictions. Looking ahead, the 2025 Canadian federal election could reshape economic policies and business sentiment. A pro-business environment, conservative leadership shift could accelerate deregulation and foster a more investment-friendly environment. With rising protectionist rhetoric in the US, Canada’s focus may shift towards strengthening non-US trade relationships. As global political landscapes evolve, markets will continue to navigate shifting policies, impacting investment strategies in the year ahead.

    Emerging risks, along with all other risks the directors have identified the Company to be exposed to, are monitored via the Company’s risk register. During the year, as part of their regular review and assessment of risk, the directors have considered the ongoing discussions with Saba and the potential impact of the requisition on the Fund’s future structure. The fund is a closed-ended investment fund and thus is not required to comply with LR 6.6.1R(13) or LR 6.6.8R due to LR11.4.22R.

    Going Concern and Viability

    The performance of the investments held by the Fund over the reporting year is reflected in the Statement of Comprehensive Income and in notes 3 and 22 to the financial statements and the outlook for the future is described in the Chairman’s Report and the Investment Manager’s Report. The Company’s financial position, its cash flows and liquidity position are set out in the financial statements and the Company’s financial risk management objectives and policies, details of its financial instruments and its exposures to market price risk, credit risk, liquidity risk, interest rate risk, currency risk and country risk are set out at note 16 to the financial statements. The Company’s long-term viability and assessment of longer-term risks to which the Company is exposed are also reported upon in the Company’s long-term viability statement included below.

    The financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis, supported by the directors’ current assessment of the Company’s position based on the following factors:

    •        ongoing shareholder interest in the continuation of the Fund;

    •        the Fund has sufficient liquidity in the form of cash assets to meet all on-going expenses;

    •        should the need arise, the directors have the option to reduce dividend payments in order to positively affect the Fund’s cash flows;

    •        the Fund’s investments in Canadian and U.S. securities are readily realisable to meet liquidity requirements, if necessary; and

    •        assuming the Fund’s trading in a security represented 30% of the average daily trading volume of that security, 100% of portfolio’s holdings can be liquidated in under 5 working days.

    Based on the above, in the opinion of the directors, there is a reasonable expectation that the Company has adequate resources to continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future.

    The directors have also considered the application of the SORP for Financial Statements of Investment Trust Companies and Venture Capital Trusts, whereby the going concern basis of preparation of the financial statements is considered appropriate until a vote is passed to discontinue the Fund or Company. There is no requirement under the Company’s and Fund’s articles of association to propose any continuation vote in respect of either the Company as a whole or the Fund itself and the directors have no intention of proposing any continuation vote in the foreseeable future, subject to unforeseen future events. For these reasons, the financial statements have been prepared using the going concern basis.

    The accompanying financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis, which assumes the Company will continue to operate and meet its obligations as they fall due. However, the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern is subject to material uncertainty. Since the Company’s year end, on 10 February 2025 the Company, together with three other UK-listed closed-end funds, received a requisition notice from Saba, marking the second phase of Saba’s recent activist campaign in the UK-listed closed-end fund sector. The first phase commenced on 18 December 2024 with Saba requisitioning general meetings at seven UK-listed closed-end funds, proposing resolutions (each of which later failed) to remove the current independent directors of those seven funds and replace them with Saba’s own appointees, with a view to also terminating the management contracts and, in due course, replacing the investment managers with Saba. The requisition notice received by the Company on 10 February 2025 was for the approval by shareholders of the taking of all necessary steps to implement a scheme or process by which shareholders would become (or have the option to become) shareholders of a UK-listed open-ended investment company (or similar open-ended investment vehicle) implementing a substantially similar strategy to the Company. Such scheme or process could entail shareholders rolling into an existing or newly established UK-listed open-ended investment company (or similar open-ended investment vehicle), in either case managed by the Company’s existing investment manager or one of its affiliates. Following consultation with a number of the Company’s largest shareholders including Saba, and following constructive discussions with Saba, on 21 February 2025 the Company announced that Saba had agreed to withdraw its requisition notice for a period of 60 days to enable the Company and its advisers to formulate proposals that are in the best interests of all shareholders. At the current time, the Board is in the process of considering a number of strategic options in the best interests of shareholders as a whole. A further announcement regarding future proposals which the Company may put to shareholders will be made in due course. Although the Board is confident that the Company will have sufficient financial resources to meet its obligations due within twelve months from the date of approval of the financial statements, the uncertain future outcome of the Board’s deliberations indicates the existence of a material uncertainty that may cast significant doubt on the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. Nevertheless, the Board believes that it is appropriate to continue to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the financial statements.

    Viability Statement

    Provision 36 of the AIC Code includes a recommendation that the directors publish a long-term viability statement and this statement is intended to meet that requirement.

    The Board of directors regularly assesses the viability of the Company for at least the three years following the date of that review. The Board believes that this three-year period remains the appropriate period over which to assess the Company’s viability because the Company’s shareholders and other stakeholders desire long-term certainty as to the Company’s viability. The Board does not consider it feasible to anticipate with any reasonable degree of certainty the viability of the Company for a period longer than three years. In considering the Company’s viability, the Board considers the Company’s current position and the principal and emerging risks to which it is exposed, as set out on pages 30 to 33, the viability of its investment objective and policy, market risks, the ongoing charges ratio, the liquidity of its investments, the ability to use hedging as a portfolio management tool, gearing and the reduction in reliance of the Canadian economy on energy as it diversifies into promising growth industries, such as healthcare and technology.

    The Board considers the impacts on the Company’s business plan and viability if severe principal and emerging risks are applied. Certain financial risks were considered under a scenario analysis that stress tests the portfolio against historic market shocks, including the 2008 Lehman Default, the 2011 Debt Ceiling Crisis and the 2015 Greece Financial Crisis. It is expected that the value of the Fund’s total investments as at 31 December 2024 would have experienced drawdowns of 22.7 per cent, 13.0 per cent and 1.5 per cent, respectively. Strategy, portfolio and market risks were also considered under a stress tested scenario where adverse movements in currency of 15 per cent are experienced, operating expenses increase by 20 per cent and gearing is reduced to zero due to higher interest rates. Under this scenario, the Fund’s revenue is expected to decline by approximately £1,629,698, its net profit is expected to decline by £1,161,351 and the dividend coverage of the Fund is expected to decline to 84 per cent. This analysis is relative to fiscal 2024 results and incorporates the dividend increase announced in January 2025.

    The directors have made a robust assessment of principal risks and, together with the Company’s Investment Manager, have adopted procedures and strategies to mitigate these risks. The Fund has an established Investment Policy, which has been approved and is monitored by the directors. The Investment Manager regularly updates the directors on the Company’s portfolio and the overall status of the market. The directors engage tax accountants to perform an investment trust test (for compliance with the requirement to distribute at least 85% of investment income received) on an annual basis). A solvency test is also undertaken (in compliance with Jersey company law) before any dividend is declared.

    Notwithstanding the ongoing uncertainty caused by geopolitical events, higher interest rates and inflation, if the Company’s income, expenses and dividends remain substantially unchanged in 2024 and 2025, the Company will hold sufficient cash to pay all of its expenses and the current rate of dividends for at least the next 12 months following the date of approval of this annual financial report. In addition, the Board reviews the liquidity of the Company’s investments on a quarterly basis and the Company’s investment portfolio remains extremely liquid. The Board is confident, based on its regular monitoring of liquidity, that additional cash can be raised very quickly if needed through sale of investments.

    The Fund has a credit facility agreement with RBC whereby RBC provides the credit facility, with a maximum principal amount of the lesser of CAD 75,000,000 and 25 per cent. of the total asset value of the Fund. Based on the Fund’s total assets of GBP 172,062,473 as at 31 December 2024, a decrease in total assets of GBP 56,481,233, or 32.83 per cent of assets, would be required for the principal amount to exceed 25 per cent of the total asset value of the fund.

    In 2024, the level of net gearing was kept relatively consistent at an average level of 15.9 per cent. At the year -end it stood at 16.2 percent on a gross basis and 19.3 per cent net.

    Following careful consideration and analysis of all material risk factors, the Board acknowledged the ongoing uncertainty as set out under the going concern and viability statement on page 33 and believes that the Company remains viable for the foreseeable future.

    Key Performance Indicators At each Board meeting, the Board considers several performance measures to assess the Company’s success in achieving its objectives. The key performance indicators (KPIs) used to measure the progress and performance of the Company, and which are comparable to other investment trusts, are set out below.

    In addition, the Board regularly reviews the performance of the portfolio from both a net asset value and share price perspective and compares this against various companies and indices. The Board also reviews the performance of the portfolio against its benchmark; the S&P TSX High Dividend Index. Information on the Company’s performance is given in the Chairman’s Statement and Investment Manager’s Report.

    Key performance indicator 2024

    Value

    2023

    Value

    NAV per share 134.05 pence 121.55 pence
    NAV total return performance for the year 15.1% (1.4%)
    Benchmark Index* 7.6% 3.9%
    Share price 116 pence 101.10 pence
    Discount to NAV (13.47%) (16.84%)
    Dividend paid in the year 5.3 pence 5.2 pence
    Ongoing charges** 1.30% 1.33%

    * S&P/TSX High Dividend Index, total return basis.

    ** refer to page 42.

    Borrowings

    At 31 December 2024, the amount drawn down under the credit facility was CAD 52 million (GBP equivalent at amortised cost of £28,884,872). For further details, please refer to Note 14. Loan Payable on page 71.

    Future Developments

    Details of the main trends and factors likely to affect the future development, performance and position of the Company’s business can be found in the Investment Manager’s Report on pages 11 to 15. Further details as to the risks affecting the Company are set out on pages 30 to 33.

    Environmental, Social and Governance Matters (‘ESG’)

    The Board and the Investment Manager believe that companies should operate in a socially responsible manner. Day-to-day decisions regarding the Company’s investment portfolio have been delegated to the Investment Manager. While MCT is not explicitly focused on ESG or sustainability, it acknowledges the increasing importance that non-financial factors including social and environmental issues can have on the share price, as well as the reputation of companies. Specialists at the Investment Manager are responsible for evaluating how companies address and report on social and environmental risks specific to their industries. Their goal is to integrate ESG criteria into the Investment Manager’s decision-making processes for stock selection and to promote ESG disclosure. The Investment Manager is mindful of its influence on the consideration of ESG matters by the Fund’s investee companies. Alongside portfolio construction decisions, the Investment Manager continuously monitors investee companies for ESG compliance. Company monitoring, including engagement processes such as voting and communication with management and Company board members, is part of the Investment Manager’s responsibilities. The Investment Manager’s ESG policy can be found on pages 16 to 18.

    Institutional Voting Policy

    The Company’s policy is that a decision on whether to vote on matters proposed by its investees is to be based on the nature of the matter being proposed. In the ordinary course of business, voting decisions have been delegated to the Investment Manager.

    The Investment Manager’s proxy voting policies are designed to be general in nature and the Investment Manager aims to exercise its proxy voting on all securities held. When exercising voting rights, the Investment Manager will generally vote with management of the issuer. For each proxy, the Investment Manager incorporates research and considers the recommendations provided by Glass Lewis, the Investment Manager’s proxy advisor, in exercising its voting rights. All proxy UK voting is conducted through Glass Lewis Viewpoint and /proxy voting is a key element of the Investment Manager’s stewardship of the assets it manages, which is adjunct to the integration of ESG factors into its investment process.

    On a monthly basis, the Investment Manager’s portfolio managers generate a list of issuers whose weightings represent more than 3% of the Fund’s net assets at the month-end preceding the voting date. For each of these issuers, the Investment Manager will record comments which support the rationale for the proxy decision made. For example, comments would be registered in Glass Lewis Viewpoint if the Investment Manager’s proxy voting decision differs from the recommendation from management or Jersey Glass Lewis. Copies of all proxy records are retained and available in Glass Lewis Viewpoint.

    Board Diversity and Experience

    The Company’s affairs are overseen by a Board comprised of five non-executive directors, two of whom are female. The directors’ biographies are included on pages 26 to 27 above, demonstrating the diversity of their experience including, but not limited to, investment management, corporate governance, corporate law, banking, accounting and audit and ESG matters.

    The directors regularly consider the leadership needs and specific skills required to manage the Company’s affairs in the best interests of its shareholders and other stakeholders and take account of diversity recommendations in their succession planning. The Board is cognisant of the requirements of listing rule 6.6.6R (9) and the tables below provide the relevant data required by listing rules 6.6.6R (9) to (11) and annex 1R to listing rule 6. The Board is not yet fully compliant with these rules, because none of the directors is from a minority ethnic background, but will continue to work towards compliance in a structured and orderly manner. The directors have decided that in future, in order to reach a broader range of diverse candidates, they will consider using one or more UK external search agents to assist with the search for new directors.

    The following table represents the gender identity of the Board as of the date of approval of this annual financial report and includes the information required by Listing Rule 6.6.6(9) and Annex 1 to Listing Rule 6, this data having been obtained by polling the directors:

      Number of Board Members Percentage of the Board Number of Senior Positions on the Board (CEO, CFO, SID and Chair) Number in Executive Management Percentage of Executive Management
    Men 3 60% 1 N/A – No executive Management N/A – No executive Management
    Women 2 40% 1 N/A – No executive Management N/A – No executive Management
    Not specified/prefer not to say 0 0% 0 N/A – No executive Management N/A – No executive Management

    The following table represents the ethnic background of the Board as of the date of approval of this annual financial report and includes the information required by Listing Rule 6.6.6(10) and Annex 1 to Listing Rule 6, this data having been obtained by polling the directors:

      Number of Board Members Percentage of the Board Number of Senior Positions on the Board (CEO, CFO, SID and Chair) Number in Executive Management Percentage of Executive Management
    White British or other White (including minority-white groups) 5 100% 2 N/A – No executive Management N/A – No executive Management
    Mixed/Multiple Ethnic Groups 0 0% 0 N/A – No executive Management N/A – No executive Management
    Asian/Asian British 0 0% 0 N/A – No executive Management N/A – No executive Management
    Black/African/
    Caribbean/ Black British
    0 0% 0 N/A – No executive Management N/A – No executive Management
    Other ethnic group, including Arab 0 0% 0 N/A – No executive Management N/A – No executive Management
    Not specified/prefer not to say 0 0% 0 N/A – No executive Management N/A – No executive Management

    REPORT OF DIRECTORS

    The Directors present their report and the audited financial statements of the Company for the year ended 31 December 2024.

    Results and Dividend Policy

    The results for the year are shown in the Statement of Comprehensive Income on page 61 and related notes on pages 64 to 80. Four interim dividends of 1.325 pence per share were declared and paid on account during the year ended 31 December 2024. In early 2025, a dividend of 1.375 pence per share was paid on 31 January 2025.

    The Board is aware of the current circumstances surrounding inflation, higher interest rates and the evolving geopolitical landscape and their significant impact on economies and financial markets. As a result, we will be keeping the future level of dividends under close review.

    Currently, we remain confident that our dividend can be paid based on the solvency and future viability of the Fund.

    In light of the excess revenue earnings generated by the Fund this year, together with the prospect of dividend growth from the underlying portfolio, the board approved a 0.2p increase to the total dividends payable in 2025. This results in a new dividend rate of 5.5 pence per share per annum payable in 2025 on a quarterly basis in equal instalments. These figures are targets only and do not constitute, nor should they be interpreted as, a profit forecast.

    In addition, this is a target only and should not be treated as an assurance or guarantee of performance. If the Company’s results permit it, the Board may consider further increases to the rate of dividends paid to shareholders at the appropriate time.

    The current dividend rate of 1.375 pence per share per quarter is expected to be supported by dividend and interest income earned by the Fund.

    Directors’ Conflicts of Interest

    A director must avoid a situation where he or she has or might have a direct or indirect interest that either conflicts with or has the potential to conflict with the Company’s interests. The Company’s and Fund’s Articles of Association give the directors authority to authorise potential conflicts of interest and there are safeguards in place which will apply whenever the directors decide that such are necessary or desirable. Firstly, only directors who have no interest in the matter being considered are able to vote upon the relevant decision, and secondly, in voting on the decision, the directors must act in a way they consider, in good faith, will be in the best interests of the Company. The directors can impose limits or conditions when giving authorisation if they consider this to be appropriate.

    The directors declare any potential conflicts of interest to the Board at each Board meeting. Any actual or potential conflicts of interest are entered into the Company’s register of such conflicts, which register is reviewed regularly by the Board. The register of conflicts of interest is kept at the Company’s registered office. The directors advise the Secretary as soon as they become aware of any new actual or potential conflicts of interest or any material changes to an existing conflict.

    Share Capital

    The Fund has the power to issue an unlimited number of shares of no par value which may be issued as redeemable participating preference shares or otherwise and which may be denominated in Sterling or any other currency.

    There are currently 2 Management Shares of no par value in the Company (issued on incorporation) and 124,682,250 Fund Shares in issue. As at 31 December 2024, 18,235,000 (2023: 18,195,000) Fund Shares were held in treasury. Since the financial year end and up to the date of this report, no Fund Shares had been sold out of or repurchased into treasury, and there remain 18,235,000 Fund Shares held in treasury, which may in future be sold out of treasury to satisfy market demand. Accordingly, the number of Fund Shares in issue and with voting rights attached is currently 106,447,250 (2023: 106,487,250) and this figure may be used by shareholders as the denominator for calculations by which they will determine if they are required to notify their interest in, or a change to their interest in, the Company under FCA’s Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules.

    Further issues and Repurchases of Fund Shares

    The Fund’s Articles of Association provide the Board of directors with authority to issue further Fund Shares without seeking shareholders’ approval, although, unless otherwise authorised by shareholders, such Fund Shares must be issued on a pre-emptive basis. However, at the Cell AGM held on 13 June 2024, the Fund’s shareholders authorised the issue or sale out of treasury of Fund Shares representing up to 10 per cent. of the Fund’s issued share capital as at the date of the Cell AGM on a non-pre-emptive basis. Such issues or sales will only be effected in the event of investor demand which cannot be met through the market and will only be conducted at a price equal to or above the prevailing NAV.

    The aforementioned authority expires on the earlier of 30 September 2025 or the conclusion of the next Cell AGM.

    The Fund’s Articles of Association also provide the Board of directors with authority to repurchase Fund Shares, provided that such repurchases are made with shareholders’ prior approval.

    At the Cell AGM held on 13 June 2024, the Fund’s shareholders authorised the Board to make market purchases of up to 15,962,438 Fund Shares (representing 14.99 per cent. of the Fund’s issued share capital as at the date of the Cell AGM), provided that no such purchases may be made at a price above the prevailing net asset value per Fund Share on the date of any such purchase.

    The aforementioned authority also expires on the earlier of 30 September 2025 or the conclusion of the next Cell AGM.

    At the next Cell AGM, the Board will be seeking renewal of its authority to issue or sell out of treasury additional Fund Shares and to make market acquisitions of Fund Shares. The Fund conducted two share buybacks during 2024, The Board believes that it is important to retain the authority to buyback where appropriate (which, in turn is likely to depend on, inter alia, the prevailing discount rating of the Fund Shares, the financial resources that the Company has at its disposal, liquidity levels in the Fund Shares and the size of the Company). Buybacks can confer several benefits on remaining shareholders: they are accretive to NAV and can provide additional useful liquidity.

    Holdings in the Company’s Shares

    As at the year end and as at 28 February 2025, being the most recent practicable date prior to the publication of this Annual Financial Report, the Company had received notification in accordance with the Financial Conduct Authority’s Disclosure and Transparency Rule 5 of the following interests in 5 per cent or more of the Fund’s issued share capital with voting rights attached, where the Board has been advised that the holder retains a holding in excess of 5 per cent.

    Name Redeemable Participating

    Preference Shares

    31 December 2024

    31

    31 December 2024

    Redeemable Participating

    Preference Shares

    31 December 2024

    Redeemable Participating

    Preference Shares

    28 February 2025

      Number of Shares % of Shares in issue Number of Shares
    Saba Capital Management, L.P.* 31,048,865 29.12% 31,048,865

    M&G PLC

    9,794,162

    9.20%

    9,794,162

    JP Morgan Chase & Co NIL NIL 5,479,118

    * Of the 29.1% holding disclosed by Saba Capital Management L.P. 17.6% interest is held via total return swaps and the counterparty to such swaps may be separately disclosed in the table and result in double disclosure of such shares

    Fund Shares are redeemable at the sole option of the directors and therefore classified as equity in the Statement of Financial Position.

    Reappointment of Auditor

    RSM Channel Islands (Audit) Limited has expressed its willingness to continue in office as auditor and a resolution to re-appoint it will be proposed at the Company’s and Fund’s forthcoming AGMs.

    Related Party Transactions

    The Company’s related parties are its directors and the Investment Manager. There were no related party transactions (as defined in the Listing Rules) during the year under review, nor up to the date of this report. Details of the remuneration paid to the directors and the Investment Manager during the year under review are shown in note 13.

    Annual General Meetings (‘AGMs’)

    This year’s AGMs will be held on 19 June 2025. Shareholders are welcome to attend the AGMs in person. The AGM Notices and details of the resolutions to be proposed are being sent to shareholders with this annual financial report. Shareholders can also write to the Company for further details at its registered office or by e-mail to the Secretary at Middlefield.Cosec@JTCGroup.com.

    Directors’ Statement as to Disclosure of Information to the Auditor

    Each of the persons who is a director at the date of approval of this annual financial report confirms that:

    •         so far as the director is aware, there is no relevant audit information of which the Company’s auditor is unaware; and

    •        the director has taken all steps that he should have taken as a director in order to make himself aware of any relevant audit information and to establish that the Company’s auditor is aware of that information.

    Approval

    This Strategic Report was approved by the Board on 24 March 2025 and is signed on their behalf by:

    Michael Phair        Andrew Zychowski

    Director        Director

    Corporate Governance

    Statement of Directors Responsibilities

    Directors’ Responsibility Statement

    The directors are responsible for preparing the annual financial report in accordance with applicable law and regulations. The Companies (Jersey) Law 1991, as amended (the “Companies Law”) requires the directors to prepare financial statements for each financial year which gives a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Company and Fund as at the end of the financial year and of the profit or loss for that year. The directors have elected to prepare the financial statements under UK-adopted IFRS.

    International Accounting Standard 1 requires that financial statements present fairly for each financial period the Company’s and Fund’s financial position, financial performance and cash flows. This requires the faithful representation of the effects of transactions, other events and conditions in accordance with the definitions and recognition criteria for assets, liabilities, income and expenses set out in the International Accounting Standards Board’s ‘Framework for the preparation and presentation of financial statements’. In virtually all circumstances, a fair presentation will be achieved by compliance with all applicable IFRS. However, directors are also required to:

    •        properly select and apply accounting policies;

    •        present information, including accounting policies, in a manner that provides relevant, reliable, comparable and understandable information;

    •        provide additional disclosures when compliance with the specific requirements in IFRS are insufficient to enable users to understand the impact of particular transactions, other events and conditions on the Company’s and Fund’s financial position and performance; and

    •        make an assessment on the Company’s and Fund’s ability to continue as a going concern.

    The directors are responsible for keeping proper accounting records that disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the Company and enable them to ensure that the financial statements comply with the Companies Law. They are also responsible for safeguarding the assets of the Company and Fund, and hence for taking reasonable steps for the prevention and detection of fraud and other irregularities.

    The directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the corporate and financial information included on the Company’s website www.middlefield.co.uk.

    Legislation in Jersey and the United Kingdom governing the preparation and dissemination of financial statements may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions. Having taken advice from the Audit Committee, the Board considers the report and accounts, taken as a whole, as fair, balanced and understandable and that it provides the information necessary for shareholders to assess the Company’s and Fund’s performance, business model and strategy.

    We confirm that to the best of our knowledge:

    1.        the financial statements, prepared in accordance with under UK-adopted IFRS, give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit or loss of the Company and Fund;

    2.        the Chairman’s Statement, Investment Manager’s Report and notes to the financial statements incorporated herein by reference include a fair review of the development, performance and position of the Company and Fund, together with a description of the principal risks and uncertainties that it faces; and

    3.        the annual report and financial statements, taken as a whole, are fair, balanced and understandable and provide the information necessary for shareholders to assess the Company’s and Fund’s position and performance, business model and strategy.

    By order of the Board:

    Michael Phair        Andrew Zychowski

    Director                Director

    Date: 24 March 2025

    Directors’ Remuneration Report

    Remuneration Report

    Remuneration policy

    The Company’s remuneration policy is designed to ensure that the remuneration of directors is set at a reasonable level commensurate with the duties and responsibilities of each director and the time commitment required to carry out their roles effectively. Remuneration will be such that the Company and Fund are able to attract and retain directors of appropriate experience and quality. The fees paid to directors will reflect the experience of the Board as a whole, will be fair, and will take account of the responsibilities attaching to each role given the nature of the Company’s interests, as well as the level of fees paid by comparable investment trusts and companies.

    Directors will be reimbursed for travel and subsistence expenses incurred in attending meetings or in carrying out any other duties incumbent upon them as directors of the Company or Fund. The level of directors’ fees paid will not exceed the limit set out in the Company’s and Fund’s Articles of Association.

    Directors’ Remuneration

    No director has a service contract with the Company or Fund and details of the directors’ fees are disclosed in note 13. The non-executive directors each earned the following fees in the 2024 and 2023 financial years:

    Director 2024 Fees 2023 Fees
    Philip Bisson (Resigned 1 June 2023) £10,440
    Dean Orrico
    Richard Hughes (Resigned 1 June 2023) £11,275
    Michael Phair £36,000 £33,500
    Kate Anderson £29,000 £27,000
    Janine Fraser £29,000 £27,000
    Andrew Zychowski (Appointed 30 June 2023) £32,000 £16,000

    Mr Orrico has waived his entitlement for remuneration for acting as a director, because of his employment by the Investment Manager. The directors receive no other remuneration or benefits from the Company other than the fees stated above. The directors are paid out of pocket expenses for attendance at Board meetings and for any other expenditure they incur when acting on the Company’s behalf.

    The remuneration of each director is determined by the Nomination and Remuneration Committee, with each director abstaining from discussion of and voting upon their own remuneration. When the directors’ remuneration is being considered, the Nomination and Remuneration Committee takes into account various factors including, but not limited to, the Company’s and individual directors’ performance, as well as each director’s time commitment to their role. To date, no external remuneration consultant has been appointed.

    For the year under review, the directors’ remuneration was set at £36,000 per annum for the chairman of the Board, £32,000 per annum for the chairman of the audit committee and £29,000 for all other directors bar Mr Orrico, who has waived his entitlement to remuneration for acting as a director.

    Shareholders’ Views

    The Board welcomes the opportunity to discuss matters of remuneration with shareholders at the Company’s and Fund’s AGMs or at any investor forum that may be held during the year.

    Letters of Appointment

    All directors are non-executive. Every director has a letter of appointment and the letters of appointment are available for inspection on the Company’s website.

    Directors’ Interests in Shares

    The interests as at 28 February 2025, 31 December 2024 and 2023 of the directors who served on the Board and their connected persons during the year were as follows:

      28 February 2025
    Fund Shares
    31 December 2024
    Fund Shares
    31 December 2023
    Fund Shares
    Dean Orrico 220,000 220,000 220,000
    Middlefield Limited (a company connected with Dean Orrico) 170,000 170,000
    Michael Phair (current Chairman) 70,000 70,000 70,000
    Andrew Zychowski (appointed 30 June 2023) 50,000 50,000 50,000
    Danuta Zychowska (a person connected to Andrew Zychowski) 83,000 83,000 83,000
    Kate Anderson
    Janine Fraser

    Directors’ dividends

    The following dividends were paid to Directors during the year as well as persons connected to the Directors.

      31 December 2024
    Dividend
    GBP
    31 December 2023
    Dividend
    GBP
    Philip Bisson (resigned 1 June 2023)
    Philean Trust Company Limited (a company connected with Philip Bisson until 1 June 2023) 11,731
    Probitas Trust Company Limited (a company connected with Philip Bisson until 1 June 2023) 3,900
    Beg Kaleh Services Limited (a company connected with Philip Bisson until 1 June 2023) 3,848
    Beg Kaleh Pension Limited (a company connected with Philip Bisson until 1 June 2023) 28,418
    Dean Orrico 11,660 11,440
    Middlefield Limited (A PCA of Mr Orrico and the Manager of the Company) 6,758
    Richard Hughes (resigned 1 June 2023) 2,637
    Cheng Sim Hughes (a person connected to Richard Hughes until 1 June 2023) 650
    Michael Phair (current Chairman) 3,710 3,640
    Andrew Zychowski (appointed 30 June 2023) 2,650 2,600
    Danuta Zychowska (a person connected to Andrew Zychowski) 4,399 4,316
    Kate Anderson
    Janine Fraser

    Ongoing Charges

    The below table shows the annualised ongoing charges that relate to the management of the Fund as a single percentage of the average NAV over the same year. In terms of the AIC’s methodology, ongoing charges are those expenses of a type which are likely to recur in the foreseeable future, whether charged to capital or revenue, and which relate to the operation of the Fund as a collective investment fund, excluding the costs of acquisition/disposal of investments, financing charges and gains/losses arising on investments.

      Ongoing
    charges (%)
    31 December 2024 1.30
    31 December 2023 1.33

    Applicable Corporate Governance Codes

    The Board is committed to achieving and demonstrating high standards of corporate governance. The Board is advised on all governance matters by the Secretary and has access to independent professional advice at the Company’s expense where it is judged necessary.

    As an overseas closed-ended investment fund which has been admitted to the Official List of the FCA and to trading on the London Stock Exchange’s Main Market for Listed Securities, the Company is required by listing rule 6.6.6R (5) and (6), as modified by listing rule 11.7.7R, to report how the Company has applied the Principles set out in the UK Corporate Governance Code (the “UK Code”) and whether the Company has complied throughout the accounting period with all relevant provisions of the UK Code and, if it has not complied with all provisions, those provisions with which it has not complied and its reasons for non-compliance.

    The AIC, of which the Company is a member, has published the AIC Code, which has been endorsed by the FRC and supported by the JFSC. The FRC has confirmed that, by following the AIC Code, investment company boards should fully meet their obligations in relation to the UK Code and paragraph LR 6.6.6 of the Listing Rules.

    The UK Code is available for download from the FRC’s web-site www.frc.org.uk and the AIC Code is available for download from the AIC’s website www.theaic.co.uk. Both of these documents can also be provided by the Secretary by e-mail upon request.

    Statement of Compliance

    The Board has considered the principles and recommendations of the AIC Code. The AIC Code addresses all the principles set out in the UK Code, as well as setting out additional principles and recommendations on issues that are of specific relevance to the Company. The Board considers that reporting against the principles and recommendations of the AIC Code provides better information to shareholders.

    The directors believe that the Company has complied with the provisions of the AIC Code, where appropriate, and that it has complied throughout the year with the provisions where the requirements are of a continuing nature.

    Responsibilities of the Board

    The Board is responsible for setting the Company’s Investment Objective and Investment Policy, subject to shareholders’ approval of any proposed material changes, and has a schedule of investment matters reserved for the directors’ resolution. The Board has contractually delegated to external agencies the management of the investment portfolio, the custodial services and the day-to-day accounting and secretarial requirements. Each of these contracts is only entered into after proper consideration by the Board of the quality of services being offered.

    Internal Controls

    The directors are responsible for overseeing the effectiveness of the Company’s risk management and internal control systems, which are designed to ensure that proper accounting records are maintained, that the financial information on which business decisions are made and which is issued for publication is reliable, and that the assets of the Company are safeguarded. However, such a system can only be designed to manage rather than eliminate the risk of failure to achieve business objectives and therefore can only provide reasonable and not absolute assurance against material misstatement or loss.

    Having reviewed the Company’s risk management and internal control systems and on the advice of the Audit Committee, the Board believes that they continue to be effective and that no changes thereto are necessary or desirable at this juncture. Because the Company delegates its day-to-day operations to third parties and has no employees, having reviewed the effectiveness of the internal control systems of the Administrator on a quarterly basis and having regard to the role of its external auditor, the Board does not consider that there is a need for the Company to establish its own internal audit function. The Administrator does however provide the Company’s compliance officer, who monitors the Company’s compliance with applicable laws and regulations and reports directly to the Board of directors on a quarterly basis.

    The Company receives reports from the Secretary and Administrator relating to its activities. Documented contractual arrangements are in place with the Secretary and Administrator, which define the areas where the Company has delegated authority to it. The Secretary ensures that the directors receive accurate, timely and clear information from all service providers.

    Directors

    Appointment, Retirement and Tenure

    As Mr Orrico is not independent of the Investment Manager, he is required by the FCA’s Listing Rules to submit himself for re-election annually. In addition, in accordance with the provisions of the AIC Code, and PIRC’s published guidance, all directors will continue to offer themselves for annual re-election for the foreseeable future.

    As the Company is a Jersey-regulated entity, the appointment of any new director is subject to the JFSC’s confirmation that they have no objection to such director’s appointment. It is also a regulatory requirement that the Company have at least two Jersey resident directors. Therefore, for so long as there are only two Jersey resident directors in office, any Jersey resident director who retires or whose re-election is not approved at a Company and Cell AGM will therefore remain in office until such time as a replacement Jersey-resident director acceptable to the JFSC has been appointed.

    The Board is of the view that length of service does not automatically compromise the independence or contribution of directors of an investment company, where continuity and experience can be a benefit to the Board. Furthermore, the Board agrees with the view expressed in the AIC Code that long-serving directors should not be prevented from forming part of an independent majority or from acting as Chairman. Consequently, no limit had previously been imposed on the directors’ overall length of service.

    However, the Board has noted that the AIC considers that directors who have served on the Board for more than nine years may not be independent and that certain corporate governance advisory bodies believe that directors should not serve more than nine years on an investment company’s Board. Therefore, in the spirit of best corporate governance, the Board has decided that any remunerated, independent director appointed in 2018 or thereafter shall only serve for a maximum of nine years before being required to retire from office.

    As stated in previous annual financial reports, the Board has recognised the merits of refreshing its composition as well as planning for future succession. The Board intends to continue evolving its composition on a periodic basis and has agreed a succession plan for the directors with over nine years of service. The Board’s advance planning for the retirement of directors ensures an orderly transition process that maintains an appropriate balance of skills and relevant experience. The Board has used open advertising in the past. The directors have decided that in future, in order to reach a broader range of diverse candidates, it will also consider using one or more UK external search agents to assist with the search for new directors.

    As required by the FCA’s Listing Rules, full biographical details of any additional directors appointed will be announced and he or she will stand for re-election at the next subsequent Company and Cell Meeting convened after their appointment and annually thereafter.

    Independence

    For the period 1 January 2024 to the date of this report, the Board consisted of five members, all of whom were non-executive. Mr Orrico is a director of Middlefield Limited, the Investment Manager and President of the Investment Advisor. All the directors, apart from Mr Orrico, are considered to be independent of the Investment Manager and free of any business or other relationship that could influence their ability to exercise independent judgement. The Board believes that Mr Orrico’s investment management experience as well as his first-hand knowledge of the Canadian economic and investment sector adds considerable value to the Company.

    The Board believes that Ms Anderson, Ms Fraser, Mr Phair and Mr Zychowski are independent in character and judgement and that their experience and knowledge of the specialised sector in which the Company operates adds significant strength to the Board. M Phair was also considered to be independent upon his appointment as Chairman. The directors believe that the Board has a balance of skills and experience which enable it to provide effective strategic leadership and proper governance of the Company. Information about the directors, including their relevant experience, can be found on pages 26 to 27.

    In accordance with the recommendations of the AIC Code, Ms Kate Anderson acted as Senior Independent Director. In-line with the AIC’s recommendation, Ms Anderson provides a sounding board for the chair and serves as an intermediary for the other directors and shareholders. She is responsible for coordinating a regular meeting, at least annually and on other occasions as necessary, of the non-executive directors (excluding the chair), to appraise the chair’s performance.

    Induction and Ongoing Training

    Although no formal training in corporate governance is given to directors, the directors are kept appraised of corporate governance issues through bulletins and training materials provided from time to time by the Secretary and the AIC.

    Directors’ Insurance

    The Company purchases directors’ and officers’ liability insurance cover at a level which is considered appropriate for the Company.

    Meeting Attendance

    The Board meets at least quarterly to review the overall business of the Company and to consider matters specifically reserved for its review. At these meetings, the Board monitors the investment performance of the Fund. The directors also review the Fund’s activities every quarter to ensure that it adheres to the Fund’s investment objective and policy or, if appropriate, to consider changes to that policy. Additional ad hoc reports are received as required and directors have access at all times to the advice and services of the Secretary, which is responsible for guiding the Board on procedures and applicable rules and regulations.

    The Board also receives and considers, together with representatives of the Investment Manager, reports in relation to the operational controls of the Investment Manager, Administrator, Custodian and Registrar. These reviews identified no issues of significance.

    The table below summarises the directors’ attendance at each type of meeting held during the year.

      Quarterly
    Board
    Ad hoc
    Board
    Audit
    Committee
    Nomination and
    Remuneration
    Committee
    Management
    Engagement
    Committee
    Dividend
    Committee**
    No. of meetings in the Year 4 2 4 2 1 4
    Dean Orrico* 4 2 4 2 1 0
    Janine Fraser*** 4 2 4 2 1 3
    Michael Phair 4 2 4 2 1 1
    Kate Anderson*** 4 2 4 2 1 0
    Andrew Zychowski 4 2 4 2 1 3

    *        Mr Orrico attended meetings of the Committees as an observer, not a member or participant.

    **        The quorum for a meeting of the Dividend Committee is one director physically present in the UK.

    ***        Ms Anderson and Ms Fraser attended as observers at the ad hoc Board meeting on 7 May 2024.

    The Board’s Committees

    Performance Evaluation

    The directors recognise the importance of the AIC Code in terms of evaluating the performance of the Board as a whole, its respective Committees and individual directors. After the year end, the performance of the Board, Committees of the Board and individual directors was assessed in terms of:

    •        attendance at Board and Committee Meetings;

    •        the independence of individual directors;

    •        the ability of individual directors to make an effective contribution to the Board and Committees of the Board, together with the diversity of skills and experience each director brings to meetings;

    •        the Board’s ability to effectively challenge the Investment Manager’s recommendations, suggest areas of debate and fix timetables for debates on the future strategy of the Company; and

    •        the Board’s diversity in terms of gender, social and ethnic backgrounds and cognitive and personal strengths and weaknesses.

    The directors concluded that the performance evaluation process had proven successful, with the Board, the Chairman, the Committees of the Board and the individual directors scoring well in all areas. The Board and the Committees of the Board continued to be effective, each director’s behaviour continued to be aligned to the Company’s purpose, values and strategy and the individual directors continued to demonstrate commitment to their respective roles and responsibilities. Although the Board did not procure an externally facilitated Board evaluation during the year under review, the directors will consider doing so at the appropriate time in the future.

    The Board also reviews its own policies and procedures on a periodic basis, as well as the terms of reference of its committees, to ensure that they serve to further the Company’s purpose and that they are aligned with the Company’s values and strategy. The Board with the support of the Secretary reviewed all of their policies, procedures and the terms of reference, all of which were updated (as applicable) to meet the recommendations of the AIC Code and concluded that they continued to be in a satisfactory form.

    Committees of the Board

    Audit Committee

    On 26 May 2010 an Audit Committee was established. The current members are Andrew Zychowski (Chairman), Michael Phair, Kate Anderson and Janine Fraser. Notwithstanding that Mr Phair is Chairman of the Board, he was independent on appointment and the Board considers that his experience and knowledge is of great value to the Audit Committee. A separate report from the Audit Committee is included at pages 48 to 50.

    Nomination and Remuneration Committee

    The Board has also established a Nomination and Remuneration Committee, which meets when necessary. At the present time, the current members are all the directors of the Company bar Mr Orrico, and their summary biographical details are set out on pages 26 to 27.

    The Chairman of the Nomination and Remuneration Committee is Andrew Zychowski or, failing him, any member of the Nomination and Remuneration Committee present within the United Kingdom other than the Chairman of the Company. The Board believes it is appropriate for all members of the Board (excluding Mr Orrico) to be on the Nomination and Remuneration Committee, because the directors work together collegiately, and each brings a different perspective to the Nomination and Remuneration Committee’s discussions.

    The key terms of reference of the Nomination and Remuneration Committee are set out below.

    •        The Committee oversees the process of identifying and nominating prospective directors.

    •        The Committee considers and monitors the level and structure of remuneration of the directors of the Company and the Fund.

    •        The Committee considers the need to appoint external remuneration consultants.

    •        The Committee is authorised, in consultation with the Secretary, where necessary to fulfil its duties, to obtain outside legal or other professional advice, including the advice of independent remuneration consultants, to secure the attendance of external advisors at its meetings, if it considers this necessary, and to obtain reliable up-to-date information about remuneration in other companies, all at the expense of the Fund.

    •        The Committee considers the overall levels of insurance cover for the Company, including directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.

    •        The Committee conducts a process annually to evaluate the performance of the Board and its individual directors.

    •        The Committee considers such other topics as directed by the Board.

    The Board believes that, subject to any exception explained in this report and the nature of the Company as an investment fund, it has complied with the applicable provisions of the AIC Code throughout the year. The Board has noted the recommendations of the AIC relating to Board diversity. Although the Board does not have a formal written policy on diversity and inclusion, the Board, advised by the Nomination and Remuneration Committee, considers diversity, including the balance of skills, knowledge, diversity (including gender) and experience amongst other factors when reviewing the composition of the Board and appointing new directors, but does not consider it appropriate to establish targets or quotas in this regard. Board diversity is carefully considered and will continue to be considered in the future.

    When considering the proposed appointment of new directors, the Nomination and Remuneration Committee receives full biographical information on all candidates and considers all matters which it considers relevant, including their experience and ability to devote sufficient time to the Company’s business. The process also takes into account numerous other factors including, but not limited to, each candidate’s experience, gender, social and ethnic background and personal strengths and weaknesses. Each director is interviewed by the Nomination and Remuneration Committee as part of the Board’s evaluation of prospective candidates. After their appointment, each director seeks the Board’s consent before taking on any other significant external appointments.

    Management Engagement Committee

    The Board established a Management Engagement Committee at its meeting held on 20 November 2013. In addition to regular reporting and engagement at Board meetings with its service providers, the Board formally reviews all service providers via the Management Engagement Committee. At the present time, the Management Engagement Committee’s members are all the directors of the Company bar Mr Orrico, who does not sit on the Management Engagement Committee because of the perceived conflict that his role as President of the Investment Advisor could present.

    The Chairman of the Management Engagement Committee is Andrew Zychowski or, failing him, any member of the Management Engagement Committee present within the United Kingdom other than the Chairman of the Company. For the purposes of transacting business, a quorum of the Management Engagement Committee is not less than two members of the Management Engagement Committee and all meetings must take place in the UK.

    The Board believes it is appropriate for all independent members of the Board to be on the Management Engagement Committee, because the directors work together collegiately and each brings a different perspective to the Management Engagement Committee’s discussions.

    Duties

    The Management Engagement Committee’s key duty is to review the performance by service providers of their duties and the terms of all agreements for the provision of services that the Company has entered into or will in future enter into.

    The Management Engagement Committee meets at least annually to specifically consider the ongoing management, administrative and secretarial and investment management requirements of the Company. The Management Engagement Committee receives self- evaluation questionnaires provided by all service providers, which include reporting on each service provider’s opinion of the quality of services provided by the Company’s other service providers, and the Board also receives detailed compliance reporting from the Company’s compliance officer, which the Management Engagement Committee takes into account when reviewing the services provided. The quality and timeliness of reports to the Board are also taken into account and the overall management of the Company’s affairs by the Investment Manager is considered. Based on its recent review of activities, and taking into account the performance of the portfolio, the other services provided by the key service providers, and the risk and governance environment in which the Company operates, the Board believes that the retention of the current key service providers on the current terms of their appointment remains in the best interests of the Company and its shareholders.

    The Board regularly reviews the performance of the services provided by these companies. A summary of the terms of the agreements with the Secretary, the Investment Manager and the Investment Advisor are set out in note 1 to the financial statements. After due consideration of the resources and reputations of those parties, the Board believes it is in the interests of shareholders to retain the services of all three providers for the foreseeable future.

    Terms of Reference of Committees

    The Terms of Reference of the Audit Committee, the Nomination and Remuneration Committee and the Management Engagement Committee are all available on the Company’s website and are also available for inspection at the Company’s registered office during normal business hours.

    Bribery Act 2010

    The Company has no employees. The Board has considered the Bribery Act 2010 and confirmed its zero tolerance of bribery and corruption in its business activities. It has received assurances from the Company’s main service providers that they will maintain adequate safeguards to protect against any form of bribery and corruption by their employees and agents.

    Criminal Finances Act 2017

    The Board has also considered the Criminal Finances Act 2017 and has received assurances from the Company’s main service providers that they will maintain adequate safeguards to protect against any form of illegal activities under this legislation, including the facilitation of tax evasion.

    Relations with Shareholders

    Shareholder relations are given a high priority by the Board, Investment Manager and Secretary. The primary medium through which the Company communicates with its shareholders is through the annual and half-yearly financial reports, which aim to provide shareholders with a full understanding of the Company’s activities and results. The information is supplemented by the daily publication of the NAV of the Fund Shares, monthly factsheets and information on the Company’s website operated by the Investment Manager. Shareholders have the opportunity to address questions to the Chairman and the Committees of the Board at the AGMs each year. Shareholders can also write to the Company at its registered office or by e-mail to the Secretary at Middlefield.Cosec@JTCGroup.com

    The Chairman is available and meets with major shareholders to discuss aspects of investment performance, governance and strategy and to listen to shareholders’ views, in order to help develop a balanced understanding of their issues and concerns. General presentations are given by the Investment Manager to both shareholders and analysts follow the publication of the annual financial results. In addition, the Investment Manager maintains a regular schedule of meetings throughout the year with major shareholders and keeps the Board updated with the outcome of such meetings.

    Report of the Audit Committee

    This report of the Audit Committee has been prepared with reference to the AIC Code. Established in 2010, the Audit Committee reports formally to the main Board at least twice each year. In accordance with written terms of reference, its delegated duties and responsibilities are reviewed and reapproved annually. The function of the Audit Committee is to ensure that the Company maintains high standards of integrity, financial reporting and internal controls.

    The members do not have any links with the Company’s Auditor. They are also independent of the management teams of the Investment Manager, the Administrator and all other service providers. The Audit Committee meets formally no less than twice a year in London and on an ad hoc basis if required.

    The Audit Committee considers the financial reporting by the Company and the Fund, the internal controls, and relations with the Company’s and the Fund’s Auditor. In addition, the Audit Committee reviews the independence and objectivity of the Auditor. The Committee meets at least twice a year to review the internal financial and non-financial controls, to approve the contents of the interim and annual reports and financial statements and to review accounting policies. Representatives of the Auditor attend the Committee meeting at which the draft Annual Financial Reports are reviewed and can speak to Committee members without the presence of representatives of the Investment Manager. The audit program and timetable are drawn up and agreed with the Auditor in advance of the financial year end. Items for audit focus are discussed, agreed and given particular attention during the audit process. The Auditor reports to the Committee on these items, among other matters. This report is considered by the Committee and discussed with the Auditor and the Investment Manager prior to approval and signature of the Annual Financial Report.

    The Audit Committee is authorised by the Board to investigate any activity within its terms of reference and to consult with outside legal or other independent professional advisers when deemed necessary in order to adequately discharge their duties and responsibilities, which include:

    •        Considering the appointment, resignation or dismissal of the Auditor and their independence and objectivity, particularly in circumstances where non-audit services have been provided.

    •        Reviewing the cost effectiveness of the external audit from time to time.

    •        Reviewing and challenging the half-yearly and Annual Financial Reports, focusing particularly on changes in accounting policies and practice, areas of accounting judgement and estimation, significant adjustments arising from audit or other review and the going concern assumption.

    •        Providing advice to the Board on whether the Annual Financial Report, taken as a whole, is fair balanced and understandable and provides the information necessary for shareholders to assess the company’s position and performance, business model and strategy.

    •        Reviewing compliance with accounting standards and law and regulations including the Companies (Jersey) Law 1991 and the FCA’s Listing and Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules.

    •        Completing regular risk management reviews of internal controls, which include the review of the Fund’s Risk Register.

    •        Reviewing the effectiveness of the Company’s system of internal controls, including financial, operating, compliance, fraud and risk management controls and making and reporting to the Board any recommendations that may arise.

    •        Considering the major findings of internal investigations and making recommendations to the Board on appropriate action.

    •        Ensuring that arrangements exist whereby service providers and management may raise concerns over irregularities in financial reporting or other matters in confidence and that such concerns are independently investigated and remediated with appropriate action.

    The Audit Committee, having reviewed the effectiveness of the internal control systems of the Administrator on a quarterly basis, and having regard to the role of the Auditor, does not consider that there is a need for the Company or Fund to establish its own internal audit function. The Administrator does however provide the Company’s compliance officer, who monitors the Company’s compliance with applicable laws and regulations and reports directly to the Board of directors on a quarterly basis.

    Some of the principal duties of the Audit Committee are to consider the appointment of the Auditor, to discuss and agree with the Auditor the nature and scope of the audit, to review the scope of and to discuss the results and the effectiveness of the audit and the independence and objectivity of the Auditor, to review the Auditor’s letter of engagement and management letter and to analyse the key procedures adopted by the Company’s outsourced service providers including the Administrator and Custodian. The Audit Committee is responsible for monitoring the financial reporting process and the effectiveness of the Company’s and its service provider’s internal control and risk management systems. The Company’s risk assessment focus and the way in which significant risks are managed is a key area for the Committee. Work here was driven by the Committee’s assessment of the risks arising in the Company’s operations and identification of the controls exercised by the Board and its delegates, the Investment Manager and other service providers. These are recorded in the Company’s business risk matrix which continues to serve as an effective tool to highlight and monitor the principal risks.

    The Board also received and considered, together with representatives of the Investment Manager, reports in relation to the operational controls of the Investment Manager, Administrator, Custodian and Registrar. These reviews identified no issues of significance. The risks relating to the Company (including the Fund) are discussed by the directors and documented in detail in the minutes of each meeting.

    The Audit Committee is also responsible for overseeing the Company’s relationship with the Auditor, including making recommendations to the Board on the appointment and re-appointment of the Auditor and its remuneration.

    Significant Matters

    The significant matters that were subject to specific consideration in 2024 by the Committee and consultation with the Auditor where necessary were as follows:

    Valuation and ownership of securities

    There is a risk that the securities are incorrectly valued due to factors including low volume traded securities and errors in third party prices.

    Valuation of securities – at each valuation point, a price tolerance check is run.

    The following exceptions require further investigation:

    •        Prices outside the stated tolerance levels: Price movements need to be justified to underlying support.

    •        Stale prices: These need to be traced and agreed to support to ensure prices are not stale. Stale prices are escalated as per the pricing policy after being static for more than 7 days.

    •        Zero prices: Prices for these securities need to be investigated and added if applicable.

    There is also the risk that the securities are not directly owned by the Fund, which may be caused by errors in the recording of trade transactions.

    Ownership of securities – at each valuation point a stock reconciliation is performed, which entails tracing and agreeing the stock holding at valuation point to the Custodian records.

    Any differences are investigated.

    All new trades are traced and agreed to the contract note.

    Allocation to Capital and Revenue

    The Directors have made the critical judgement to allocate a proportion of management fees and finance to capital. This has been allocated 60% to capital and 40% to revenue.

    This has been done in accordance with the Association of Investment Companies’ Statement of Recommended Practice for Investment Trusts Companies.

    The Audit Committee challenged the allocation of charges between capital and revenue by comparing it with the policies of other companies in the AIC North American sector who allocate charges to both capital and revenue. MCT has a somewhat higher allocation to revenue than the peer group. Since MCT is the highest yielding fund in the sector, the Audit Committee considered the allocation to be appropriate following this review and discussion of the separate analysis provided by the Investment Manager.

    Compliance with Regulatory Requirements

    JTC Fund Solutions (Jersey) Limited as administrator works with the Board of directors to ensure that the Fund complies with its obligations under all applicable laws and regulations including, but not limited to:

    •        The Companies (Jersey) Law 1991

    •        The FCA’s listing rules, prospectus and disclosure guidance and transparency rules

    •        The AIC Code of Corporate Governance and

    •        The JFSC’s Codes of Practice for Certified Funds

    •        The Jersey Listed Fund Guide

    Going Concern

    The financial statements are prepared using the going concern basis based on the directors’ assessment that:

    •        The investment portfolio consists of listed investments that are highly realizable

    •        The Fund has sufficient liquidity in cash to meet all on-going expenses and repayments of external borrowings

    •        The directors have the option to reduce dividend payments if the need arises

    The Investment Manager monitors the Fund’s investment portfolio daily and invests in listed securities that can be liquidated in a relatively short period of time. The Board monitors the Fund’s portfolio on a quarterly basis.

    Auditor and Audit

    The Auditor was first appointed on 1 October 2020 following a detailed tender process and the Auditor is subject to annual reappointment by shareholders at each Company AGM and Cell AGM. The Audit Committee considers the nature, scope and results of the Auditor’s work and monitors the independence of the Auditor. Formal reports are received at Board meetings from the Auditor on an interim and annual basis relating to the extent of their work. The work of the Auditor in respect of any significant audit issues and consideration of the adequacy of that work is discussed. The Audit Committee is pleased to report there have been no concerns regarding their performance or independence.

    The Audit Committee assesses the effectiveness of the audit process. The Audit Committee receives a report from the Auditor which covers the principal matters that have arisen from the audit.

    The Audit Committee meets with the Investment Manager and Administrator to discuss the extent of audit work completed to ensure all matters of risk are covered and assesses the quality of the draft financial statements prepared by the Administrator and examines the interaction between the Investment Manager and the Auditor to resolve any potential audit issues.

    The Audit Committee has an active involvement and oversight of the preparation of both half yearly and annual financial reports and recommends for the purposes of the production of these financial reports that valuations are prepared by the management team of the Administrator. These valuations are a critical element in the Company’s financial reporting and the Audit Committee questions them thoroughly.

    Ultimate responsibility for reviewing and approving the annual financial report remains with the Board.

    Andrew Zychowski

    Director

    Date: 24 March 2025

    General Shareholder Information

    AIFMD Disclosures

    In accordance with the AIFMD, the AIFM is required to disclose specific information in relation to the following aspects of the Company’s management:

    Leverage and borrowing

    Leverage is defined as any method by which the Company increases its exposure through borrowing or the use of derivatives. ‘Exposure’ is defined in two ways – ‘gross method’ and ‘commitment method’ – and the Company must not exceed maximum exposures under both methods. ‘Gross method’ exposure is calculated as the sum of all positions of the Company (both positive and negative), that is, all eligible assets, liabilities and derivatives, including derivatives held for risk reduction purposes. ‘Commitment method’ exposure is also calculated as the sum of all positions of the Company (both positive and negative), but after netting off derivative and security positions as specified by the Directive.

    For the gross method, the following has been excluded:

    •        the value of any cash and cash equivalents which are highly liquid investments held in the base currency of the AIF that are readily convertible to a known amount of cash, subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value;

    •        that remain in cash or cash equivalent as defined above and where the amounts of that payable are known. The total amount of leverage calculated as at 31 December 2024 is as follows:

    Gross method: 139.35% (31 December 2023: 130.13%)

    Commitment method: 139.35% (31 December 2023: 130.13%)

    Liquidity

    The Investment Manager’s policy is that the Company should normally be close to fully invested (i.e. with liquidity of 5% or less) but this is subject to the need to retain liquidity for the purpose of the efficient management of the Company in accordance with its objectives. There may therefore be occasions when there will be higher levels of liquidity, for example following the issue of shares or the realisation of investments. This policy has been applied consistently throughout the review period and as a result the Investment Manager has not introduced any new arrangements for managing the Company’s liquidity.

    Risk management policy note

    Please refer to note 16, Financial instruments, in the Notes to the financial statements on pages 72 to 76 for risk management policies, where the current risk profile of the Company and the risk management systems employed by the Investment Manager to manage those risks are set out.

    AIFM Remuneration

    A total of 8 staff employed by the AIFM are engaged in managing the Fund. The compensation paid to these beneficiaries during the year under review was £275,000, split roughly equally between fixed and variable compensation. The Fund has no agreement to pay any carried interest to the AIFM.

    General Data Key Investor

    åDocument and Related Data

    The Company has produced an EU Key Information Document (the “KID”), as required by the Packaged Retail and Insurance-Based Investment Products Regulations (the “PRIIPs Regulations”) and a UK KID under the UK’s amended version of the PRIIPs Regulations, together with a European PRIIPs Template and a European MiFID Template, all of which are available on the Company’s website.

    The PRIIPs Regulations require the preparation and publication of the KID. Investors should note that the methodology for calculating the risks, costs and potential returns cited in the KID are prescribed by the PRIIPs Regulations. However, the methodology is considered by many market participants, including the AIC, to be flawed and future risks and returns may not transpire to be as cited in the KID. The Board therefore recommends that investors not make any investment or divestment decision based on the information contained in the KID.

    Non-Mainstream Pooled Investment (‘NMPI’) Status

    The Company currently conducts its affairs to maintain its status as an “excluded security” for the purposes of the FCA’s rules on “non-mainstream pooled investments” and intends to continue to do so. The Fund Shares are therefore excluded from the FCA’s restrictions which apply to non-mainstream pooled investments.

    Performance Details/Share Price Information

    Details of the Company’s share price and the net asset value per Fund Share can be found on the London Stock Exchange’s website. The net asset value is calculated and published daily, on the basis of the bid price of securities at closing.

    Consumer Duty Value Assessment

    Middlefield International Limited (“MIL”), as advisor to Middlefield Canadian Income PCC (“MCT”), has prepared an assessment of fair value based on the FCA’s guidelines which includes consideration of the fund’s relative performance, investment process, costs and charges, quality of service, comparable market rates and economies of scale. Based on this assessment, MIL has concluded that MCT is providing value to its investors. The assessment of value can be found on the website under Other Reports and Filings www.middlefield.co.uk.

    Independent Auditor’s Report

    TO THE MEMBERS OF MIDDLEFIELD CANADIAN INCOME – GBP PC, A CELL OF MIDDLEFIELD CANADIAN INCOME PCC

    Opinion

    We have audited the financial statements of Middlefield Canadian Income – GBP PC (the “Fund”), which comprise the Statement of Financial Position as at 31 December 2024, and the Statement of Comprehensive Income, Statement of Changes in Redeemable Participating Preference Shareholder’s Equity and Statement of Cash Flows for the year then ended, and notes 1 to 22 to the financial statements, including a summary of significant accounting policies. The financial reporting framework that has been applied in their preparation is applicable law and UK-adopted International Financial Reporting Standards (‘IFRS’).

    In our opinion the financial statements of Middlefield Canadian Income – GBP PC, a cell of Middlefield Canadian Income PCC:

    give a true and fair view of the state of the Fund’s affairs as at 31 December 2024 and of its profit for the year then ended;

    have been properly prepared in accordance with UK-adopted IFRS; and

    have been prepared in accordance with the Companies (Jersey) Law 1991.

    Separate opinion in relation to IFRS as adopted by the European Union

    As explained in note 2a, in addition to complying with the Listing Rules obligation to apply UK-adopted IFRS, the Fund has also applied IFRSs as adopted by the European Union.

    In our opinion the financial statements give a true and fair view of the financial position of the Fund as at 31 December 2024 and of its financial performance and cash flows for the year then ended in accordance with IFRS as adopted by the European Union.

    Basis for opinion

    We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (‘ISAs (UK)’) and applicable law. Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements section of our report. We are independent of the Fund in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the financial statements in Jersey, including the FRC’s Ethical Standard as applied to listed public interest entities, and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

    Our approach to the audit

    Our audit was scoped by obtaining an understanding of the Fund and its environment, including internal control, and assessing the risks of material misstatement. Audit work to respond to the risks of material misstatement was performed directly by the audit engagement team.

    Our consideration of the control environment

    The Fund has appointed JTC Fund Solution (Jersey) Limited to provide the accounting function. The accounting function has been subcontracted to JTC Fund Solutions (RSA) Pty Ltd (“JTC SA”). We have obtained JTC SA’s ISAE 3402 controls assurance report for the period 1 April 2023 to 31 March 2024 which summarises the suitability of design and implementation and operating effectiveness of controls. We have reviewed the report and considered the controls relevant to the accounting functions undertaken by JTC SA for the Fund in order to rely on controls. As the reporting date of the Fund is 31 December 2024, we have obtained correspondence issued by JTC SA confirming that there have not been any material changes to the internal control environment nor any material deficiencies in the internal controls to this date.

    Key audit matters

    Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, were of most significance in the audit of the financial statements and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) identified by us, including those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy; the allocation of resources in the audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement team. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.

    In addition to the matter described in the ‘material uncertainty related to going concern’ below, in arriving at our audit opinion, the key audit matter was as follows:

    Key Audit Matter How our scope addressed this matter

    Ownership and valuation of Securities

    The Fund’s securities (see note 3 and the schedule of securities) are included at fair value of £169,952,944 (2023: £146,643,502). The portfolio is made up of securities actively traded on recognised markets which are measured at fair value based on market prices and other prices determined with reference to observable inputs.

    Although all of the securities are listed and have quoted market pricing data available which is used to value the securities, there is a risk of material misstatement that the securities may be incorrectly valued due to stale prices, low trading volumes or errors reported in third party prices. Where securities are not regularly traded there is a greater risk of material misstatement that the quoted price is not reflective of fair value and this should be taken into consideration in management’s assessment. Valuation has a significant impact on the net asset value of the Fund.

    There is a risk that securities, a record of which is maintained by a third-party custodian, are not directly owned by the Fund.

    Securities are held by the custodian. Ensuring that the custodian records all the securities correctly under the Fund’s name is critical since the investment portfolio represents the principal element of the financial statements, being the single largest asset on the Statement of Financial Position.

    Our procedures on the valuation of securities included:

    understanding the relevant controls around valuation;

    testing 100% of the valuations of securities by agreeing the prices directly to independent third-party sources;

    considering the trading history of securities to determine whether they have been frequently traded, and values at which they have been traded to consider whether the year-end prices are stale.

    Our procedures on ownership of securities included:

    obtaining an understanding of the relevant controls around custody of securities;

    agreeing the holdings to independent third-party confirmations provided by the Fund’s custodian;

    reviewing the ISAE 3402 controls assurance report of the custodian to consider the controls relevant to the custodial function.

    Key observations
    Based on the procedures, we concluded that the ownership and valuation of securities are appropriate.

    Our application of materiality

    We define materiality as the magnitude of misstatement in the financial statements that makes it probable that the economic decisions of a reasonably knowledgeable person would be changed or influenced. We use materiality both in planning the scope of our audit work and in evaluating the results of our work.

    Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole as follows:

    Materiality £2,870,000 (2023: £2,470,000).

    Basis for determining materiality – Approximately 1.6% of the Fund’s total assets (2023: 1.6%).

    Rationale for the benchmark applied – The reason for using total assets is that the key users of the financial statements are primarily focused on the valuation of the Fund’s assets. This approach remains consistent with the prior year.

    Performance materiality

    We set performance materiality at a level lower than materiality to reduce the probability that, in aggregate, uncorrected and undetected misstatements exceed the materiality for the financial statements as a whole. Performance materiality was set at 75% of materiality for the 2024 audit (2023: 75%). In determining performance materiality, we considered our understanding of the entity, including our assessment of the overall control environment.

    Independent Auditor’s Report continued

    Our application of materiality (continued)

    Error reporting threshold

    We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report to them all audit differences in excess of £140,000 (2023: £120,000), as well as differences below that threshold that, in our view, warranted reporting on qualitative grounds. We also report to the Audit Committee on disclosure matters that we identified when assessing the overall presentation of the financial statements.

    Material uncertainty relating to going concern

    We draw attention to note 2n to the financial statements which indicates that the Fund’s ability to continue as a going concern is dependent on the outcome of the directors review of a number of strategic options for the future of the Fund, as described in note 2n. As stated in note 2n, these events presented by the directors indicate that a material uncertainty exists that may cast significant doubt on the Fund’s ability to continue as a going concern. Our opinion is not qualified in respect of this matter.

    Given the material uncertainty identified by the directors, we considered going concern to be a key audit matter.

    In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded that the directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting in the preparation of the financial statements is appropriate.

    Our evaluation of the directors’ assessment of the Fund’s ability to continue to adopt the going concern basis of accounting, and in response to the key audit matter, included:

    Considering the appropriateness of the directors’ conclusion in relation to the matters described in 2n and discussing this with the board;

    Review of the directors’ statement in note 2n and their identification of any material uncertainties to the Fund’s ability to continue over a period of at least twelve months from the date of approval of the financial statements;

    Consideration as part of our risk assessment of the nature of the Fund, its business model and related risks including where relevant the requirements of the applicable financial reporting framework and the system of internal control; and

    Evaluation of the directors’ assessment of the Fund’s ability to continue as a going concern, including challenging the underlying data and key assumptions used to make the assessment, and evaluation of the directors’ plans for future actions in relation to their going concern assessment.

    Other than the above, based on the work we have performed, we have not identified any material uncertainties, other than as disclosed in note 2n, relating to events or conditions that, individually or collectively, may cast significant doubt on the Fund’s ability to continue as a going concern for a period of at least twelve months from the date of approval of the financial statements.

    In relation to the Fund’s reporting on how it has applied Listing Rule 6.6.6R and Listing rule 11.7.7R, we have nothing material to add or draw attention to in relation to the director’ statement in the financial statements about whether the directors considered it appropriate to adopt the going concern basis of accounting.

    Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the directors with respect to going concern are described in the relevant sections of this report.

    Other information

    The other information comprises the information included in the annual report, other than the financial statements and our auditor’s report thereon. The directors are responsible for the other information contained within the annual report. Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other information and, except to the extent otherwise explicitly stated in our report, we do not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon. Our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. If we identify such material inconsistencies or apparent material misstatements, we are required to determine whether there is a material misstatement in the financial statements or a material misstatement of the other information. If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that fact.

    We have nothing to report in respect of these matters.

    Independent Auditor’s Report continued

    Matters on which we are required to report by exception

    We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters where the Companies (Jersey) Law 1991 requires us to report to you if, in our opinion;

    adequate accounting records have not been kept; or

    the financial statements are not in agreement with the accounting records and returns; or

    proper returns adequate for our audit have not been received from branches not visited by us; or

    we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit.

    Corporate governance statement

    The Listing Rules require us to review the directors’ statement in relation to going concern, longer-term viability and that part of the Corporate Governance Statement relating to the Fund’s compliance with the provisions of the Listing Rule 6.6.6R specified for our review.

    Based on the work undertaken as part of our audit, we have concluded that each of the following elements of the Corporate Governance Statement and Corporate Information is materially consistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained during the audit:

    Directors’ statement with regards the appropriateness of adopting the going concern basis of accounting and any material uncertainties identified set out on pages 33 to 34;

    Directors’ explanation as to its assessment of the entity’s prospects, the period this assessment covers and why the period is appropriate set out on pages 33 to 34;

    Directors’ statement on fair, balanced and understandable set out on page 48;

    Board’s confirmation that it has carried out a robust assessment of the emerging and principal risks set out on pages 30 to 34;

    The section of the annual report that describes the review of effectiveness of risk management and internal control systems set out on page 48; and

    The section describing the work of the audit committee set out on pages 48 to 50.

    Responsibilities of directors

    As explained more fully in the directors’ responsibilities statement, the directors are responsible for the preparation of the financial statements and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view, and for such internal control as the directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

    In preparing the financial statements, the directors are responsible for assessing the Fund’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the directors either intend to liquidate the Fund or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

    Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements

    Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial statements.

    Independent Auditor’s Report continued

    Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements (continued)

    As part of an audit in accordance with ISAs (UK), we exercise professional judgement and maintain professional scepticism throughout the audit. We also:

    Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to fraud or error, design and perform audit procedures responsive to those risks, and obtain audit evidence that is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. The risk of not detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than the one resulting from error, as fraud may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal control.

    Obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Fund’s internal control.

    Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates and related disclosures made by the directors.

    Conclude on the appropriateness of the directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting and, based on the audit evidence obtained, whether a material uncertainty exists related to events or conditions that may cast significant doubt on the Fund’s ability to continue as a going concern. If we conclude that a material uncertainty exists, we are required to draw attention in our auditors’ report to the related disclosures in the financial statements or, if such disclosures are inadequate, to modify our opinion. Our conclusions are based on the audit evidence obtained up to the date of our auditors’ report. However, future events or conditions may cause the Fund to cease to continue as a going concern.

    Evaluate the overall presentation, structure and content of the financial statements, including the disclosures, and whether the financial statements represent the underlying transactions and events in a manner that achieves fair presentation.

    We communicate with those charged with governance regarding, among other matters, the planned scope and timing of the audit and significant audit findings, including any significant deficiencies in internal control that we identify during our audit.

    The extent to which the audit was considered capable of detecting irregularities, including fraud

    Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations. We design procedures in line with our responsibilities, outlined above, to detect material misstatements in respect of irregularities, including fraud. The extent to which our procedures are capable of detecting irregularities, including fraud is explained below.

    The objectives of our audit are to obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence regarding compliance with laws and regulations that have a direct effect on the determination of material amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, to perform audit procedures to help identify instances of non-compliance with other laws and regulations that may have a material effect on the financial statements, and to respond appropriately to identified or suspected non-compliance with laws and regulations identified during the audit.

    In relation to fraud, the objectives of our audit are to identify and assess the risk of material misstatement of the financial statements due to fraud, to obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence regarding the assessed risks of material misstatement due to fraud through designing and implementing appropriate responses and to respond appropriately to fraud or suspected fraud identified during the audit.

    However, it is the primary responsibility of management, with the oversight of those charged with governance, to ensure that the entity’s operations are conducted in accordance with the provisions of laws and regulations and for the prevention and detection of fraud.

    In identifying and assessing risks of material misstatement in respect of irregularities, including fraud, we:

    obtained an understanding of the nature of the industry and sector, including the legal and regulatory frameworks that the Fund operates in and how the Fund is complying with the legal and regulatory frameworks;

    inquired of management, and those charged with governance, about their own identification and assessment of the risks of irregularities, including any known actual, suspected, or alleged instances of fraud;

    discussed matters about non-compliance with laws and regulations and how fraud might occur including assessment of how and where the financial statements may be susceptible to fraud having obtained an understanding of the effectiveness of the control environment; and

    reviewed minutes of the Board and other Committees.

    Independent Auditor’s Report continued

    The extent to which the audit was considered capable of detecting irregularities, including fraud (continued)

    We also obtained an understanding of the legal and regulatory frameworks that the Fund operates in, focusing on provisions of those laws and regulations that had a direct effect on the determination of material amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. The key laws and regulations we considered in this context included UK-adopted IFRS, Companies (Jersey) Law 1991, Codes of Practice for Certified Funds, Listing and Disclosure Transparency Rules and the AIC Code of Corporate Governance. The audit procedures performed included:

    a review of the financial statement disclosures and testing to supporting documentation;

    completion of disclosure checklists to identify areas of non-compliance; and

    review of the financial statement disclosures by a specialist in the Listing and Disclosure Transparency Rules.

    The area that we identified as being susceptible to material misstatement due to fraud was management override of controls. The audit procedures performed included:

    testing the appropriateness of journal entries and other adjustments;

    undertaking analytical procedures to identify unusual or unexpected relationships;

    assessing whether the judgements made in determining accounting estimates, in particular in respect of the fair value of securities and the split between capital and revenue, are indicative of a potential bias; and

    evaluation of the business rationale of any significant transactions that are unusual or outside the normal course of business.

    Owing to the inherent limitations of an audit there is an unavoidable risk that some material misstatement of the financial statements may not be detected, even though the audit is properly planned and performed in accordance with ISAs (UK). However, the principal responsibility for ensuring that the financial statements are free from material misstatement, whether caused by fraud or error, rests with the directors who should not rely on the audit to discharge those functions.

    In addition, as with any audit, there remains a higher risk of non-detection of fraud, as this may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal controls. Our audit procedures are designed to detect material misstatement. We are not responsible for preventing non-compliance or fraud and cannot be expected to detect non-compliance with all laws and regulations.

    Other matters which we are required to address

    Following the recommendation of the audit committee, we were appointed by the Board of directors on 1 October 2020 to audit the financial statements for the year ending 31 December 2020 and subsequent financial periods. The period of total uninterrupted engagement is 5 years, covering the years ended 31 December 2020 to 2024.

    No non-audit services have been provided to the Fund and we remain independent of the Fund in conducting our audit.

    Our audit opinion is consistent with our reporting to the audit committee we are required to provide in accordance with ISAs (UK).

    Use of our report

    This report is made solely to the Fund’s members, as a body, in accordance with Article 113A of the Companies (Jersey) Law 1991. Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the Fund’s members those matters we are required to state to them in an auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the Fund and the Fund’s members as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed.

    Philip Crosby

    For & on behalf of

    RSM Channel Islands (Audit) Limited

    Chartered Accountants and Recognized Auditors

    Jersey, C.I.

    Date: 24 March 2025

    Financial Statements

    Statement of Financial Position of the Fund

    As at 31 December 2024

      Notes 2024
    GBP
    2023
    GBP
    Current assets      
    Securities (at fair value through profit or loss) 3 & 22 169,952,944 146,643,502
    Accrued dividend income   743,674 632,412
    Prepayments   20,324 21,787
    Cash and cash equivalents         4 1,345,531 4,433,118
        172,062,473 151,730,819
    Current liabilities      
    Other payables and accruals         5 (434,929) (388,493)
    Interest payable           (48,282) (71,270)
    Loan payable         14 (28,884,872) (21,831,966)
        (29,368,083) (22,291,729)
    Net assets   142,694,390 129,439,090
    Equity attributable to equity holders      
    Stated capital         6 49,661,314 49,704,414
    Retained earnings   93,033,076 79,734,676
    Total Shareholders’ equity           142,694,390 129,439,090
    Net asset value per redeemable participating preference share (pence) 7 134.05 121.55

    The financial statements and notes on pages 60 to 80 were approved by the directors on 24 March 2025 and signed on behalf of the Board by:

    Michael Phair        Andrew Zychowski

    Director        Director

    The accompanying notes on pages 64 to 80 form an integral part of these financial statements.

    Statement of Comprehensive Income of the Fund

    For the year ended 31 December 2024

      Notes Revenue
    GBP
    Capital
    GBP
    2024
    Total
    GBP
    2023
    Total
    GBP
    Revenue          
    Dividend income 8 9,017,257 9,017,257 9,004,249
    Interest income 8 85,246 85,246 91,389
    Net movement in the fair value of securities (at fair value through profit or loss) 9 12,852,158 12,852,158 (6,799,595)
    Net movement on foreign exchange   1,579,028 1,579,028 698,809
    Total revenue   9,102,503 14,431,186 23,533,689 2,994,852
    Expenditure          
    Investment management fees 2o 375,146 562,719 937,865 916,770
    Custodian fees 2l 16,316 16,316 15,323
    Corporate Broker’s fees 2m 67,175 67,175 65,483
    Directors’ fees and expenses   146,631 146,631 154,809
    Legal and professional fees   11,697 11,697 6,558
    Audit fees   39,000 39,000 39,000
    Tax fees           6,948 6,948 7,560
    Registrar’s fees   49,496 49,496 44,779
    Administration and secretarial fees 2k 133,981 133,981 130,967
    General expenses   160,156 160,156 190,771
    Investor relations fee 2u 173,211 173,211 170,748
    Operating expenses   1,179,757 562,719 1,742,476 1,742,768
    Net operating profit before finance costs   7,922,746 13,868,467 21,791,213 1,252,084
    Finance costs 2r (602,287) (903,431) (1,505,718) (1,570,018)
    Profit/(loss) before tax   7,320,459 12,965,036 20,285,495 (317,934)
    Withholding tax expense 12 (1,343,801) (1,343,801) (1,341,655)
    Net profit/(loss) after taxation   5,976,658 12,965,036 18,941,694 (1,659,589)
    Profit/(loss) per redeemable participating preference share – basic and diluted (pence)         10 5.61 12.18 17.79 (1.56)

    The total column of this statement represents the Fund’s Statement of Comprehensive Income, prepared in accordance with UK- adopted IFRS. There are no items of other comprehensive income, therefore net profit/(loss) after taxation is the total comprehensive income. The supplementary revenue and capital columns are both prepared in accordance with the Statement of Recommended Practice issued by the AIC as disclosed in note 2a. All items in the above statement derive from continuing operations. No operations were acquired or discontinued in the year.

    There are £nil (2023: £nil) earnings attributable to the management shares.

    The accompanying notes on pages 64 to 80 form an integral part of these financial statements.

    Statement of Changes in Redeemable Participating Preference Shareholders’ Equity of the Fund

    For the year ended 31 December 2024

      Notes Stated Capital
    Account
    GBP
    Retained
    Income
    GBP
    Total
    GBP
    At 1 January 2023   49,704,414 86,931,602 136,636,016
    Loss for the year   (1,659,589) (1,659,589)
    Dividends 11 (5,537,337) (5,537,337)
    At 31 December 2023   49,704,414 79,734,676 129,439,090
    Buyback of shares during year 6 (43,100) (43,100)
    Profit for the year   18,941,694 18,941,694
    Dividends 11 (5,643,294) (5,643,294)
    At 31 December 2024   49,661,314 93,033,076 142,694,390

    The accompanying notes on pages 64 to 80 form an integral part of these financial statements.

    Statement of Cash Flows of the Fund

    For the year ended 31 December 2024

               2024 2023
             Notes GBP GBP
    Cash flows from operating activities      
    Net profit/(loss) after taxation           18,941,694 (1,659,589)
    Adjustments for:      
    Net movement in the fair value of securities (at fair value through profit or loss)         9 (12,852,158) 6,799,595
    Realised gains on foreign exchange         2p (1,401,441) (1,345,395)
    Unrealised (gains)/losses on foreign exchange         2p (177,587) 646,586
    Payment for purchases of securities           (64,019,103) (46,058,637)
    Proceeds from sale of securities           53,561,820 55,587,931
    Operating cash flows before movements in working capital           (5,946,775) 13,970,491
    Increase in receivables           (109,799) (24,452)
    Increase/(decrease) in payables and accruals           23,448 (152,089)
    Net generated (used in)/from operating activities           (6,033,126) 13,793,950
    Cash flows generated used in financing activities      
    Repayments of borrowings                   (352,730,557) (236,205,147)
    Buyback of shares          6 (43,100)
    New bank loans raised           361,474,806 230,999,895
    Dividends paid         11 (5,643,294) (5,537,337)
    Net cash generated from/(used in) financing activities           3,057,855 (10,742,589)
    Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents           (2,975,271) 3,051,361
    Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year           4,433,118 1,523,392
    Effect of foreign exchange rate changes           (112,316) (141,635)
    Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year           1,345,531 4,433,118
    Cash and cash equivalents made up of:      
    Cash at bank         4 1,345,531 4,433,118

    The accompanying notes on pages 64 to 80 form an integral part of these financial statements.

    Notes to the Financial Statements of the Fund

    For the year ended 31 December 2024

    1.        General Information

    The Company is a closed-ended investment company incorporated in Jersey on 24 May 2006 and is regulated for Financial Services Business by the JFSC. The Company has one closed-ended cell, Middlefield Canadian Income – GBP PC, also referred to as the “Fund”. The Fund seeks to provide shareholders with a high level of dividends as well as capital growth over the longer term. The Fund intends to pay dividends on a quarterly basis each year. The Fund seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing predominantly in the securities of companies and REITs domiciled in Canada and the U.S. that the Investment Manager believes will provide an attractive level of distributions, together with the prospect for capital growth. In 2015, shareholders also approved an amendment to the Investment Policy to increase the percentage of the value of portfolio assets which may be invested in securities listed on recognised stock exchanges outside Canada to up to 40 per cent.

    The address of the Company’s registered office is 28 Esplanade, St. Helier, Jersey JE2 3QA, Channel Islands.

    The Fund’s shares have been admitted to the Official List of the FCA and to trading on the London Stock Exchange’s Main Market for listed securities.

    The Company and Fund have no employees.

    The functional and presentational currency of the Company and the Fund is Pounds Sterling (‘GBP’) as the Fund is trading on the London Stock Exchange’s Main Market.

    2.        Summary of Material Accounting Policy Information

    a.        Basis of preparation

    The financial statements of the Fund have been prepared on the historical cost basis, except for the measurement at fair value of investments and derivatives, and in accordance with UK-adopted IFRS and interpretations issued by the IFRSIC. The preparation of the Financial Statements in conformity with IFRS requires the directors to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the Financial Statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting year. Although these estimates are based on management’s best knowledge of current events and actions, actual results may ultimately differ from those estimates.

    Where presentational guidance set out in the SORP Financial Statements of Investment Trust Companies and Venture Capital Trusts (July 2022) issued by the AIC is consistent with the requirements of IFRS, the directors have prepared the Financial Statements on a basis compliant with the recommendations of the SORP. The supplementary information which analyses the Statement of Comprehensive Income between items of a revenue and a capital nature is presented in accordance with the SORP.

    The financial statements are prepared in accordance with UK-adopted IFRS as required by the UK Listing and the Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules. Companies (Jersey) Law 1991 prescribes which generally accepted accounting principles are allowed to be adopted by Jersey market traded companies in the preparation of their annual financial statements.

    Critical accounting estimates and judgements

    The preparation of the Financial Statements in conformity with IFRS requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. It also requires management to exercise its judgement in the process of applying the accounting policies.

    The following are the critical judgements that the directors have made in the process of applying the accounting policies that have the most significant effect on the amounts recognised in the financial statements.

    Expenses have been charged to the Statement of Comprehensive Income and shown in the revenue column. Management fees and finance costs have been allocated 60% to capital and 40% to revenue. This is in accordance with the Board’s expected long-term split of returns, in the form of capital gains and income respectively, from the investment portfolio.

    There were no judgements made in relation to the fair value of the investments, as all investments are quoted.

    Adoption of new standards and amendments

    The following amendments to existing standards that are effective for the first time for the financial period beginning 1 January 2024 that have had an immaterial impact on the Company and the Fund:

    Disclosure of Accounting Policies (Amendments to IAS 1 and IFRS Practice Statement 2)

    The Company has adopted the amendments to IAS 1 for the first time in the current period. The amendments change the requirements in IAS 1 regarding disclosure of accounting policies. The amendments replace all instances of the term ‘significant accounting policies’ with ‘material accounting policy information’. Accounting policy information is material if, when considered together with other information included in an entity’s financial statements, it can reasonably be expected to influence decisions that the primary users of general purpose financial statements make on the basis of those financial statements.

    The supporting paragraphs in IAS 1 are also amended to clarify that accounting policy information that relates to immaterial transactions, other events or conditions is immaterial and need not be disclosed. Accounting policy information may be material because of the nature of the related transactions, other events or conditions, even if the amounts are immaterial. However, not all accounting policy information relating to material transactions, other events or conditions is itself material.

    The IASB has also developed guidance and examples to explain and demonstrate the application of the ‘four-step materiality process’ described in IFRS Practice Statement 2.

    Amendments to IAS 1 Classification of Liabilities as Current or Non-current

    The group has adopted the amendments to IAS 1, published in January 2020, for the first time in the current year.

    The amendments affect only the presentation of liabilities as current or non-current in the statement of financial position and not the amount or timing of recognition of any asset, liability, income or expenses, or the information disclosed about those items.

    The amendments clarify that the classification of liabilities as current or non-current is based on rights that are in existence at the end of the reporting period, specify that classification is unaffected by expectations about whether an entity will exercise its right to defer settlement of a liability, explain that rights are in existence if covenants are complied with at the end of the reporting period, and introduce a definition of ‘settlement’ to make clear that settlement refers to the transfer to the counterparty of cash, equity instruments, other assets or services.

    Amendments to IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements Non-current Liabilities with Covenants

    The group has adopted the amendments to IAS 1, published in November 2022, for the first time in the current year. The amendments specify that only covenants that an entity is required to comply with on or before the end of the reporting period affect the entity’s right to defer settlement of a liability for at least twelve months after the reporting date (and therefore must be considered in assessing the classification of the liability as current or non-current). Such covenants affect whether the right exists at the end of the reporting period, even if compliance with the covenant is assessed only after the reporting date (e.g. a covenant based on the entity’s financial position at the reporting date that is assessed for compliance only after the reporting date). The IASB also specifies that the right to defer settlement of a liability for at least twelve months after the reporting date is not affected if an entity only has to comply with a covenant after the reporting period. However, if the entity’s right to defer settlement of a liability is subject to the entity complying with covenants within twelve months after the reporting period, an entity discloses information that enables users of financial statements to understand the risk of the liabilities becoming repayable within twelve months after the reporting period. This would include information about the covenants (including the nature of the covenants and when the entity is required to comply with them), the carrying amount of related liabilities and facts and circumstances, if any, that indicate that the entity may have difficulties complying with the covenants.

    The Company has adopted the amendments to IAS 8 for the first time in the current year. The amendments replace the definition of a change in accounting estimates with a definition of accounting estimates. Under the new definition, accounting estimates are “monetary amounts in financial statements that are subject to measurement uncertainty”. The definition of a change in accounting estimates was deleted.

    There are no other standards, interpretations or amendments to the existing standards that are not yet effective that would be expected to have a significant impact on the Company.

    New standards and interpretations not yet effective and have not been adopted early by the Company

    •        Amendments to IAS 21, ‘The Effects of Changes in Foreign Exchange Rates: Lack of exchangeability’. (effective periods commencing on or after 1 January 2025 for IFRS).

    •        Amendments to IFRS 9 and IFRS 7 ‘Amendments to the Classification and Measurement of Financial Instruments’. (effective periods commencing on or after 1 January 2026 for IFRS).

    •        IFRS 18 ‘Presentation and Disclosure in Financial Statements’. (effective periods commencing on or after 1 January 2027 for IFRS).

    There are no other standards, interpretations or amendments to existing standards that are not yet effective that would be expected to have a significant impact on the Company.

    b.        Financial instruments

    Financial instruments carried on the Statement of Financial Position include securities, accrued dividend income, cash at bank, loan payable, other payables and accruals. The particular recognition methods adopted are disclosed in the individual policy statements associated with each item.

    Disclosures about financial instruments to which the Fund is a party are provided in Note 16.

    c.        Securities

    Investments in listed securities have been classified as fair value through profit or loss securities and are those securities intended to be held for a short period of time but which may be sold in response to needs for liquidity or changes in interest rates. These are held at fair value through profit or loss, as they are managed and the performance evaluated on a fair value basis.

    Fair value through profit or loss securities are initially recognised as at fair value, which is taken to be the cost. The securities are subsequently re-measured at fair value based on quoted bid prices on the stock exchange at the reporting date. Gains and losses arising from changes in the fair value of these securities are recognised in profit or loss as they arise.

    All purchases and sales of investments and trading securities that require delivery within the time frame established by regulation or market convention (“regular way” purchases and sales) are recognised at the trade date, which is the date on which the Fund commits to purchase or sell the asset. In cases which are not within the time frame established by regulation or market convention, such transactions are recognised on the settlement date. Any change in fair value of the asset to be received is recognised between the trade date and the settlement date.

    d.        Receivables

    Trade and other receivables are recognised when the Fund becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the receivables. They are measured, at initial recognition, at fair value plus transaction costs, if any. They are subsequently measured at amortised cost. The amortised cost is the amount recognised on the receivable initially, minus principal repayments, plus cumulative amortisation (interest) using the effective interest method (except for short term receivables where the recognition of interest would be immaterial) of any difference between the initial amount and the maturity amount, adjusted for any loss allowance.

    e.        Cash and cash equivalents

    Cash includes amounts held in interest bearing accounts. Cash and cash equivalents comprise bank balances and cash held by the Fund. The carrying value of these assets approximates their fair value.

    f.        Prepayments

    Prepayments comprise amounts paid in advance including, but not limited to, payments for insurance, listing fees and AIC membership fees. Payments are expensed to the Statement of Comprehensive Income over the period for which the Fund is receiving the benefit of these expenditures.

    g.        Provisions

    A provision is recognised when the Fund has a legal or constructive obligation as a result of a past event, and it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle the obligations.

    h.        Share capital

    Redeemable participating preference shares are only redeemable at the sole option of the directors, participate in the net income of the Fund during its life and are classified as equity in line with IAS 32 Financial Instruments: Presentation (see Note 6). Buyback shares are measured at cost and deducted from equity. Transaction costs relating to buyback shares do not form part of cost of the buyback shares.

    i.        Net asset value per redeemable participating preference share

    The NAV per redeemable participating preference share is calculated by dividing the net assets attributable to redeemable participating preference shareholders included in the Statement of Financial Position by the number of redeemable participating preference shares in issue at the year end.

    j.        Issue costs

    The expenditure directly attributable to the launch of the Fund’s shares and all other costs incurred on the launch and subsequent issues of the Fund’s shares are written off immediately against proceeds raised.

    k.        Administration and secretarial fees

    Under the provisions of the Administration Agreement dated 18 August 2011 between the Fund and JTC Fund Solutions (Jersey) Limited as Administrator, the Administrator is entitled to a fee for administrative and secretarial services payable by the Fund quarterly in arrears at a rate of 0.10 per cent. per annum of the average NAV of the Fund calculated over the relevant quarterly period.

    l.        Custodian fees

    The Custodian was appointed as Custodian of the Fund’s assets on 6 October 2011. The Fund pays the Custodian 0.01 per cent. per annum of the Fund’s NAV, accrued for at each valuation date.

    m.        Corporate Broker’s fees

    The Fund pays the Corporate Broker quarterly in arrears at a rate of 0.05 per cent. per annum of the average NAV of the Fund calculated over the relevant period.

    n.        Going concern

    In the opinion of the directors, the Company and the Fund have adequate resources to continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future being at least the next twelve months from the approval of these financial statements. For this reason, the Financial Statements have been prepared using the going concern basis.

    The directors considered, inter alia, the following factors:

    •        ongoing shareholder interest in the continuation of the Fund;

    •        the Fund has sufficient liquidity in the form of cash assets to meet all on-going expenses;

    •        should the need arise, the directors have the option to reduce dividend payments in order to positively affect the Fund’s cash flows; and

    •        the Fund’s investments in Canadian and U.S. securities are readily realisable to meet liquidity requirements, if necessary.

    The directors appreciate the severity of the current economic environment and continue to assess, in conjunction with the Investment Manager and the Investment Advisor, the situation and how it may impact the Company in the short and long term. The directors consider the Company to be well placed to withstand any significant adverse shocks and assume the going concern basis to be appropriate.

    The accompanying financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis, which assumes the Company will continue to operate and meet its obligations as they fall due. However, the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern is subject to material uncertainty.

    Since the Company’s year end, on 10 February 2025 the Company, together with three other UK-listed closed-end funds, received a requisition notice from Saba, marking the second phase of Saba’s recent activist campaign in the UK-listed closed-end fund sector. The first phase commenced on 18 December 2024 with Saba requisitioning general meetings at seven UK-listed closed-end funds, proposing resolutions (each of which later failed) to remove the current independent directors of those seven funds and replace them with Saba’s own appointees, with a view to also terminating the management contracts and, in due course, replacing the investment managers with Saba.

    The requisition notice received by the Company on 10 February 2025 was for the approval by shareholders of the taking of all necessary steps to implement a scheme or process by which shareholders would become (or have the option to become) shareholders of a UK-listed open-ended investment company (or similar open-ended investment vehicle) implementing a substantially similar strategy to the Company. Such scheme or process could entail shareholders rolling into an existing or newly established UK-listed open-ended investment company (or similar open-ended investment vehicle), in either case managed by the Company’s existing investment manager or one of its affiliates.

    Following consultation with a number of the Company’s largest shareholders including Saba, and following constructive discussions with Saba, on 21 February 2025 the Company announced that Saba had agreed to withdraw its requisition notice for a period of 60 days to enable the Company and its advisers to formulate proposals that are in the best interests of all shareholders.

    At the current time, the Board is in the process of considering a number of strategic options in the best interests of shareholders as a whole. A further announcement regarding future proposals which the Company may put to shareholders will be made in due course. Although the Board is confident that the Company will have sufficient financial resources to meet its obligations due within twelve months from the date of approval of the financial statements, the uncertain future outcome of the Board’s deliberations indicates the existence of a material uncertainty that may cast significant doubt on the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. Nevertheless, the Board believes that it is appropriate to continue to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the financial statements.

    o.        Investment management fees

    The Investment Manager is entitled to a management fee payable by the Fund quarterly in arrears at a rate of 0.70 per cent. per annum of the average NAV of the Fund calculated over the relevant quarterly period.

    Investment management fees for the year ended 31 December 2024 total £937,865 (31 December 2023: £916,770). The fee is split between the Investment Manager and the Investment Advisor at a ratio of 0.60 per cent: 0.10 per cent of the 0.70 per cent fee.

    Investment management fees have been split 60% to capital and 40% to revenue (see note 2a for further details regarding the allocation of the management fees).

    p.        Foreign currency translation

    Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated into Pound Sterling at exchange rates in effect at the reporting date. Realised and unrealised gains and losses on foreign currency transactions are charged or credited to the Statement of Comprehensive Income as foreign currency gains and losses. The cost of investments, and income and expenditure are translated into Pound Sterling based on exchange rates on the date of the transaction. Realised gains on foreign exchange currency transactions totalled £1,401,441 for the year (2023: gains of £1,309,333). Realised gains on forward exchange contracts totalled £ nil (2023: gains of £36,062). Unrealised gains on foreign currency translations totalled £177,587 (2023: losses of £646,586).

    q.        Revenue recognition

    Dividend income arises from equity investments held and is recognised on the date investments are marked ‘ex-dividend’. Where the Company elects to receive dividends in the form of additional shares rather than cash, the equivalent to the cash dividend is recognised as income in revenue and any excess in value of the shares received over this is recognised in capital. Dividend income is shown gross of withholding tax. Interest income arises from cash and cash equivalents and quoted bonds and is recognised in the Statement of Comprehensive Income using the effective interest method.

    Special dividends are reviewed on a case by case basis in determining whether the dividend is to be treated as revenue or capital. Amounts recognised as revenue will form part of the distributable revenue. Amounts recognised as capital are included in realised gains. The tax accounting treatment follows the treatment of the principal amount.

    r.        Loan payable and finance costs

    Loan payable is initially measured at fair value and is subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method. The effective interest rate method is a method of calculating the amortised cost of a financial liability and of allocating interest expense over the relevant period. The effective interest rate is the rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash payments through the expected life of the financial liability or, where appropriate, a shorter period, to the net carrying amount on initial recognition.

    s.        Related parties

    Related parties are individuals and companies who have the ability, directly or indirectly, to control the other party or exercise significant influence over the other party in making financial and operating decisions (see Note 13).

    t.        Business and geographical segments

    The directors are of the opinion that the Fund is engaged in a single segment of business investing predominantly in securities and REITs domiciled in Canada and the U.S. to which the Fund is solely exposed and therefore no segmental reporting is provided.

    u.        Investor relations fee

    The Investment Advisor and Investment Manager are paid an additional fee for investor relations services totalling as the lesser of 15 basis points of the market value of the Fund or £200,000 per annum, with the fee to be calculated daily based on the closing market value of the Fund and payable quarterly in arrears.

    Investor relations fee for the year ended 31 December 2024 total £173,211 (31 December 2023: £170,748).

    3.        Securities (at fair value through profit and loss)

      2024 2023
      GBP GBP
    Quoted/listed Equities 169,952,944 146,643,502

    Please refer to Note 22 for the Schedule of Investments.

    4.        Cash and cash equivalents

      2024 2023
      GBP GBP
    Cash at bank 1,345,531 4,433,118

    Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash held by the Fund and bank balances with an original maturity of three months or less. The carrying value of these assets approximates their fair value.

    5.        Other payables and accruals

      2024 2023
      GBP GBP
    Investment management fees (Note 13) 254,113 220,372
    Corporate Broker’s fees 18,151 15,741
    Audit fees 39,000 39,000
    Administration fees 36,302 31,481
    General expenses 17,970 22,334
    Registrar’s fees 10,286 9,466
    Tax service fees 6,894 6,840
    Custodian fees 3,560 3,148
    Investor relations fee (Note 13) 48,653 40,111
      434,929 388,493

    6.        Stated capital

    The authorised share capital of the Fund is split into two management shares of no par value and an unlimited number of redeemable participating preference shares of no par value, the latter of which are attributable solely to the Fund.

      No. of shares GBP
    Management shares issued    
    2 management shares of no par value issued at 100.00 pence each 2 2
    At 31 December 2024 and 2023 2 2
    Redeemable participating preference shares issued (excluding shares held in treasury)    
    At 31 December 2023 106,487,250 49,704,412
    28 August 2024, 20,000 shares of no par value repurchased at £ 1.075 each (20,000) (21,500)
    30 August 2024, 20,000 shares of no par value repurchased at £ 1.08 each (20,000) (21,600)
    At 31 December 2024 106,447,250 49,661,312
    Total   49,661,314

    The holders of redeemable participating preference shares are entitled to receive in proportion to their holdings, all of the revenue profits of the Fund (including accumulated revenue reserves).

    Each redeemable participating preference shareholder is entitled to one vote for each share held, provided all amounts payable in respect of that share have been paid.

    Management shares are non-redeemable, have no right in respect of the accrued entitlement, and have no right to participate in the assets of the Fund on a winding-up. In all other respects, the management shares have the same rights and restrictions as redeemable participating preference shares. Each management share entitles the holder to one vote for each share held.

    Redeemable participating preference shares are redeemed at the absolute discretion of the directors. Since redemption is at the discretion of the directors, in accordance with the provisions of IAS 32, the redeemable participating preference shares are classified as equity. The Fund will not give effect to redemption requests in respect of more than 25 per cent. of the shares then in issue, or such lesser percentage as the directors may decide.

    At the year end, there were 18,235,000 (31 December 2023: 18,195,000) treasury shares in issue. Treasury shares have no value and no voting rights.

    FCA regulation of ‘non-mainstream pooled investments’

    On 1 January 2014, the FCA introduced rules relating to the restrictions on the retail distribution of unregulated collective investment schemes and close substitutes (non-mainstream pooled investments). UK investment trusts are excluded from these restrictions, as are other “excluded securities” as defined by the FCA.

    As reported in last year’s annual report, the Board believes that the Company’s shares are “excluded securities” under the FCA’s definitions of such and, as a result, the FCA’s restrictions on retail distribution do not apply. This status is reviewed annually and the Board intends to conduct the Company’s affairs to retain such status for the foreseeable future.

    Retained Earnings

    This reserve records all net gains and losses and transactions with owners not recorded elsewhere. This reserve is available for distribution to the shareholders. Dividends paid to shareholders are recognised directly in this reserve.

    7.        Net asset value per redeemable participating preference share

    The NAV per share of 134.05p (31 December 2023: 121.55p) is based on the net assets at the year end of £142,694,390 (31 December 2023: £129,439,090) and on 106,447,250 redeemable participating preference shares, being the number of redeemable participating preference shares in issue at the year end (31 December 2023: 106,487,250 shares).

    8.        Dividend and interest income

          2024  
      Revenue Capital Total 2023
      GBP GBP GBP GBP
    Interest Income 85,246 85,246 91,389
    Dividend income 9,017,257 9,017,257 9,004,249
      9,102,503 9,102,503 9,095,638

    9.        Net movement in the fair value of securities

          2024  
      Revenue Capital Total 2023
      GBP GBP GBP GBP
    Gains on sale of securities 5,635,000 5,635,000 608,988
    Gains/(losses) on the revaluation of securities at year end 7,217,158 7,217,158 (7,408,583)
    Net movement in the fair value of securities (at fair value through profit or loss) 12,852,158 12,852,158 (6,799,595)

    10.        Profit/(loss) per redeemable participating preference share – basic and diluted

    Basic profit/(loss) per redeemable participating preference share is calculated by dividing the net profit attributable to redeemable participating preference shares of £18,941,694 (31 December 2023: £1,659,589 loss) by the weighted average number of redeemable participating preference shares outstanding during the year of 106,473,698 shares (31 December 2023: 106,487,250 shares). The allocation between revenue and capital can be found on the Statement of Comprehensive Income of the Fund on page 61.

    11.        Dividends

    Dividends of 1.325 pence per share were paid on a quarterly basis during the year in the months of January, April, July and October being 5.3 pence per share for the year and totalling £5,643,294 (31 December 2023: £5,537,337). On 31 January 2025 a dividend of £1,463,650 was paid of 1.375 pence per share. In accordance with the requirements of IFRS, as this was approved on 2 January 2025, being after the reporting date, no accrual was reflected in the 2024 Financial Statements for this amount of £1,463,650 (31 December 2023: £1,410,956).

    Dividends payable in respect of the financial year, which is the basis on which the requirements of Section 1158/1159 of the Corporation Tax Act 2010 are considered (see note 12) comprise the dividends paid in April, July and October of the financial year together with the dividend paid in January following the financial year end. For 2024 these dividends amounted to 5.35 pence per share (for 2023: 5.225 pence per share)

    12.        Taxation

    The Fund is subject to UK corporation tax at a rate of 25% (2023: 19% for three months and 25% for nine months of the year). The Company adopted UK tax residency on 11 October 2011. Since that date the Company has been managed in such a way as to be able to meet the conditions for approval as an investment trust under Section 1158 of the Corporation Tax Act 2010. As an investment trust, all capital gains are exempt from UK corporation tax. On 7 December 2012, the Company received approval from HM Revenue & Customs to be treated as an investment trust in accordance with Section 1158 of the Corporation Tax Act 2010 and will seek to remain so approved.

    The Fund incurred £1,343,801 (2023: £1,341,655) of withholding tax on foreign dividends during the year and this expense has been included in the Statement of Comprehensive Income.

    13.        Related party transactions

    The directors are regarded as related parties and key management personnel. Total directors’ fees earned during the year amounted to £126,000 of which £Nil was due at year end (2023: £125,215 of which £Nil was due at the year end). Each non-executive director, other than Mr. Orrico, earned a fee of £29,000 in respect of the financial year (2023: £29,000), the Chairman earned a fee of £36,000 (2023: £36,000) and the Chairman of the Audit Committee £32,000 (2023: £32,000). Mr Orrico waived any right to charge a fee in 2024 and 2023.

    The directors held an interest in shares and received dividends during the year. Their interest in shares and the dividends received during the year are disclosed within the Directors’ Remuneration Report.

    The Investment Advisor and Investment Manager are also regarded as a related party due to common ownership. Total management fees paid during the year amounted to £937,865 (2023: £916,770), of which £254,113 (2023: £220,372) was outstanding at 31 December 2024.

    The Investment Advisor and Investment Manager are also paid an additional fee for investor relations services. The fee for the year ended 31 December 2024 amounted to £173,211 (31 December 2023: £170,748), of which £48,653 (2023: £40,111) was outstanding at 31 December 2024.

    The fees for the above are all arm’s length transactions.

    14.        Loan payable

    The Fund has a credit facility agreement with RBC whereby RBC provides a credit facility, with a maximum principal amount of the lesser of CAD 75,000,000 and 25 per cent. of the total asset value of the Fund. The credit facility was amended on 3 April, 2024 to replace Banker’s Acceptances with CORRA (Canadian Overnight Repo Rate Average administered and published by the Bank of Canada) loans.

    At 31 December 2024, the amount drawn down under the credit facility was CAD 52,000,000 (GBP equivalent at amortised cost of £28,884,872) (31 December 2023: CAD 37,000,000 (GBP equivalent at amortised cost of £21,831,966)). The loan value of CAD 52,000,000 was made up of three loans as follows:

    Issue date Maturity date Loan amount
    12 December 2024 13 January 2025 CAD10,000,000
    16 December 2024 15 January 2025 CAD10,000,000
    18 December 2024 18 February 2025 CAD32,000,000

    As at 31 December 2024, the interest paid on the Banker’s Acceptance and Term CORRA loans totalled £1,458,822 (year ended 31 December 2023 [Banker’s Acceptance only]: £1,388,175) with £48,282 accrued at year end.

    Interest on Prime Loans is Prime Rate minus 0.35 per cent. In the case of Term CORRA loans, the Term CORRA rate plus 0.60 per cent. per annum is payable.

    15.        Security agreement

    In connection with entry into the credit facility agreement, the Fund has entered into a general security agreement with RBC, pursuant to which the Fund has granted RBC interests in respect of collateral, being all present and future personal property, including the securities portfolio, as security for the Fund’s obligations under the credit facility agreement.

    16.        Financial instruments

    Fair values

    The carrying amounts of the investments, accrued income, other receivables, cash and cash equivalents, loan payable and other payables approximate their fair values.

    Management of capital

    The Investment Manager manages the capital of the Fund in accordance with the Fund’s Investment Objectives and Policy.

    The capital structure of the Fund consists of proceeds from the issue of preference shares, loans and reserve accounts. The Investment Manager manages and adjusts its capital in response to general economic conditions, the risk characteristics of the underlying assets and working capital requirements. Generally speaking, the Fund will reduce leverage when investments are likely to decrease in value and will increase leverage when investment appreciation is anticipated. In order to maintain or adjust its capital structure, the Fund may borrow or repay debt under its Credit Facility or undertake other activities deemed appropriate under the specific circumstances. The Fund and the Company do not have any externally imposed capital requirements. However, the Fund is subject to bank covenants in respect of leverage and complied with those covenants for the whole of both 2024 and 2023.

    Investment and trading activities

    It is intended that the Fund will continue throughout its life to be primarily invested in a Canadian and U.S. equities portfolio. In 2015, the percentage of the value of portfolio assets which may be invested in securities listed on a recognised stock exchange outside Canada was increased to up to 40 per cent. At year end, 4.36% of the portfolio was invested in securities outside of Canada.

    The Fund’s investing activities expose it to various types of risk that are associated with the financial instruments and markets in which it invests. The most important types of financial risk to which the Fund is exposed are market price risk, interest rate risk and currency risk.

    Credit risk

    Credit risk is the risk that an issuer or counterparty may be unable or unwilling to meet a commitment that it has entered into with the Fund.

    The Fund’s principal financial assets are bank balances and cash, other receivables and investments as set out in the Statement of Financial Position which represents the Fund’s maximum exposure to credit risk in relation to the financial assets. The credit risk on bank balances is limited because the counterparties are banks with high credit ratings of A, A- and BBB+ assigned by Standard and Poor’s rating agency. All transactions in listed securities are settled upon delivery using approved brokers.

    The risk of default is considered minimal as delivery of securities sold is only made once the broker has received payment. Payment is made on a purchase once the securities have been received by the broker. The trade will fail if either party fails to meet its obligations. Where the Investment Manager makes an investment in debt or corporate securities, the credit rating of the issuer is taken into account to manage the Company’s exposure to risk of default. Investments in debt or corporate securities are across a variety of sectors and geographical markets, to avoid concentration of credit risk.

    The Fund’s maximum exposure to credit risk is the carrying value of the assets on the Statement of Financial Position.

    Market price risk

    Market price risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in market prices (other than those arising from interest rate risk or currency risk), whether those changes are caused by factors specific to the individual financial instrument or its issuer, or factors affecting similar financial instruments traded in the market. The Fund’s exposure to market price risk is comprised mainly of movements in the value of the Fund’s investments.

    It is the business of the Investment Manager to manage the portfolio and borrowings to achieve the best returns. The directors manage the risk inherent in the portfolio by monitoring, on a formal basis, the Investment Manager’s compliance with the Company’s stated Investment Policy and reviewing investment performance.

    Country risk

    On 17 January 2012, the FRC released “Responding to the increased country and currency risk in financial reports”. This update from the FRC included guidance on responding to the increased country and currency risk as a result of funding pressures on certain European countries, the curtailment of capital spending programs (austerity measures) and regime changes in the Middle East.

    The Fund invests primarily in Canadian and U.S. securities. The Investment Manager monitors the Company’s exposure to foreign currencies on a daily basis. The Board has reviewed the disclosures and believes that no additional disclosures are required because the Canadian and U.S. economies are stable.

    Fair value measurements

    IFRS 13 establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements). The three levels of the fair value hierarchy under IFRS 13 are as follows:

    •        Level 1 fair value measurements are those derived from quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities; or

    •        Level 2 fair value measurements are those derived from inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (that is, as prices) or indirectly (that is, derived from prices); or

    •        Level 3 fair value measurements are those derived from valuation techniques that include inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (that is, unobservable inputs).

    The level in the fair value hierarchy within which the fair value measurement is determined on the basis of the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety. For this purpose, the significance of an input is assessed against the fair value measurement in its entirety. If a fair value measurement uses observable inputs that require significant adjustment based on unobservable inputs, that measurement is a level 3 measurement. Assessing the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment, considering factors specific to the asset or liability.

    The determination of what constitutes ‘observable’ requires significant judgment by the Directors. The Directors consider observable data to be that market data that is readily available, regularly distributed or updated, reliable and verifiable, not proprietary, and provided by independent sources that are actively involved in the relevant market.

    The following tables present the Fund’s financial instruments by level within the valuation hierarchy as of 31 December 2024 and 31 December 2023:

      Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total
    31 December 2024 GBP GBP GBP GBP
    Financial assets        
    Securities (at fair value through profit or loss) 169,952,944 169,952,944
             
      Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total
    31 December 2023 GBP GBP GBP GBP
    Financial assets        
    Securities (at fair value through profit or loss) 146,643,502 146,643,502

    The Fund holds securities that are traded in active markets. Such financial instruments are classified as Level 1 of the IFRS 13 fair value hierarchy. There were no transfers between Level 1, 2 and 3 in the year.

    Market Price sensitivity

    At 31 December 2024, if the market prices of the securities had been 30% higher with all other variables held constant, the increase in net assets attributable to holders of redeemable participating preference shares for the year would have been £50,985,883 (2023: £43,993,051) higher, arising due to the increase in the fair value of financial assets at fair value through profit or loss.

    At 31 December 2024, if the market prices of the securities had been 30% lower with all other variables held constant, the decrease in net assets attributable to holders of redeemable shares for the year would have been equal, but opposite, to the figures stated above.

    Interest rate risk

    Interest rate risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in market interest rates.

    The Fund’s interest rate sensitive assets and liabilities mainly comprise cash and cash equivalents, debt securities and loan payable. The cash and cash equivalents are subject to floating rates and are considered to be part of the investment strategy of the Fund. No other hedging is undertaken in respect of this interest rate risk.

    There were no fixed rate assets or liabilities at 31 December 2024 and 31 December 2023.

    The following table details the Fund’s exposure to interest rate risk at 31 December 2024 and 31 December 2023:

      Floating rate assets
      Weighted   Weighted  
      average interest 2024 average interest 2023
      at year end GBP at year end GBP
    Assets        
    Floating rate assets        
    Cash and cash equivalents * 1,345,531 * 4,433,118
        1,345,531   4,433,118

    *        Interest on bank balances is not material to the financial statements and are based on prevailing bank base rates.

      Floating rate liabilities
      2024 2023
      GBP GBP
    Liabilities    
    Floating rate liabilities    
    Loan payable (See Note 14) 28,884,872 21,831,966
      28,884,872 27,831,966

    The above analysis excludes short-term debtors and creditors as all material amounts are non-interest bearing.

    Interest rate sensitivity analysis

    At 31 December 2024, had interest rates been 50 basis points higher and all other variables were held constant, the Company’s net assets attributable to redeemable participating preference shares for the year would have decreased by £137,697 (31 December 2023: £86,994) due to an increase in interest payable on the loan and to a lesser extent an increase in interest earnings on cash and cash equivalents.

    Liquidity risk

    Liquidity risk is the risk that the Fund cannot meet its liabilities as they fall due. The Fund’s primary source of liquidity consists of cash and cash equivalents, securities at fair value through profit or loss and the credit facility.

    The Fund’s investments are considered to be readily realisable, predominantly issued by Canadian and U.S. companies and REITs listed on a Canadian Stock Exchange and actively traded.

    As at 31 December 2024, the Fund’s ability to manage liquidity risk was as follows:

      Less than   3 months to More than  
      1 month 1-3 months 1 year 1 year Total
      GBP GBP GBP GBP GBP
    Assets          
    Securities (at fair value through profit or loss) 169,952,944 169,952,944
    Accrued dividend income 719,453 24,221 743,674
    Cash and cash equivalents 1,345,531 1,345,531
      172,017,928 24,221 172,042,149
    Liabilities          
    Other payables and accruals (434,929) (434,929)
    Interest payable (21,788) (26,494) (48,282)
    Loan payable (11,109,566) (17,775,306) (28,884,872)
      (11,566,283) (17,801,800) (29,368,083)
      160,451,645 (17,777,579) 142,674,066

    As at 31 December 2023, the Fund’s ability to manage liquidity risk was as follows:

      Less than   3 months to More than  
      1 month 1-3 months 1 year 1 year Total
      GBP GBP GBP GBP GBP
    Assets          
    Securities (at fair value through profit or loss) 146,643,502 146,643,502
    Other receivables 557,895 74,517 632,412
    Cash and cash equivalents 4,433,118 4,433,118
      151,634,515 74,517 151,709,032
    Liabilities          
    Other payables and accruals (388,493) (388,493)
    Interest payable (71,270) (71,270)
    Loan payable (21,831,966) (21,831,966)
      (22,291,729) (22,291,729)
      129,342,786 74,517 129,417,303

    Currency risk

    The Fund is denominated in GBP, whereas the Fund’s principal investments are denominated in CAD and USD. Consequently, the Fund is exposed to currency risk. The Fund’s policy is therefore to actively monitor exposure to currency risk. The Board reserves the right to employ currency hedging but, other than in exceptional circumstances, does not intend to hedge. The Board considers that exposure was significant at the year end. The fund does not employ any derivative contracts to hedge against exposure to currency risk in line with the decision of the board of directors.

    The Fund’s net exposure to CAD currency at the year end was as follows:

      2024 2023
      GBP GBP
    Assets    
    Securities (at fair value through profit or loss) 169,952,944 146,643,502
    Cash and cash equivalents 757,724 4,193,885
    Accrued income 743,674 632,412
      171,454,342 151,469,799
      2024 2023
      GBP GBP
    Liabilities    
    Loan payable 28,884,872 21,831,966
    Interest payable 48,282 71,270
    General expenses
      28,933,154 21,903,236

    The Fund’s net exposure to USD currency at the year end was as follows:

      2024 2023
      GBP GBP
    Assets    
    Securities (at fair value through profit or loss)
    Cash and cash equivalents 101,771 82,692
      101,771 82,692

    Sensitivity analysis

    At 31 December 2024, had GBP strengthened against the CAD by 5%, with all other variables held constant, the decrease in net assets attributable to shareholders would amount to approximately £7,126,059 (31 December 2023: £6,478,328). Had GBP weakened against the CAD by 5%, this would amount to an increase in net assets attributable to shareholders of approximately £7,126,059 (31 December 2023: £6,478,328).

    At 31 December 2024, had GBP strengthened against the USD by 5%, with all other variables held constant, the decrease in net assets attributable to shareholders would amount to approximately £5,088 (31 December 2023: £4,135). Had GBP weakened against the USD by 5%, this would amount to an increase in net assets attributable to shareholders of approximately £5,088 (31 December 2023: £4,135).

    17.        Cash Flow statement reconciliation of financing activities

          Non-cash changes  
            Foreign    
      1 January     exchange Fair value 31 December
      2024 Cash flows Acquisition movements changes 2024
      GBP GBP GBP GBP GBP GBP
    Financial liabilities held at amortized cost 21,831,966 8,744,249 (1,691,343) 28,884,872
    Total 21,831,966 8,744,249 (1,691,343) 28,884,872
          Non-cash changes  
            Foreign    
      1 January     exchange Fair value 31 December
      2023 Cash flows Acquisition movements changes 2023
      GBP GBP GBP GBP GBP GBP
    Financial liabilities held at amortized cost 27,877,663 (5,205,252) (840,445) 21,831,966
    Total 27,877,663 (5,205,252) (840,444) 21,831,966

    18.        Post year end events

    On 2 January 2025, the Company declared a quarterly dividend of 1.375 pence per share. The ex-dividend date was 9 January 2025 and the record date was 10 January 2025. On 31 January 2025, the dividend of £1,463,650 was paid.

    No redeemable preference shares were purchased by the Company subsequent to year end.

    The loan of CAD 10,000,000 maturing on 13 January 2025, was renewed with a current maturity date of 14 April 2025.

    The loan of CAD 10,000,000 maturing on 15 January 2025, was renewed with a current maturity date of 14 April 2025.

    The loan of CAD 32,000,000 maturing on 18 February 2025, was renewed with a maturity date of 18 March 2025. On 18 March 2025, CAD 2,000,000 was paid down, and CAD 30,000,000 was renewed with a maturity date of 17 April 2025.

    These loans are expected to be renewed for another 30-60 days upon their respective maturities.

    Since the Company’s year end, on 10 February 2025 the Company, together with three other UK-listed closed-end funds, received a requisition notice from Saba, marking the second phase of Saba’s recent activist campaign in the UK-listed closed-end fund sector. The first phase commenced on 18 December 2024 with Saba requisitioning general meetings at seven UK-listed closed-end funds, proposing resolutions (each of which later failed) to remove the current independent directors of those seven funds and replace them with Saba’s own appointees, with a view to also terminating the management contracts and, in due course, replacing the investment managers with Saba. The requisition notice received by the Fund on 10 February 2025 was for the approval by shareholders of the taking of all necessary steps to implement a scheme or process by which shareholders would become (or have the option to become) shareholders of a UK-listed open-ended investment company (or similar open-ended investment vehicle) implementing a substantially similar strategy to the Company. Such scheme or process could entail shareholders rolling into an existing or newly established UK-listed open-ended investment company (or similar open-ended investment vehicle), in either case managed by the Company’s existing investment manager or one of its affiliates. Following consultation with a number of the Company’s largest shareholders including Saba, and following constructive discussions with Saba, on 21 February 2025 the Company announced that Saba had agreed to withdraw its requisition notice for a period of 60 days to enable the Company and its advisers to formulate proposals that are in the best interests of all shareholders. At the current time, the Board is in the process of considering a number of strategic options in the best interests of shareholders as a whole. A further announcement regarding future proposals which the Fund may put to shareholders will be made in due course.

    19.        Controlling party

    In the directors’ opinion there is no ultimate controlling party.

    20.        Contingent Liabilities

    At 31 December 2024 there were no contingent liabilities, guarantees or financial commitments (2023: £nil)

    21.        Going Concern and Material Uncertainty

    The accompanying financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis, which assumes the Company will continue to operate and meet its obligations as they fall due. However, the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern is subject to material uncertainty.

    Since the Company’s year end, on 10 February 2025 the Company, together with three other UK-listed closed-end funds, received a requisition notice from Saba, marking the second phase of Saba’s recent activist campaign in the UK-listed closed-end fund sector. The first phase commenced on 18 December 2024 with Saba requisitioning general meetings at seven UK-listed closed-end funds, proposing resolutions (each of which later failed) to remove the current independent directors of those seven funds and replace them with Saba’s own appointees, with a view to also terminating the management contracts and, in due course, replacing the investment managers with Saba.

    The requisition notice received by the Company on 10 February 2025 was for the approval by shareholders of the taking of all necessary steps to implement a scheme or process by which shareholders would become (or have the option to become) shareholders of a UK-listed open-ended investment company (or similar open-ended investment vehicle) implementing a substantially similar strategy to the Company. Such scheme or process could entail shareholders rolling into an existing or newly established UK-listed open-ended investment company (or similar open-ended investment vehicle), in either case managed by the Company’s existing investment manager or one of its affiliates.

    Following consultation with a number of the Company’s largest shareholders including Saba, and following constructive discussions with Saba, on 21 February 2025 the Company announced that Saba had agreed to withdraw its requisition notice for a period of 60 days to enable the Company and its advisers to formulate proposals that are in the best interests of all shareholders.

    At the current time, the Board is in the process of considering a number of strategic options in the best interests of shareholders as a whole. A further announcement regarding future proposals which the Company may put to shareholders will be made in due course. Although the Board is confident that the Company will have sufficient financial resources to meet its obligations due within twelve months from the date of approval of the financial statements, the uncertain future outcome of the Board’s deliberations indicates the existence of a material uncertainty that may cast significant doubt on the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. Nevertheless, the Board believes that it is appropriate to continue to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the financial statements.

    22.        Schedule of Investments – Securities (at fair value through profit or loss)

    As at 31 December 2024

          Bid-Market    
        Book Cost Value % of % of
    Description Shares/Units GBP GBP Net Assets Portfolio
    Equities          
    Bermuda – Quoted Investments 4.36%          
    (2023: 0%)          
    Utilities:          
    Brookfield Infrastructure          
    Partners L.P. 180,000 4,337,056 4,523,371 3.17% 2.66%
    Brookfield Renewable Partners L.P. 160,000 3,079,282 2,890,265 2.03% 1.70%
        7,416,338 7,413,636 5.20% 4.36%
    Canada – Quoted Investments 95.64%          
    (2023: 100%)          
    Materials:          
    Nutrien Ltd. 135,000 5,334,935 4,814,331 3.37% 2.83%
    Energy:          
    ARC Resources Ltd. 160,000 2,043,557 2,311,679 1.62% 1.36%
    Canadian Natural Resources Ltd. 265,000 3,505,545 6,521,038 4.57% 3.84%
    Cenovus Energy Inc. 140,000 1,724,436 1,694,542 1.19% 1.00%
    Paramount Resources Ltd. 160,000 2,419,480 2,812,942 1.97% 1.66%
    Parkland Corporation 120,000 2,301,990 2,164,366 1.52% 1.27%
    Peyto Exploration & Development Corp. 365,000 2,684,145 3,467,018 2.43% 2.04%
    Suncor Energy Inc. 100,000 2,432,647 2,844,049 1.99% 1.67%
    Topaz Energy Corp. 315,000 2,923,886 4,852,075 3.40% 2.85%
    Tourmaline Oil Corp. 220,000 8,765,732 8,103,429 5.68% 4.77%
    Whitecap Resources Inc. 575,000 3,149,422 3,251,492 2.28% 1.91%
        31,950,840 38,022,630 26.65% 22.37%
    Financials:          
    AGF Management Limited Class B 975,000 4,654,905 5,762,532 4.04% 3.39%
    Bank of Montreal 85,000 5,280,172 6,576,197 4.61% 3.87%
    Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce 115,000 3,533,767 5,794,555 4.06% 3.41%
    Manulife Financial Corporation 235,000 3,183,396 5,759,310 4.04% 3.39%
    National Bank of Canada 45,000 2,113,561 3,269,295 2.29% 1.92%
    Power Corporation of Canada 155,000 3,483,393 3,852,936 2.70% 2.27%
    Royal Bank of Canada 65,000 4,915,407 6,256,102 4.38% 3.68%
    The Bank of Nova Scotia 105,000 4,189,715 4,499,791 3.15% 2.65%
    The Toronto-Dominion Bank 108,000 4,803,184 4,591,162 3.22% 2.70%
        36,157,500 46,361,880 32.49% 27.28%
    Pipelines:          
    Enbridge Inc. 235,000 6,421,061 7,956,255 5.58% 4.68%
    Gibson Energy Inc. 385,000 5,489,785 5,220,302 3.66% 3.07%
    Keyera Corp. 150,000 1,980,830 3,648,659 2.56% 2.15%
    Pembina Pipeline Corporation 180,000 3,827,050 5,310,262 3.72% 3.12%
    South Bow Corporation 35,000 516,704 658,492 0.46% 0.39%
    TC Energy Corporation 160,000 4,921,769 5,941,396 4.16% 3.50%
        23,157,199 28,735,366 20.14% 16.91%
    Power and Utilities:          
    Alta gas Ltd. 200,000 2,877,589 3,711,706 2.60% 2.18%
    Capital Power Corporation 140,000 2,463,033 4,943,646 3.46% 2.91%
        5,340,622 8,655,352 6.06% 5.09%
    Real Estate:          
    Allied Properties Real Estate Investment Trust 165,000 1,741,388 1,567,282 1.10% 0.92%
    Chartwell Retirement Residences 525,000 3,300,753 4,388,973 3.08% 2.58%
    Choice Properties Real Estate Investment Trust 510,000 3,933,239 3,767,809 2.64% 2.22%
    Dream Industrial Real Estate Investment Trust 480,000 3,416,733 3,143,563 2.20% 1.85%
    First Capital Real Estate Investment Trust 400,000 4,133,660 3,755,033 2.63% 2.21%
    Granite Real Estate Investment Trust 50,000 1,901,782 1,915,011 1.34% 1.13%
    Nexus Industrial Real Estate Investment Trust 510,000 2,422,787 2,175,697 1.52% 1.28%
    RioCan Real Estate Investment Trust 390,000 3,566,552 3,947,118 2.77% 2.32%
    Sienna Senior Living Inc. 360,000 3,065,893 3,119,566 2.19% 1.84%
    SmartCentres Real Estate Investment Trust 275,000 3,609,356 3,730,315 2.61% 2.19%
        31,092,143 31,510,367 22.08% 18.54%
    Telecommunications:          
    BCE Inc. 240,000 8,116,899 4,439,382 3.11% 2.62%
    Total Equities   148,566,476 169,952,944 119.10% 100.00%
    Total investments (2024)   148,566,473 169,952,944 119.10% 100.00%
    Total investments (2023)   132,440,939 146,643,502 113.28% 100.00%

    Independent Auditors’ Report

    To the Shareholders of Middlefield Canadian Income PCC (The “Company”)

    Opinion

    We have audited the financial statements of Middlefield Canadian Income PCC (the “Company”), which comprise the Statement of Financial Position as at 31 December 2024, and notes 1 to 4 to the financial statements, including a summary of significant accounting policies. The financial reporting framework that has been applied in their preparation is applicable law and UK-adopted International Financial Reporting Standards (‘IFRS’).

    In our opinion the financial statements:

    give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Company as at 31 December 2024 and of its results for the year then ended;

    have been properly prepared in accordance with UK-adopted IFRS; and

    have been prepared in accordance with the Companies (Jersey) Law 1991.

    Separate opinion in relation to IFRS as adopted by the European Union

    As explained in note 1, in addition to complying with the Listing Rules obligation to apply UK-adopted IFRS, the Fund has also applied IFRS as adopted by the European Union.

    In our opinion the financial statements give a true and fair view of the financial position of the Fund as at 31 December 2024 and of its financial performance and cash flows for the year then ended in accordance with IFRS as adopted by the European Union.

    Basis for opinion

    We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (‘ISAs (UK)’) and applicable law. Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements section of this report. We are independent of the Company in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the financial statements in Jersey, including the FRC’s Ethical Standard, and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

    Material uncertainty relating to going concern

    We draw attention to note 2n to the financial statements of the Fund which indicates that the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern is dependent on the outcome of the directors review of a number of strategic options for the future of the Fund and Company as described in note 2n. As stated in note 2n these events presented by the directors indicate that a material uncertainty exists that may cast significant doubt on the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. Our opinion is not qualified in respect of this matter.

    In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded that the directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting in the preparation of the financial statements is appropriate.

    Our evaluation of the directors’ assessment of the Company’s ability to continue to adopt the going concern basis of accounting, included:

    Considering the appropriateness of the directors’ conclusion in relation to the matters described in 2n and discussing this with the board;

    Review of the directors’ statement in note 2n and their identification of any material uncertainties to the Company’s ability to continue over a period of at least twelve months from the date of approval of the financial statements;

    Consideration as part of our risk assessment of the nature of the Company, its business model and related risks including where relevant the requirements of the applicable financial reporting framework and the system of internal control; and

    Evaluation of the directors’ assessment of the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern, including challenging the underlying data and key assumptions used to make the assessment, and evaluation of the directors’ plans for future actions in relation to their going concern assessment.

    Other than the above, based on the work we have performed, we have not identified any material uncertainties, other than as disclosed in note 2n to the financial statements of the Fund, relating to events or conditions that, individually or collectively, may cast significant doubt on the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern for a period of at least twelve months from the date of approval of the financial statements.

    Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the directors with respect to going concern are described in the relevant sections of this report.

    Other information

    The directors are responsible for the other information. Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other information and we do not express any form of assurance conclusions thereon.

    In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. If we identify such material inconsistencies or apparent material misstatements of this other information, we are required to report that fact.

    Independent Auditors’ Report continued

    Other information (continued)

    We have nothing to report in this regard.

    Matters on which we are required to report by exception

    We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters where the Companies (Jersey) Law 1991 requires us to report to you if, in our opinion;

    adequate accounting records have not been kept; or

    the financial statements are not in agreement with the accounting records and returns; or

    proper returns adequate for our audit have not been received from branches not visited by us; or

    we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit.

    Responsibilities of directors

    As explained more fully in the Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities set out on page 40, the directors are responsible for the preparation of the financial statements in accordance with UK-adopted IFRS and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view, and for such internal control as the directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

    In preparing the financial statements, the directors are responsible for assessing the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the directors either intend to liquidate the Company or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

    Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements

    Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial statements.

    As part of an audit in accordance with ISAs (UK), we exercise professional judgement and maintain professional scepticism throughout the audit. We also:

    Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to fraud or error, design and perform audit procedures responsive to those risks, and obtain audit evidence that is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. The risk of not detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than the one resulting from error, as fraud may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal control.

    Obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control.

    Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates and related disclosures made by the directors.

    Conclude on the appropriateness of the directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting and, based on the audit evidence obtained, whether a material uncertainty exists related to events or conditions that may cast significant doubt on the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. If we conclude that a material uncertainty exists, we are required to draw attention in our auditors’ report to the related disclosures in the financial statements or, if such disclosures are inadequate, to modify our opinion. Our conclusions are based on the audit evidence obtained up to the date of our auditors’ report. However, future events or conditions may cause the Company to cease to continue as a going concern.

    Evaluate the overall presentation, structure and content of the financial statements, including the disclosures, and whether the financial statements represent the underlying transactions and events in a manner that achieves fair presentation.

    We communicate with those charged with governance regarding, among other matters, the planned scope and timing of the audit and significant audit findings, including any significant deficiencies in internal control that we identify during our audit.

    Independent Auditors’ Report continued

    To the Shareholders of Middlefield Canadian Income PCC (The “Company”)

    The extent to which the audit was considered capable of detecting irregularities, including fraud

    Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations. We design procedures in line with our responsibilities, outlined above, to detect material misstatements in respect of irregularities, including fraud. The extent to which our procedures are capable of detecting irregularities, including fraud is explained below.

    The objectives of our audit are to obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence regarding compliance with laws and regulations that have a direct effect on the determination of material amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, to perform audit procedures to help identify instances of non-compliance with other laws and regulations that may have a material effect on the financial statements, and to respond appropriately to identified or suspected non-compliance with laws and regulations identified during the audit.

    In relation to fraud, the objectives of our audit are to identify and assess the risk of material misstatement of the financial statements due to fraud, to obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence regarding the assessed risks of material misstatement due to fraud through designing and implementing appropriate responses and to respond appropriately to fraud or suspected fraud identified during the audit.

    However, it is the primary responsibility of the directors to ensure that the entity’s operations are conducted in accordance with the provisions of laws and regulations and for the prevention and detection of fraud.

    We obtained an understanding of the legal and regulatory frameworks that the entity operates in, focusing on provisions of those laws and regulations that had a direct effect on the determination of material amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. This included compliance with Companies (Jersey) Law 1991.

    Our testing included:

    enquiries of the directors regarding known or suspect instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations;

    enquiries of the directors regarding known or suspect instances of irregularities, including fraud;

    undertaking analytical procedures to identify unusual or unexpected relationships;

    review of minutes of meetings throughout the year;

    testing the appropriateness of journal entries and other adjustments; and

    agreement of the financial statement disclosures to underlying supporting documentation.

    Owing to the inherent limitations of an audit there is an unavoidable risk that some material misstatement of the financial statements may not be detected, even though the audit is properly planned and performed in accordance with ISAs (UK). However, the principal responsibility for ensuring that the financial statements are free from material misstatement, whether caused by fraud or error, rests with the directors who should not rely on the audit to discharge those functions.

    In addition, as with any audit, there remains a higher risk of non-detection of fraud, as this may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal controls. Our audit procedures are designed to detect material misstatement. We are not responsible for preventing non-compliance or fraud and cannot be expected to detect non-compliance with all laws and regulations.

    Use of our report

    This report is made solely to the Company’s shareholders as a body, in accordance with Article 113A of the Companies (Jersey) Law 1991. Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the Company’s shareholders those matters we are required to state to them in an auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the Company and the Company’s shareholders as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed.

    Philip Crosby

    For & on behalf of

    RSM Channel Islands (Audit) Limited

    Chartered Accountants and Recognised Auditors

    Jersey, C.I.

    Date 24 March 2025

    Statement of Financial Position of the Company

    As at 31 December 2024

        2024 2023
      Notes GBP GBP
    Current assets      
    Other receivables   2 2
    Net assets   2 2
    Equity attributable to equity holders      
    Stated capital 2 2 2
    Total Shareholders’ equity   2 2

    The financial statements and notes on pages 84 to 85 were approved by the directors on 24 March 2025 and signed on behalf of the Board by:

    Michael Phair        Andrew Zychowski

    Director                Director

    Notes to the Financial Statements of the Company

    For the year ended 31 December 2024

    1.        Basis of accounting

    The separate financial statements of the Company have been prepared showing results of the Company only. They have been prepared in accordance with UK-adopted IFRS in accordance with the accounting policies set out in Note 2 to the financial statements of the Fund.

    The financial statements of the Fund have been prepared on the historical cost basis, except for the measurement at fair value of investments and derivatives, and in accordance with UK-adopted IFRS and interpretations issued by the IFRSIC.

    A separate Statement of Comprehensive Income, Statement of Changes in Equity and Cash Flow Statement have not been prepared as there have been no results or cash flows for the Company for this year or the preceding year.

    There are no standards and interpretations in issue but not effective that the directors believe would or might have a material impact on the financial statements of the Company.

    Judgements and estimates used by the directors

    The preparation of financial statements in compliance with IFRS requires the directors to make judgements, estimates and assumptions that affect the application of policies and reported amount of assets and liabilities, income and expenses. The estimates and associated liabilities are based on historical experience and various other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis of making the judgements about carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent. For the purposes of these financial statements, there were no specific areas in which judgement was exercised and no estimation was required by the directors.

    2.        The Company’s stated capital

    The authorised share capital of the Company is split into two management shares of no par value.

      No. of shares GBP
    Management shares issued    
    At 31 December 2024 and 2023 2 2

    3.        Taxation

    The Company adopted UK tax residency on 11 October 2011. Since that date, the Company has been managed in such a way as to be able to meet the conditions for approval as an investment trust under Section 1158 of the Corporation Tax Act 2010. Accordingly, no UK tax has been provided for. On 7 December 2012, the Company received approval from HM Revenue & Customs to be treated as an investment trust in accordance with Section 1158 of the Corporation Tax Act 2010 and will seek to remain so approved.

    4.        Ultimate holding company

    The ultimate holding company is Middlefield Limited.

    Definitions

    AGM                                        Annual General Meeting

    AIC                                          The Association of Investment Companies

    AIC Code                                The AIC Code of Corporate Governance published in February, 2019

    AIF                                          Alternative investment fund

    AIFM                                       Alternative investment fund manager

    AIFMD                                     Alternative Investment Fund Managers Directive

    Annual Financial Report          Annual report and financial statements

    Auditor                                     RSM Channel Islands (Audit) Limited

    Benchmark                              The S&P TSX Composite High Dividend Index

    CAD                                        Canadian Dollar

    Cell or Fund                            Middlefield Canadian Income – GBP PC

    Cell AGM                                 An annual general meeting of the holders of Fund Shares

    Company or MCT                   Middlefield Canadian Income PCC

    CORRA                                  Canadian Overnight Repo Rate Average administered and published by the Bank of Canada

    Credit Facility                         The on-demand credit facility with RBC

    ESG                                       Environmental, Social and Governance

    EU                                         European Union

    FCA                                       Financial Conduct Authority

    FRC                                       Financial Reporting Council

    Fund Shares                          The redeemable participating preference shares of no par value in the Fund

    GBP                                      Great British Pounds or Sterling

    IFRSIC                                  International Financial Reporting Standards Interpretations Committee

    IFRS                                      International Financial Reporting Standards

    JFSC                                     Jersey Financial Services Commission

    Listing Rules                         The listing rules made by the FCA under Part VI of the Financial Services and Market Authority

    NAV                                       Net Asset Value of the Company in GBP

    Prime Loan                           Loans to which the Prime Rate can be applied

    Prime Rate                            Annual interest rate set by Canada’s major banks and financial institutions

    RBC                                      Royal Bank of Canada

    REIT                                     Real estate investment trust

    SID                                       Senior Independent Director

    SORP                                   Statement of recommended practice

    Term CORRA loan                The amount drawn under the Credit Facility

    UK Code                                The 2019 UK Corporate Governance Code published by the FRC in July 2018

    USMCA                                  Free trade agreement between the United States, Mexico and Canada

    2        LR.11.2.6: No more than 10% of the Company’s total assets may be invested in other listed closed-ended investment companies unless such investment companies themselves have published investment policies to invest no more than 15% of their total assets in other closed-ended investment companies, in which case the limit is 15%.

    Alternative Performance Measures

    An APM is a measure of performance or financial position that is not defined in applicable accounting standards and cannot be directly derived from the financial statements. The Company’s APMs are set out below and are cross-referenced where relevant to the financial inputs used to derive them as contained in other sections of the Annual Report.

    Benchmark

    The Company’s Benchmark index, used for performance comparative purposes, is the S&P/TSX Composite High Dividend Index. Prior to 31 October 2024, the Benchmark was calculated gross of withholding tax. Beginning 31 October 2024, the Benchmark is calculated net of a 15% withholding tax in sterling terms with dividends reinvested.

    Discount or Premium

    Investment trust shares can frequently trade at a discount to NAV. This occurs when the share price (based on the mid-market share price) is less than the NAV and investors may therefore buy shares at less than the value attributable to them by reference to the underlying assets. The discount is the difference between the share price and the NAV, expressed as a percentage of the NAV.

    Net Asset Value (NAV) per Redeemable Participating Preference Share

    This is the value of the Company’s assets attributable to one redeemable participating preference share. It is calculated by dividing ‘equity shareholders’ funds’ by the total number of redeemable participating preference shares in issue (excluding treasury shares).

    Gearing/(Net Cash)

    Investment companies can borrow to purchase additional investments. This is called ‘gearing’. It allows investment companies to take advantage of a long-term view on a sector or to take advantage of a favourable situation or a particularly attractive stock without having to sell existing investments. Gearing works by magnifying a company’s performance. If a company ‘gears up’ and then markets rise and returns on the investments outstrip the costs of borrowing, the overall returns to investors will be even greater. But if markets fall and the performance of the assets in the portfolio is poor, then losses suffered by the investor will also be magnified. The Company may achieve gearing through borrowings or the effect of gearing through an appropriate balance of equity capital and borrowings.

    Ongoing Charges

    Ongoing charges are those expenses of a type which are likely to recur in the foreseeable future, whether charged to capital or revenue, and which relate to the operation of the investment company as a collective fund. Ongoing charges are based on costs incurred in the year as being the best estimate of future costs and include the annual management charge.

    Yield

    The yield is the amount of cash (in percentage terms) that is returned to the owners of the security, in the form of interest or dividends received from it. Normally, it does not include price variations, distinguishing it from performance (with dividends reinvested).

    LONDON, ENGLAND

    Middlefield International Limited

    288 Bishopsgate

    London, England

    EC2M 4QP

    Telephone +44 (0) 20 7814 6644

    Fax +44 (0) 20 7814 66 11

    TORONTO, CANADA

    Middlefield Group

    Suite 3100

    8 Spadina Ave

    Toronto, Ontario

    Canada M5V 0S8

    Telephone 001 (416) 362-0714

    www.middlefield.co.uk

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI USA: ICYMI: Shaheen Discusses Foreign Affairs, Trump Tariffs, Her Decision to Not Seek Reelection and More on WMUR’s CloseUp

    US Senate News:

    Source: United States Senator for New Hampshire Jeanne Shaheen

    (Manchester, NH) – On Sunday, U.S. Senator Jeanne Shaheen (D-NH), Ranking Member of the U.S. Senate Foreign Relations Committee, joined Adam Sexton on WMUR’s CloseUp to discuss ongoing global affairs such as Russia’s war in Ukraine, as well as pressing issues in New Hampshire including the harmful impacts of President Trump’s tariffs and Republican-led threats to federal services. The Senator also detailed her decision to not seek reelection. The first segment can be found here and the second segment can be found here.   

    Key quotes from Senator Shaheen below: 

    On threats to U.S. leadership abroad:  

    • “Both ceasefires that this President is talking about taking credit for are falling apart already. The ceasefire in Israel with Gaza has already fallen apart. The ceasefire that he’s trying to broker with Russia has already fallen apart.” 
    • “[Elon Musk] came up with this brilliant idea to get rid of USAID and so has undermined so many of our efforts that help us compete with China around the world. Our efforts that keep Americans safe because we’re tracking epidemics in places like Africa. That promote democracy efforts in countries where, if we’re not there China comes in and takes up that vacuum that we’ve left. So, I think he’s totally misguided, and he has no real understanding of what it means for the United States to be a leader in the world.”  

    On the harmful impact of President Trump’s tariffs on Granite State businesses:  

    • “I was at C&J[…] yesterday. He’s had to cancel more than half of his bus order for new busses that are made in Canada because he’s concerned about the additional cost.” 
    • “I was up north on Wednesday in the North Country, talking to Littleton town officials who were talking about visitors coming down to New Hampshire who they’re concerned are not going to be here, about small businesses that are worried they are not expanding because they’re worried about the inability to have the relationship that they have had with Canada.” 

    On Elon Musk and DOGE’s gutting of federal services: 

    • “We are in this economic mess because of the decisions that President Trump is making about tariffs, about the uncertainty that he’s created, about the chaos that he’s created in Washington, about the layoffs that he’s doing and I want to keep people focused on that.” 
    • “The fact is, Donald Trump, in his campaign said he was going to do something about grocery prices. He was going to do something about inflation. He was going to do something about high energy costs. He was going to do something about the cost of rental housing and he was going to address mortgage rates. He was going to end the war in Ukraine on the first day. He’s done none of those things.” 

    On her decision not to seek reelection: 

    • “It’s time to think about what else I might want to do. I’m not going to leave trying to make a difference in New Hampshire and [I’ll] still be engaged, but it will be nice to have a little more flexibility to do some other things.” 

    MIL OSI USA News

  • MIL-OSI Canada: Permanent supportive, complex-care homes planned for Kamloops

    Source: Government of Canada regional news

    People living with complex mental-health and substance-use challenges in Kamloops will soon have access to robust health and social supports in housing, with 20 new complex-care homes planned for the community.

    “This project is part of our work to make communities safer for everyone by delivering real solutions to address the complex challenges people face,” said Ravi Kahlon, Minister of Housing and Municipal Affairs. “By providing a safe place to live with enhanced supports, individuals facing complex challenges can find a pathway to hope and healing.”

    The Province, through BC Housing, is proposing to build the 20 complex-care homes on a subdivided portion of a 5.5-hectare (13.5 acres) lot in the Columbia Precinct area of Kamloops. BC Housing will be partnering with a housing provider to operate the site, at 1100 Glenfair Dr., as well as Interior Health, which will provide health services to complex-care clients. The operator, not yet selected, will bring proven experience in providing support for residents and being a point of contact for neighbours. Staff will work with residents and the surrounding community on an ongoing basis to address any concerns.

    “People living with substance-use challenges are often experiencing multiple concurrent challenges such as homelessness, health and mental-health conditions, which pose significant barriers to accessing the treatment they need,” said Josie Osborne, Minister of Health. “The new Kamloops complex-care housing project will provide comprehensive care and supports for people and will help many community members get the support they need to lead healthier lives.”

    Complex-care housing provides voluntary housing and support services to people with significant health needs, including mental-health or substance-use challenges and other health issues, such as brain injuries or mobility challenges. Teams of professionals will work with residents to provide the supports needed to maintain stable housing and improve their quality of life. A non-profit operator will manage the building and provide support services. Interior Health staff will provide and connect tenants to the health services they need.

    “These new homes will provide much-needed support for some of our most vulnerable residents, ensuring they have access to the care and stability they need,” said Margot Middleton, deputy mayor of Kamloops. “This project is an important step toward building a healthier, more inclusive community for everyone in Kamloops.”

    Before construction can begin on a new three-storey building, one of the nine aging buildings requires demolition. BC Housing is working with its partners to develop individualized relocation plans based on personal housing needs for each of the 21 current tenants to ensure no one is displaced. Moving expenses will be covered by BC Housing.

    “With dedicated health and social services in place, we’ve seen and experienced how complex-care housing supports people in communities,” said Susan Brown, president and CEO, Interior Health. “This expansion of purpose-built housing will enable us to meet the diverse needs of some of our most vulnerable community members in Kamloops.”

    This site was selected for complex-care housing because of its proximity to health services, transit, shops and other amenities in the area.

    Quick Facts:

    • The project will be funded through the Province’s Complex-Care Housing Program, announced in Budget 2022.
    • BC Housing continues to work toward replacing the aging housing units at 1100 Glenfair in Kamloops with approximately 340 new, high-quality affordable homes for seniors.
    • This complex-care housing project is one of several projects in the Columbia Precinct that will expand the housing options available to people in Kamloops.
    • Once complete, the complex-care housing will be a separate property from the year-round seniors shelter planned for 1055 Glenfair Dr. in Kamloops, which is in the planning stages.
    • The new complex-care building will be separated with fencing, separate entrances and exits.
    • Construction is expected to begin in 2026, pending approvals.

    Learn More:

    For more information on the complex-care housing project, visit the Let’s Talk Housing page here: https://letstalkhousingbc.ca/kamloops-complex-care-housing

    To learn more about government’s new Homes for People action plan, visit: https://news.gov.bc.ca/releases/2023HOUS0019-000436

    To learn about the steps the Province is taking to tackle the housing crisis and deliver affordable homes for British Columbians, visit: https://strongerbc.gov.bc.ca/housing/

    A map showing the location of all announced provincially funded housing projects in B.C. is available online: Homes for BC – Map of Building Projects Across BC | BC Housing (bchousing.org)

    Join BC Housing to listen and learn from people in British Columbia who are creating inclusive housing communities. Subscribe to BC Housing’s podcast, Let’s Talk Housing on:

    MIL OSI Canada News

  • MIL-OSI Canada: Better, faster, cheaper auto insurance

    Source: Government of Canada regional news

    MIL OSI Canada News

  • MIL-OSI Canada: Amendments to the Income Tax Act, 2000 will Continue to Make Life More Affordable for Saskatchewan Residents

    Source: Government of Canada regional news

    Released on March 24, 2025

    The Government of Saskatchewan will amend The Income Tax Act, 2000 to incorporate initiatives announced in the 2025-26 Budget. Changes to the Act include introducing the Fertility Treatment Tax Credit and Small and Medium Enterprise Investment Tax Credit, as well as ensuring the continued indexation of tax credits for initiatives in The Saskatchewan Affordability Act and other income tax programs. 

    “Our government listened to the priorities of Saskatchewan people and delivered a budget that addresses those priorities, including making life more affordable,” Deputy Premier and Minister of Finance Jim Reiter said. “These tax credits provide relief for parents trying to grow their families without worrying about the high costs of fertility treatments and create incentives for businesses to invest and scale-up their operations.”

    The Fertility Treatment Tax Credit supports access to fertility treatments by offering a refundable tax credit of 50 per cent toward the costs of an eligible fertility treatment in Saskatchewan of up to $20,000.  

    The Small and Medium Enterprise Investment Tax Credit supports Saskatchewan’s small and medium-sized businesses, which are critical to a growing economy. It includes a 45 per cent non-refundable tax credit for individuals or corporations who invest equity in eligible small and medium-sized businesses in Saskatchewan. The credit focuses on sectors such as food and beverage manufacturing, as well as machinery and transportation equipment manufacturing sectors.

    “The introduction of the Small and Medium Enterprise Investment Tax Credit will have a positive effect on the Regina and Saskatchewan business communities,” Regina and District Chamber of Commerce President Mike Tate said. “By introducing tax relief and incentives, the amendments will reduce the financial burden on businesses and allow for reinvestment in innovation, expansion and job creation. This will enable local businesses to thrive while attracting new investments to Saskatchewan.”

    -30-

    For more information, contact:

    MIL OSI Canada News

  • MIL-OSI: Brookfield Corporation Completes Annual Filings

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    BROOKFIELD, NEWS, March 24, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Brookfield Corporation (“Brookfield”) (NYSE: BN, TSX: BN) today announced that it has filed its 2024 annual materials on Form 40-F, including its audited financial statements and management’s discussion and analysis for the year ended December 31, 2024, with the SEC on EDGAR as well as with the Canadian securities authorities on SEDAR+. These documents are also available at www.brookfield.com and a hardcopy will be provided to shareholders free of charge upon request.

    About Brookfield Corporation
    Brookfield Corporation is a leading global investment firm focused on building long-term wealth for institutions and individuals around the world. We have three core businesses: Alternative Asset Management, Wealth Solutions, and our Operating Businesses which are in renewable power, infrastructure, business and industrial services, and real estate.

    We have a track record of delivering 15%+ annualized returns to shareholders for over 30 years, supported by our unrivaled investment and operational experience. Our conservatively managed balance sheet, extensive operational experience, and global sourcing networks allow us to consistently access unique opportunities. At the center of our success is the Brookfield Ecosystem, which is based on the fundamental principle that each group within Brookfield benefits from being part of the broader organization. Brookfield Corporation is publicly traded in New York and Toronto (NYSE: BN, TSX: BN).

    For more information, please visit our website at bn.brookfield.com or contact:

    Media:
    Kerrie McHugh
    Tel: (212) 618-3469
    Email: kerrie.mchugh@brookfield.com
    Investor Relations:
    Katie Battaglia
    Tel: (212) 776-2252
    Email: katie.battaglia@brookfield.com

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI United Nations: Commission on Limits of Continental Shelf Concludes Sixty-Third Session

    Source: United Nations General Assembly and Security Council

    NEW YORK, 24 March (Office of Legal Affairs) ― The Commission on the Limits of the Continental Shelf held its sixty-third session at United Nations Headquarters from 17 February to 21 March.  The plenary parts of the session were held from 24 to 28 February and from 10 to 14 March.  The remainder of the session was devoted to the technical examination of submissions at the premises of the Division, including geographic information systems laboratories and other technical facilities.

    During the first plenary part of the session, the Under-Secretary-General for Legal Affairs and United Nations Legal Counsel, Elinor Hammarskjöld, addressed the Commission for the first time since her appointment.  She acknowledged the crucial contribution of the Commission to the implementation of the United Nations Convention on the Law of the Sea and paid tribute to the significant work carried out by the members of the Commission in this regard.  Noting the ongoing liquidity crisis affecting regular budget operations of the United Nations Secretariat, the Under‑Secretary-General reiterated that the Division would continue to do its utmost to deliver high-quality support to the Commission within the available means.

    The Submissions of the following coastal States were considered by the Commission and its subcommissions: Mauritius in respect of the region of Rodrigues Island (partial submission); Palau in respect of the North Area (partial amended submission); Portugal; Spain in respect of the area of Galicia (partial submission); Namibia; Cuba in respect of the eastern polygon in the Gulf of Mexico; Mozambique; and Madagascar; as well as revised submissions made by Brazil in respect of the Brazilian Equatorial Margin (partial revised submission); Cook Islands concerning the Manihiki Plateau (revised submission); Iceland in respect of the western, southern and south-eastern parts of the Reykjanes Ridge (partial revised submission); Brazil in respect of the Brazilian Oriental and Meridional Margin (partial revised submission); and the Russian Federation in the Area of the Gakkel Ridge in the Arctic Ocean (partial revised submission).

    The Commission approved three sets of recommendations, namely in regard to the submissions made by Brazil in respect of the Brazilian Equatorial Margin (partial revised submission); Cuba in respect the eastern polygon in the Gulf of Mexico; and Iceland in respect of the western, southern and south-eastern parts of the Reykjanes Ridge (partial revised submission).

    During its plenary meetings, with regard to the submission made by Guyana, the Commission decided to defer its consideration in view of an objection conveyed by Venezuela.

    The Commission further heard presentations on the submission of Mozambique, which was a repeat presentation made upon the request of the coastal State; the partial revised submission made by Brazil in respect of the Brazilian Oriental and Meridional Margin; and the partial submission made by Viet Nam in respect of the Central Area.

    Underscoring the importance that submitting States attach to the work of the Commission, delegations were represented in the plenary at the high level:  the delegation of Mozambique was headed by the Minister for Mineral Resources and Energy, Estêvão Tomás Rafael Pale; the delegation of Cuba was headed by the Vice-Minister for Foreign Affairs, Carlos Fernández de Cossío Domínguez; and the delegation of the Russian Federation was headed by the Minister for Natural Resources and Environment, Alexander Kozlov.

    In view of the progress in its work, the Commission decided to establish subcommissions to consider the partial submission made by Mexico in respect of the eastern polygon in the Gulf of Mexico; the submission made by the United Republic of Tanzania; and the partial submission made by Denmark in respect of the Southern Continental Shelf of Greenland. With a view to facilitating the efficient consideration of submissions, the Commission decided that subcommissions could actively consider two submissions in parallel, as needed.

    The Commission appointed the new member of the Commission, Ahmed Er Raji (Morocco), to subcommissions.  In view of the resignation of Mr. Brekke due to health reasons and the establishment of new subcommissions, the Commission also adjusted the membership of some existing subcommissions and subsidiary bodies.  The Commission also elected David Cole Mosher (Canada) as Vice-Chair of the Commission for the remainder of the current two-and-a-half-year term — until 15 December.

    With regard to the request of the General Assembly in its resolution 79/144 for the Secretary-General to develop and make available training courses to assist States in relation to the preparation, making and maintenance of submissions, as well as their consideration, the secretariat informed the Commission that no earmarked voluntary trust fund contributions for such activities had been received as of 13 March, and that, if no contributions were received by April, the secretariat would not be in a position to deliver on this mandate in 2025.

    The Commission also continued its consideration of initiatives to enhance efficiency in its work, including the development of technical bulletins and templates for presentations and recommendations.

    Further details on the sixty-third session will be available in the Statement of the Chairperson of the Commission (document CLCS/63/2).

    The background press release on this session is available at https://press.un.org/en/2025/sea2206.doc.htm.

    Background

    Established pursuant to article 2 of annex II to the 1982 United Nations Convention on the Law of the Sea, the Commission makes recommendations to coastal States on matters related to the establishment of the outer limits of their continental shelf beyond 200 nautical miles from the baselines from which the breadth of the territorial sea is measured, based on information submitted by those coastal States.  The recommendations are based on the scientific data and other material provided by coastal States in relation to the implementation of article 76 of the Convention and do not prejudice matters relating to the delimitation of boundaries between States with opposite or adjacent coasts or prejudice the position of States that are parties to a land or maritime dispute, or application of other parts of the Convention or any other treaties.  The limits of the continental shelf established by a coastal State on the basis of the recommendations are final and binding. In the case of disagreement by a coastal State with the recommendations of the Commission, the coastal State shall, within a reasonable time, make a revised or new submission to the Commission.

    Under rule 23 of its rules of procedure (Public and private meetings), the meetings of the Commission, its subcommissions and subsidiary bodies are held in private, unless the Commission decides otherwise.

    As required under the rules of procedure of the Commission, the executive summaries of all the submissions, including all charts and coordinates, have been made public by the Secretary‑General through continental shelf notifications circulated to Member States of the United Nations, as well as States Parties to the Convention.  The executive summaries are available on the Division’s website at:  www.un.org/depts/los/clcs_new/clcs_home.htm.  The summaries of recommendations adopted by the Commission are also available on the above-referenced website.

    The Commission is a body of 21 experts in the field of geology, geophysics or hydrography serving in their personal capacities. Members of the Commission are elected for a term of five years by the Meeting of States Parties to the Convention having due regard to the need to ensure equitable geographical representation. Not fewer than three members shall be elected from each geographical region.

    Currently, two seats on the Commission are vacant as a result of the resignation of Mr. Brekke and the long-standing vacancy resulting from a lack of nominations from the Group of Eastern European States.  A call for nominations has been circulated to States Parties with a view to filling these vacancies at a by-election to be conducted at the thirty-fifth Meeting of States Parties, scheduled to be convened from 23 to 27 June. The nomination period opened on 12 February and will close on 12 May at midnight.

    The Convention provides that the State party which submitted the nomination of a member of the Commission shall defray the expenses of that member while in performance of Commission duties.  A voluntary trust fund for the purpose of defraying the cost of participation of the members of the Commission from developing countries has been established.  It has facilitated the participation of several members of the Commission from developing countries in the sessions of the Commission.

    The convening by the Secretary-General of the sessions of the Commission, with full conference services, including documentation, for the plenary parts of these sessions, is subject to approval by the General Assembly of the United Nations.  The Assembly does so in its annual resolutions on oceans and the law of the sea, which also address other matters relevant to the work of the Commission and the conditions of service of its members.

    For additional information on the work of the Commission see the website of the Division at www.un.org/depts/los/index.htm.  In particular, the most recent Statements by the Chair on the progress in the work of the Commission are available at http://www.un.org/depts/los/clcs_new/commission_documents.

    MIL OSI United Nations News

  • MIL-OSI: Helium Evolution Provides Update on 5-30 and 10-36 Wells

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    CALGARY, Alberta, March 24, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Helium Evolution Incorporated (TSXV:HEVI) (“HEVI” or the “Company“), a Canadian-based helium exploration company focused on developing assets in southern Saskatchewan, is pleased to provide an update on two of the Company’s helium discovery wells: the 5-30-3-8W3 well (“5-30 Well”) and the 10-36-3-9W3 well (“10-36 Well”), both located along the Mankota helium fairway. HEVI holds a 20% working interest in both the 5-30 Well and the 10-36 Well, in partnership with the operator, North American Helium Inc. (“NAH”).

    5-30 Well Test Results

    On February 25, 2025, the Company announced preliminary results from the 5-30 Well including production of approximately 9.7 million standard cubic feet per day (“MMscf/d”) at 10,700 kiloPascal (“kPa”) flowing tubing pressure after a five-day extended flow period. The preliminary test results also confirmed a helium content of 0.76%, significantly higher than the commercially viable threshold of 0.3%. Additionally, negligible water was observed, signaling strong potential for efficient helium recovery and processing.

    Since HEVI’s initial announcement, a post-flow pressure transient analysis (“PTA”) of the 5-30 Well, conducted by Petro Management Group Ltd. (“PMG”) has provided promising data. The PTA utilized a composite reservoir model to assess pressure response, flow rates, and other reservoir properties, all of which are important data points for guiding future development plans in the area. The PTA indicated a calculated absolute open flow potential (“AOFP”) of 20.7 MMscf/d.

    Moreover, bottomhole pressures recorders were installed in the nearby 9-35-3-9W3 well (“9-35 Well”), 10-1-4-9W3 well (“10-1 Well”) and the 10-36 Well during the 5-30 Well’s flow test. Pressure data analysis indicated the 5-30 Well is a new pool discovery. The PTA radius of investigation was almost three kilometers and further drilling will be necessary to determine the size of the helium reservoir.

    10-36 Well

    On February 10, 2025, HEVI announced that the 10-36 Well was producing approximately 11.5 MMscf/d at 13,100 kPa flowing tubing pressure following a five-day extended flow testing period. The preliminary test results confirmed a helium content of 0.81%, again well above the commercially viable threshold of 0.3%. Similar to the 5-30 Well, negligible water was produced, signaling strong potential for efficient helium recovery and processing.

    After the extended production flow period, the well was shut-in for 14 days to gather reservoir pressure data, followed by a PTA conducted by PMG. The PTA, which again employed a composite reservoir model, assessed pressure response, flow rates, and other pertinent reservoir properties. The PTA indicated no reservoir pressure depletion and a high permeability reservoir, with a calculated AOFP of 38.0 MMscf/d, HEVI’s largest AOFP to date. 

    Notably, bottomhole pressures recorders were also installed in both the offsetting 9-35 Well and 10-01 Well, located approximately one to two kilometers away. Analysis of this pressure data confirmed communication between the three wells, suggesting the presence of a potentially large, expansive and productive reservoir. 

    Flow Test Results from Select HEVI Wells:

    Well Helium Content Rate (MMscf/d) Bottom Hole Pressure (kPa) Bottom Hole Temperature (°C) Tubing Pressure (kPa) Water
    5-30 Well 0.76% 9.7 23,959 82 10,700 Negligible
    10-36 Well 0.81% 11.5 23,600 78 13,100 Negligible
    10-1 Well1 0.75% 9.5 24,069 78 10,800 Negligible
    9-35 Well2 0.64% 7.0 23,928 81 9,000 Negligible
    2-31 Well3 0.95% 4.0 24,189 81 5,500 Negligible

    1Well located at 10-14-9W3 (the “10-1 Well”)
    2Well located at 9-35-3-9W3 (the “9-35 Well”)
    3Well located at 2-31-2-8W3 (the “2-31 Well”)

    “Both the 5-30 and 10-36 Wells have exceeded initial expectations, with strong helium content, minimal water production, and promising pressure data indicating the potential for large, productive reservoirs,” said Greg Robb, CEO of HEVI. “With five positive flow tests, HEVI remains committed to advancing the development of these discoveries, with further drilling and the installation of facilities expected in later in 2025.”

    Stay Connected to Helium Evolution

    Shareholders and other parties interested in learning more about the Helium Evolution opportunity are encouraged to visit the Company’s website, which includes an updated corporate presentation, and are invited to follow the Company on LinkedIn and X for ongoing corporate updates and helium industry information. Helium Evolution also provides an extensive, commissioned ‘deep-dive’ research report prepared by a third party whose background includes serving as a research analyst for several bank-owned and independent investment dealers.

    About Helium Evolution Incorporated

    Helium Evolution is a Canadian-based helium exploration company holding the largest helium land rights position in North America among publicly-traded companies, focused on developing assets in southern Saskatchewan. The Company has over five million acres of land under permit near proven discoveries of economic helium concentrations which will support scaling the exploration and development efforts across its land base. HEVI’s management and board are executing a differentiated strategy to become a leading supplier of sustainably-produced helium for the growing global helium market.

    For further information, please contact:

    Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Information

    This news release contains statements that constitute “forward-looking statements.” Such forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause actual results, performance or achievements, or developments in the industry to differ materially from the anticipated results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. Forward looking statements are statements that are not historical facts and are generally, but not always, identified by the words “expects,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “believes,” “intends,” “estimates,” “projects,” “potential” and similar expressions, or that events or conditions “will,” “would,” “may,” “could” or “should” occur.

    Forward-looking statements in this document include statements regarding the Company’s expectations regarding future production from the 10-1 Well, the 2-31 Well, the 9-35 Well, the 5-30 Well and the 10-36 Well, the Company’s expectations regarding scalable helium production from its land generally, the Company and/or NAH’s plans to drill more wells, installation of production facilities including the timing thereof, the Company becoming a leading supplier of sustainably-produced helium, timeline of future updates, the Company’s beliefs regarding growth of the global helium market and other statements that are not historical facts. By their nature, forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors which may cause our actual results, performance or achievements, or other future events, to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. Such factors and risks include, among others: NAH may be unsuccessful in drilling commercially productive wells; the Company and/or NAH may choose to defer, accelerate or abandon its exploration and development plans including future drilling; the Company and/or NAH may determine not to bring the 10-1 Well, the 2-31 Well, the 9-35 Well, the 10-36 Well or the 5-30 Well onto production; the Company and/or NAH may abandon, defer or accelerate plans and decisions regarding production facilities; new laws or regulations and/or unforeseen events could adversely affect the Company’s business and results of operations; stock markets have experienced volatility that often has been unrelated to the performance of companies and such volatility may adversely affect the price of the Company’s securities regardless of its operating performance; risks generally associated with the exploration for and production of resources; the uncertainty of estimates and projections relating to expenses and the Company’s working capital position; constraint in the availability of services; commodity price and exchange rate fluctuations; adverse weather or break-up conditions; and uncertainties resulting from potential delays or changes in plans with respect to exploration or development projects or capital expenditures.

    When relying on forward-looking statements and information to make decisions, investors and others should carefully consider the foregoing factors and risks other uncertainties and potential events. The Company has assumed that the material factors referred to in the previous paragraphs will not cause such forward-looking statements and information to differ materially from actual results or events. However, the list of these factors is not exhaustive and is subject to change and there can be no assurance that such assumptions will reflect the actual outcome of such items or factors. The reader is cautioned not to place undue reliance on any forward-looking information. Such information, although considered reasonable by management at the time of preparation, may prove to be incorrect and actual results may differ materially from those anticipated. Forward-looking statements contained in this news release are expressly qualified by this cautionary statement. The forward-looking statements contained in this news release are made as of the date of this news release. The Company does not intend, and expressly disclaims any intention or obligation to, update or revise any forward-looking statements whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law.

    Neither the TSX Venture Exchange nor its Regulation Services Provider (as that term is defined in the policies of the TSX Venture Exchange) accepts responsibility for the adequacy or accuracy of this release.

    A photo accompanying this announcement is available at https://www.globenewswire.com/NewsRoom/AttachmentNg/999459f0-2e0c-4c0e-822e-8e15949969a4

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Ninepoint Partners Announces Estimated March 2025 Cash Distributions for Ninepoint Cash Management Fund – ETF Series

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    TORONTO, March 24, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Ninepoint Partners LP (“Ninepoint Partners”) today announced the estimated March 2025 cash distribution for the ETF Series of Ninepoint Cash Management Fund (the “Fund”). Ninepoint Partners expects to issue a press release on or about March 28, 2025, which will provide the final distribution rate. The record date for the cash distribution is March 31, 2025, payable on April 7, 2025.

    All estimates in this document are based on the accounting data as of March 21, 2025. Due to subscriptions and/or redemptions and/or other factors, the final February 2025 distribution may differ from these estimates and the difference could be material. The information included in this letter is for reference purposes only. Please reconcile all information against your official client statements. This is not intended to be a statement for official tax reporting purposes or any form of tax advice.

    The actual taxable amounts of distributions for 2025, including the tax characteristics of the distributions, will be reported to CDS Clearing and Depository Services Inc. in early 2026. Securityholders can contact their brokerage firm for this information.

    The per-unit estimated March 2025 distribution is detailed below:

    Ninepoint ETF Series Ticker Cash Distribution per unit Notional Distribution per unit CUSIP
    Ninepoint Cash Management Fund NSAV $0.13007 $0.00000 65443X105


    About Ninepoint Partners

    Based in Toronto, Ninepoint Partners LP is one of Canada’s leading alternative investment management firms overseeing approximately $7 billion in assets under management and institutional contracts. Committed to helping investors explore innovative investment solutions that have the potential to enhance returns and manage portfolio risk, Ninepoint offers a diverse set of alternative strategies spanning Equities, Fixed Income, Alternative Income, Real Assets, F/X and Digital Assets.

    For more information on Ninepoint Partners LP, please visit www.ninepoint.com or for inquiries regarding the offering, please contact us at (416) 943-6707 or (866) 299-9906 or invest@ninepoint.com.

    Ninepoint Partners LP is the investment manager to the Ninepoint Funds (collectively, the “Funds”). Commissions, trailing commissions, management fees, performance fees (if any), and other expenses all may be associated with investing in the Funds. Please read the prospectus carefully before investing. The information contained herein does not constitute an offer or solicitation by anyone in the United States or in any other jurisdiction in which such an offer or solicitation is not authorized or to any person to whom it is unlawful to make such an offer or solicitation. Prospective investors who are not resident in Canada should contact their financial advisor to determine whether securities of the Fund may be lawfully sold in their jurisdiction.

    Please note that distribution factors (breakdown between income, capital gains and return of capital) can only be calculated when a fund has reached its year-end. Distribution information should not be relied upon for income tax reporting purposes as this is only a component of total distributions for the year. For accurate distribution amounts for the purpose of filing an income tax return, please refer to the appropriate T3/T5 slips for that particular taxation year. Please refer to the prospectus or offering memorandum of each Fund for details of the Fund’s distribution policy.

    The payment of distributions and distribution breakdown, if applicable, is not guaranteed and may fluctuate. The payment of distributions should not be confused with a Fund’s performance, rate of return, or yield. If distributions paid by the Fund are greater than the performance of the Fund, then an investor’s original investment will shrink. Distributions paid as a result of capital gains realized by a Fund and income and dividends earned by a Fund are taxable in the year they are paid. An investor’s adjusted cost base will be reduced by the amount of any returns of capital. If an investor’s adjusted cost base goes below zero, then capital gains tax will have to be paid on the amount below zero.

    Sales Inquiries:

    Ninepoint Partners LP
    Neil Ross
    416-945-6227
    nross@ninepoint.com

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Diversified Royalty Corp. Announces Fourth Quarter and Year End 2024 Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    VANCOUVER, British Columbia, March 24, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Diversified Royalty Corp. (TSX: DIV and DIV.DB.A) (the “Corporation” or “DIV”) is pleased to announce its financial results for the three months (“Q4 2024”) and year ended December 31, 2024.

    Highlights

    • The weighted average organic royalty growth1 of DIV’s diversified royalty portfolio was 5.9% in Q4 2024 and 5.0% for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to 6.8% for the three months ended December 31, 2023 (“Q4 2023”) and 8.4% for the year ended December 31, 2023. The weighted average organic royalty growth1 on a constant currency basis was 5.4% in Q4 2024 and 4.8% for the year ended December 31, 2024.
    • Revenue was $17.0 million in Q4 2024 and $65.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2024, up 3.9% and 15.0%, respectively, compared to the same periods in 2023.
    • Adjusted revenue1 was $18.4 million in Q4 2024 and $70.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2024, up 3.8% and 14.0%, respectively, compared to the same periods in 2023.
    • Distributable cash1 was $12.6 million in Q4 2024 and $44.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2024, up 21.5% and 17.5%, respectively, compared to the same periods in 2023.
    • Payout ratio1 was 82.3% in Q4 2024 based on dividends of $0.0625 per share for the quarter, compared to 84.2% in Q4 2023 based on dividends of $0.0609 per share for the comparable quarter and 90.0% for the year ended December 31, 2024 based on dividends of $0.2487 per share for the year, compared to 90.2% based on dividends of $0.2415 per share for the comparable year.
    • In celebration of DIV’s 10-year anniversary, we are proud to recognize the following:
      • On October 6, 2014, we announced our name change to “Diversified Royalty Corp.”
      • DIV’s very first dividend was $0.0157 per share, paid on November 28, 2014
      • The total dividends paid to shareholders since then is $269.1 million, or $2.25 per share

    Fourth Quarter Commentary

    Sean Morrison, President and Chief Executive Officer of DIV stated, “Overall, DIV is pleased with how its royalty partners performed with weighted average organic royalty growth of 5.9% in Q4 2024 and 5.0% for the year ended December 31, 2024. As with all portfolios, there are varying degrees of performance within the portfolio. Mr. Lube, our largest royalty partner, continued to see strong double-digit growth, generating SSSG1 (defined below) of 12.0% for the three-month period ended December 31, 2024, and 10.5% for the year ended December 31, 2024. This exceptional performance is the result of Mr. Lube’s management team working with their franchisees to share best practices and optimize the performance of each location. DIV’s other variable royalty partners generated mixed results with Oxford generating positive SSSG and Mr. Mikes generating negative SSSG in Q4. DIV’s fixed royalty partners, Nurse Next Door, Stratus and BarBurrito made their fixed royalty payments. DIV is deferring 20% of Sutton’s royalties to help them invest in the business and build on the positive momentum in Q4. DIV continues to see a decrease in royalty income from AIR MILES® because of the loss of Metro as a loyalty partner and continued softness across the AIR MILES® Rewards Program.”

    1. Adjusted revenue and distributable cash are non-IFRS financial measures, payout ratio is a non-IFRS ratio and weighted average organic royalty growth and Same-store-sales growth or SSSG are supplementary financial measures – see “Non-IFRS Measures” below.

    Fourth Quarter Results

       Three months ended December 31,
        Year ended December 31,
     
    (000’s)   2024     2023       2024     2023  
    Mr. Lube + Tires $ 8,602   $ 7,810     $ 31,190   $ 28,429  
    Stratusa   2,268     2,099       8,714     8,171  
    BarBurrito   2,101     2,032       8,403     2,032  
    Nurse Next Doorb   1,341     1,316       5,309     5,207  
    Oxford   1,206     1,162       4,530     4,521  
    Sutton   899     1,095       4,206     4,339  
    Mr. Mikes   1,040     1,130       4,226     4,570  
    AIR MILES®   896     1,044       3,640     4,352  
    Adjusted revenuec $ 18,352   $ 17,688     $ 70,218   $ 61,621  
                               

    a) Stratus royalty income for the three months and year ended December 31, 2024, was US$1.6 million and US$6.4 million, respectively, translated at an average foreign exchange rate of $1.4000 and $1.3703 to US$1, respectively (three months and year ended December 31, 2023 – royalty income of US$1.5 million and US$6.1 million, respectively, translated at an average foreign exchange rate of $1.3610 and $1.3493 to US$1, respectively).
    b) Represents the DIV Royalty Entitlement plus management fees received from Nurse Next Door.
    c) DIV Royalty Entitlement and adjusted revenue are non-IFRS financial measures and as such, do not have standardized meanings under IFRS. For additional information, refer to “Non-IFRS Measures” in this news release.

    In Q4 2024, DIV generated $17.0 million of revenue compared to $16.4 million in Q4 2023. After considering the DIV Royalty Entitlement2 (defined below) related to DIV’s royalty arrangements with Nurse Next Door, DIV’s adjusted revenue2 was $18.4 million in Q4 2024, compared to $17.7 million in Q4 2023. Adjusted revenue increased primarily due to incremental revenue received through the acquisition of the BarBurrito rights on October 4, 2023, positive SSSG2 at Mr. Lube + Tires and Oxford, the annual contractual royalty increases at Stratus and Nurse Next Door, partially offset by negative SSSG from Mr. Mikes and lower royalty income from AIR MILES® and the 20% deferral of the Sutton royalties, all as discussed in further detail below.

    2. Adjusted revenue and DIV Royalty Entitlement are non-IFRS financial measures and SSSG are supplementary financial measures – see “Non-IFRS Measures” below.

    Royalty Partner Business Updates

    Mr. Lube + Tires: Mr. Lube Canada Limited Partnership (“Mr. Lube + Tires”) generated SSSG3 of 12.0% for the Mr. Lube + Tires stores in the royalty pool for Q4 2024 and 10.5% for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to SSSG of 14.0% and 17.1%, for the same respective prior periods in 2023.

    3. Same-store-sales growth or SSSG is a supplementary financial measure – see “Non-IFRS Measures” below.

    Stratus: Royalty income from SBS Franchising LLC (“Stratus”) was $2.3 million (US$1.6 million translated at an average foreign exchange rate of $1.4000 to US$1.00) for Q4 2024 and $8.7 million (US$6.4 million translated at an average foreign exchange rate of $1.3703 to US$1.00) for the year ended December 31, 2024. The fixed royalty payable by Stratus increases each November at a rate of 5% until and including November 2026 and 4% each November thereafter during the term of the license, with the most recent increase effective November 15, 2024.

    Nurse Next Door: The royalty entitlement to DIV (the “DIV Royalty Entitlement4”) from Nurse Next Door Professional Homecare Services Inc. (“Nurse Next Door”) was $1.3 million in Q4 2024 and $5.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2024. The DIV Royalty Entitlement from Nurse Next Door grows at a fixed rate of 2.0% per annum during the term of the license, with the most recent increase effective October 1, 2024.

    4. DIV Royalty Entitlement is a non-IFRS measure – see “Non-IFRS Measures” below.

    Mr. Mikes: SSSG5 for the Mr. Mikes Restaurants Corporation (“Mr. Mikes”) restaurants in the Mr. Mikes royalty pool was -4.7% in Q4 2024 and -3.4% for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to SSSG of 7.3% and 10.1%, for the same respective prior periods in 2023. The lower SSSG percentage in the current period is primarily due to lower restaurant guest traffic. In addition, in the comparable period, SSSG was measured against quarters that included the impact from COVID-19 related government regulations, including vaccine mandates.

    Royalty income and management fees of $1.0 million were generated by Mr. Mikes in Q4 2024, compared to $1.2 million in Q4 2023, which excludes approximately $0.05 million from the partial payment of deferred contractual royalty fees and accrued management fees. Royalty income and management fees of $4.2 million were generated for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to $4.4 million generated for the year ended December 31, 2023, excluding approximately $0.18 million from the partial payment of deferred contractual royalty fees and accrued management fees.

    5. Same-store-sales growth or SSSG is a supplementary financial measure – see “Non-IFRS Measures” below.

    Oxford: The Oxford Learning Centres, Inc. (“Oxford”) locations in the Oxford royalty pool generated SSSG6 (on a constant currency basis) of 4.0% in Q4 2024 and 0.2% for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to SSSG of -0.2% and 5.9%, for the same respective prior periods in 2023. Oxford’s SSSG has returned to being positive after lapping the completion of the Ontario Government funding of student learning support, which included private tutoring, which funding completed in the first half of 2023.

    6. Same-store-sales growth or SSSG is a supplementary financial measure – see “Non-IFRS Measures” below.

    AIR MILES®: In Q4 2024, royalty income of $0.9 million was generated from the AIR MILES® Licenses compared to $1.0 million generated in Q4 2023, a decrease of 14.2% from the comparable quarter. For the year ended December 31, 2024, royalty income of $3.6 million was generated compared to $4.4 million generated in the comparable year, a decrease of 16.4%. The decrease is largely due to the loss of AIR MILES® sponsor Metro and continued softness in the AIR MILES® Rewards Program.

    Sutton: In Q4 2024, royalty income of $0.9 million was generated by Sutton, which is net of a 20% royalty deferral, compared to $1.1 million generated in Q4 2023. For the year ended December 31, 2024, royalty income of $4.1 million was generated, which includes a 20% royalty deferral for Q4, 2024, compared to $4.3 million generated in the comparable year. DIV and Sutton entered into a royalty deferral agreement during Q4 2024, which provides Sutton with a 20% deferral of royalties from October 1, 2024 to December 31, 2025. The deferred royalties do not accrue interest and are due in full on December 31, 2027. Sutton finished 2024 on a strong note, opening two new franchise locations in Q4 and has a growing pipeline of franchise opportunities across Canada. Sutton intends to invest the deferred royalties to complete the rebuild of its management team, increase investment in marketing, roll out its rebranded logo across Canada, increase business development, and build on the positive momentum that began in the back half of 2024.

    BarBurrito: Royalty income from BarBurrito Restaurants Inc. (“BarBurrito”) was $2.1 million for Q4 2024 and $8.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2024. The royalty payable by BarBurrito initially grows at a fixed rate of 4% per annum each March from and including March 2025 to and including March 2030 and, commencing on January 1, 2031, will fluctuate based on the gross sales of the BarBurrito locations in the royalty pool.

    Distributable Cash and Dividends Declared

    In Q4 2024 and for the year ended December 31, 2024, distributable cash7 increased to $12.6 million ($0.0759 per share) and $44.8 million ($0.2762 per share), respectively, compared to $10.4 million ($0.0723 per share) and $38.1 million ($0.2671 per share), in the respective periods in 2023.

    The increase in distributable cash7 for the quarter was primarily due to higher adjusted revenue7, lower general and administrative expenses, lower professional fees, lower interest expense, and lower salaries and benefits. The increase in distributable cash7 for the year was primarily due to higher adjusted revenue7, lower general and administrative expenses, and lower professional fees, partially offset by higher interest expense and higher and salaries and benefits.

    The increase in distributable cash per share7 for the quarter and year end were primarily due to an increase in distributable cash, partially offset by a higher weighted average number of common shares outstanding.

    In Q4 2024 and for the year ended December 31, 2024, the payout ratio7 was 82.3% on dividends of $0.0625 per share and 90.0% on dividends of $0.2487 per share, respectively, compared to the payout ratio of 84.2% on dividends of $0.0609 per share and 90.2% on dividends of $0.2410 per share for the same respective periods in 2023. The decrease in payout ratio for the quarter and year end were primarily due to higher distributable cash per share7, partially offset by higher dividends declared per share.

    7. Adjusted revenue and distributable cash are non-IFRS financial measures and distributable cash per share and payout ratio are non-IFRS ratios – see “Non-IFRS Measures” below.

    Net Income

    Net income for Q4 2024 and for the year ended December 31, 2024, was $4.0 million and $26.6 million, respectively, compared to net income of $9.1 million and $31.7 million for the same respective periods in 2023. The decrease in net income in Q4 2024 was primarily due to impairment loss on intangible assets and higher share-based compensation expense, partially offset by higher adjusted revenue8 and lower general and administrative expenses, interest expense on credit facilities, and income tax expense. The decrease in net income for the year was primarily due to impairment loss on intangible assets, higher share-based compensation expense, salaries and benefits, and interest expense on credit facilities, partially offset by higher adjusted revenue8 and lower general and administrative expenses, and income tax expense.

    8. Adjusted revenue is a non-IFRS financial measure – see “Non-IFRS Measures” below.

    About Diversified Royalty Corp.

    DIV is a multi-royalty corporation, engaged in the business of acquiring top-line royalties from well-managed multi-location businesses and franchisors in North America. DIV’s objective is to acquire predictable, growing royalty streams from a diverse group of multi-location businesses and franchisors.

    DIV currently owns the Mr. Lube + Tires, AIR MILES®, Sutton, Mr. Mikes, Nurse Next Door, Oxford Learning Centres, Stratus Building Solutions and BarBurrito trademarks. Mr. Lube + Tires is the leading quick lube service business in Canada, with locations across Canada. AIR MILES® is Canada’s largest coalition loyalty program. Sutton is among the leading residential real estate brokerage franchisor businesses in Canada. Mr. Mikes operates casual steakhouse restaurants primarily in western Canadian communities. Nurse Next Door is a home care provider with locations across Canada and the United States as well as in Australia. Oxford Learning Centres is one of Canada’s leading franchisee supplemental education services. Stratus Building Solutions is a leading commercial cleaning service franchise company providing comprehensive building cleaning, and office cleaning services primarily in the United States. BarBurrito is the largest quick service Mexican restaurant food chain in Canada.

    DIV’s objective is to increase cash flow per share by making accretive royalty purchases and through the growth of purchased royalties. DIV intends to continue to pay a predictable and stable monthly dividend to shareholders and increase the dividend over time, in each case as cash flow per share allows.

    Forward-Looking Statements

    Certain statements contained in this news release may constitute “forward-looking information” within the meaning of applicable securities laws that involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors which may cause the actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by such forward-looking information. The use of any of the words “anticipate”, “continue”, “estimate”, “expect”, “intend”, “may”, “will”, ”project”, “should”, “believe”, “confident”, “plan” and “intend” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking information, although not all forward-looking information contains these identifying words. Specifically, forward-looking information in this news release includes, but is not limited to, statements made in relation to: Sutton having a growing pipeline of franchise opportunities across Canada; Sutton intends to invest the deferred royalties to complete the rebuild of its management team, increase investment in marketing, roll out its rebranded logo across Canada, increase business development and build on the positive momentum that began in the back half of 2024; DIV’s intention to pay monthly dividends to shareholders; and DIV’s corporate objectives. These statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause actual results or events, performance, or achievements of DIV to differ materially from those anticipated or implied by such forward-looking information. DIV believes that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking information included in this news release are reasonable but no assurance can be given that these expectations will prove to be correct. In particular, risks and uncertainties include: DIV’s royalty partners may not make their respective royalty payments to DIV, in whole or in part; the decline in royalties received under the AIR MILES® licenses could cause AM Royalties Limited Partnership (“AM LP”) to be required to make partial or full repayment of the outstanding principal amount under its credit agreement, or cause AM LP to be in default under its credit agreement; current positive trends being experienced by certain of DIV’s royalty partners (and their respective franchisees) may not continue and may regress, and current negative trends experienced by certain of DIV’s royalty partners (including their respective franchisees) may continue and may regress; DIV and its royalty partners performance may not meet management’s expectations; DIV may not be able to make monthly dividend payments to the holders of its common shares; Sutton may not pay all deferred royalties in accordance with the timing required or at all; Sutton’s investment of the deferred royalties may not achieve their intended effects; Sutton may require further deferrals of royalties beyond those contemplated by the current deferral agreement; dividends are not guaranteed and may be reduced, suspended or terminated at any time; or DIV may not achieve any of its corporate objectives. Given these uncertainties, readers are cautioned that forward-looking information included in this news release is not a guarantee of future performance, and such forward-looking information should not be unduly relied upon. More information about the risks and uncertainties affecting DIV’s business and the businesses of its royalty partners can be found in the “Risk Factors” section of its Annual Information Form dated March 24, 2025 and in DIV’s management’s discussion and analysis for the three months and year ended December 31, 2024, copies of which are available under DIV’s profile on SEDAR+ at www.sedarplus.com.

    In formulating the forward-looking information contained herein, management has assumed that DIV will generate sufficient cash flows from its royalties to service its debt and pay dividends to shareholders; lenders will provide any necessary waivers required in order to allow DIV to continue to pay dividends; lenders will provide any other necessary covenant waivers to DIV and its royalty partners; the performance of DIV’s royalty partners will be consistent with DIV’s and its royalty partners’ respective expectations; recent positive trends for certain of DIV’s royalty partners (including their respective franchisees) will continue and not regress; current negative trends experienced by certain of DIV’s royalty partners (including their respective franchisees) will not materially regress; Sutton will pay all deferred royalties in accordance with the required timing in full and will not require further deferrals; Sutton’s investment of the deferred royalties will achieve its intended effects; the businesses of DIV’s respective royalty partners will not suffer any material adverse effect; and the business and economic conditions affecting DIV and its royalty partners will continue substantially in the ordinary course, including without limitation with respect to general industry conditions, general levels of economic activity and regulations. These assumptions, although considered reasonable by management at the time of preparation, may prove to be incorrect.

    All of the forward-looking information in this news release is qualified by these cautionary statements and other cautionary statements or factors contained herein, and there can be no assurance that the actual results or developments will be realized or, even if substantially realized, that it will have the expected consequences to, or effects on, DIV. The forward-looking information in this news release is made as of the date of this news release and DIV assumes no obligation to publicly update or revise such information to reflect new events or circumstances, except as may be required by applicable law.

    Non-IFRS Measures

    Management believes that disclosing certain non-IFRS financial measures, non-IFRS ratios and supplementary financial measures provides readers with important information regarding the Corporation’s financial performance and its ability to pay dividends and the performance of its royalty partners. By considering these measures in combination with the most closely comparable IFRS measure, management believes that investors are provided with additional and more useful information about the Corporation and its royalty partners than investors would have if they simply considered IFRS measures alone. The non-IFRS financial measures, non-IFRS ratios and supplementary financial measures do not have standardized meanings prescribed by IFRS and therefore are unlikely to be comparable to similar measures presented by other issuers. Investors are cautioned that non-IFRS measures should not be construed as a substitute or an alternative to net income or cash flows from operating activities as determined in accordance with IFRS.

    “Adjusted revenue”, “adjusted royalty income”, “DIV Royalty Entitlement” and “distributable cash” are used as non-IFRS financial measures in this news release.

    Adjusted revenue is calculated as royalty income plus DIV Royalty Entitlement and management fees. The following table reconciles adjusted revenue and adjusted royalty income to royalty income, the most directly comparable IFRS measure disclosed in the financial statements:

       Three months ended December 31,
        Year ended December 31,
     
    (000’s)   2024     2023       2024     2023  
    Mr. Lube + Tires $ 8,543   $ 7,750     $ 30,953   $ 28,196  
    Stratus   2,269     2,099       8,714     8,171  
    BarBurrito   2,080     2,013       8,320     2,013  
    Oxford   1,194     1,152       4,487     4,481  
    Sutton   872     1,068       4,096     4,229  
    Mr. Mikes   1,025     1,115       4,181     4,520  
    AIR MILES®   896     1,044       3,640     4,352  
    Royalty income $ 16,879   $ 16,241     $ 64,391   $ 55,962  
    DIV Royalty Entitlement   1,320     1,295       5,228     5,126  
    Adjusted royalty income $ 18,199   $ 17,536     $ 69,619   $ 61,088  
    Management fees   153     152       599     533  
    Adjusted revenue $ 18,352   $ 17,688     $ 70,218   $ 61,621  
                               

    For further details with respect to adjusted revenue and adjusted royalty income, refer to the subsection “Non-IFRS Financial Measures” under “Description of Non-IFRS Financial Measures, Non-IFRS Ratios and Supplementary Financial Measures” in the Corporation’s management’s discussion and analysis for the three months and year ended December 31, 2024, a copy of which is available on SEDAR+ at www.sedarplus.com.

    The most closely comparable IFRS measure to DIV Royalty Entitlement is “distributions received from NND LP”. DIV Royalty Entitlement is calculated as distributions received from NND LP, before any deduction for expenses incurred by NND Holdings Limited Partnership (“NND LP”), which expenses include legal, audit, tax and advisory services. Note that distributions received from NND LP is derived from the royalty paid by Nurse Next Door to NND LP. The following table reconciles DIV Royalty Entitlement to distributions received from NND LP in the financial statements:

       Three months ended December 31,     Year ended December 31,
     
    (000’s)   2024     2023       2024     2023  
    Distributions received from NND LP $ 1,314   $ 1,284     $ 5,197   $ 5,095  
    Add: NND Royalties LP expenses   2     2       27     22  
    DIV Royalty Entitlement   1,316     1,286       5,224     5,117  
               
    Less: NND Royalties LP expenses   (2 )   (2 )     (27 )   (22 )
    DIV Royalty Entitlement, net of NND Royalties LP expenses $ 1,314   $ 1,284     $ 5,197   $ 5,095  
                               

    For further details with respect to DIV Royalty Entitlement, refer to the subsection “Non-IFRS Financial Measures” under “Description of Non-IFRS Financial Measures, Non-IFRS Ratios and Supplementary Financial Measures” in the Corporation’s management’s discussion and analysis for the three months and year ended December 31, 2024, a copy of which is available on SEDAR+ at www.sedarplus.com.

    The following table reconciles distributable cash to cash flows generated from operating activities, the most directly comparable IFRS measure disclosed in the financial statements:

      Three months ended December 31,
        Year ended December 31,
     
    (000’s)   2024     2023       2024     2023  
               
    Cash flows generated from operating activities $ 11,724   $ 7,400     $ 46,491   $ 30,816  
               
    Current tax expense   (1,300 )   (845 )     (6,516 )   (5,061 )
    Accrued interest on convertible debentures   788     788            
    Accrued interest on bank loans   (13 )         (438 )    
    Distributions on MRM units earned in current periods   (34 )   (38 )     (138 )   (164 )
    Mandatory principal payments on credit facilities       (577 )     (643 )   (1,008 )
    Payment of lease obligations   (28 )   (28 )     (110 )   (107 )
    NND LP expenses   (2 )   (2 )     (27 )   (22 )
    Accrued DIV Royalty Entitlement, net of distributions   2           27      
    Foreign exchange and other   (13 )   394       146     229  
    Changes in working capital   (33 )   (527 )     303     3,579  
    Transactions costs       32           32  
    Taxes paid   1,512     1,648       6,012     7,691  
    Note receivable       2,130       (305 )   2,130  
    Distributable cash $ 12,603   $ 10,376     $ 44,802   $ 38,115  
                               

    For further details with respect to distributable cash, refer to the subsection “Non-IFRS Financial Measures” under “Description of Non-IFRS Financial Measures, Non-IFRS Ratios and Supplementary Financial Measures” in the Corporation’s management’s discussion and analysis for the three months and year ended December 31, 2024, a copy of which is available on SEDAR+ at www.sedarplus.com.

    “Distributable cash per share” and “payout ratio” are non-IFRS ratios that do not have a standardized meaning prescribed by IFRS, and therefore may not be comparable to similar ratios presented by other issuers. Distributable cash per share is defined as distributable cash, a non-IFRS measure, divided by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. The payout ratio is calculated by dividing the dividends per share during the period by the distributable cash per share, a non-IFRS measure, generated in that period. For further details, refer to the subsection entitled “Non-IFRS Ratios” under “Description of Non-IFRS Financial Measures, Non-IFRS Ratios and Supplementary Financial Measures” in the Corporation’s management’s discussion and analysis for the three months and year ended December 31, 2024, a copy of which is available on SEDAR+ at www.sedarplus.com.

    “Weighted average organic royalty growth” is the average same store sales growth percentage related to Mr. Lube + Tires, Oxford and Mr. Mikes (excluding the collection of Mr. Mikes deferred royalty management fees) plus the average increase in adjusted royalty income from AIR MILES®, Sutton (less 20% deferral in Q4, 2024), Nurse Next Door and Stratus over the prior comparable period taking into account the percentage weighting of each royalty partner’s adjusted royalty income in proportion of the total adjusted royalty income for the period, excluding BarBurrito as there was no full-period adjusted royalty income generated from BarBurrito in the prior period. Weighted average organic royalty growth is a supplementary financial measure and does not have a standardized meaning prescribed by IFRS. However, the Corporation believes that weighted average organic royalty growth is a useful measure as it provides investors with an indication of the change in year-over-year growth of each royalty partner, taking into account the percentage weighting of royalty partner’s growth in proportion of total growth, as applicable. The Corporation’s method of calculating weighted average organic royalty growth may differ from those of other issuers or companies and, accordingly, weighted average organic royalty growth may not be comparable to similar measures used by other issuers or companies.

    “Same store sales growth” or “SSSG” and “system sales” are supplementary financial measures and do not have standardized meanings prescribed by IFRS and therefore may not be comparable to similar measures presented by other issuers. SSSG and system sales figures are reported to DIV by its Royalty Partners – see “Third Party Information”. For further details, refer to the subsection entitled “Supplementary Financial Measures” under “Description of Non-IFRS Financial Measures, Non-IFRS Ratios and Supplementary Financial Measures” in the Corporation’s management’s discussion and analysis for the three months and year ended December 31, 2024, a copy of which is available on SEDAR+ at www.sedarplus.com.

    Third Party Information

    This news release includes information obtained from third party company filings and reports and other publicly available sources as well as financial statements and other reports provided to DIV by its royalty partners. Although DIV believes these sources to be generally reliable, such information cannot be verified with complete certainty. Accordingly, the accuracy and completeness of this information is not guaranteed. DIV has not independently verified any of the information from third party sources referred to in this news release nor ascertained the underlying assumptions relied upon by such sources.

    THE TORONTO STOCK EXCHANGE HAS NOT REVIEWED AND DOES NOT ACCEPT RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE ADEQUACY OR THE ACCURACY OF THIS RELEASE.

    Additional Information

    The information in this news release should be read in conjunction with DIV’s consolidated financial statements and management’s discussion and analysis (“MD&A”) for the three months and year ended December 31, 2024, which are available on SEDAR+ at www.sedarplus.com.

    Additional information relating to the Corporation and other public filings, is available on SEDAR+ at www.sedarplus.com.

    Contact:
    Sean Morrison, President and Chief Executive Officer
    Diversified Royalty Corp.
    (236) 521-8470

    Greg Gutmanis, Chief Financial Officer and VP Acquisitions
    Diversified Royalty Corp.
    (236) 521-8471

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Ninepoint Partners Announces March 2025 Cash Distributions for ETF Series Securities

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    TORONTO, March 24, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Ninepoint Partners LP (“Ninepoint Partners”) today announced the March 2025 cash distributions for its ETF Series securities. The record date for the distributions is March 31, 2025. All distributions are payable on April 7, 2025.

    The per-unit March 2025 distributions are detailed below:


    About Ninepoint Partners

    Based in Toronto, Ninepoint Partners LP is one of Canada’s leading alternative investment management firms overseeing approximately $7 billion in assets under management and institutional contracts. Committed to helping investors explore innovative investment solutions that have the potential to enhance returns and manage portfolio risk, Ninepoint offers a diverse set of alternative strategies spanning Equities, Fixed Income, Alternative Income, Real Assets, F/X and Digital Assets.

    For more information on Ninepoint Partners LP, please visit www.ninepoint.com or for inquiries regarding the offering, please contact us at (416) 943-6707 or (866) 299-9906 or invest@ninepoint.com.

    Ninepoint Partners LP is the investment manager to the Ninepoint Funds (collectively, the “Funds”). Commissions, trailing commissions, management fees, performance fees (if any), and other expenses all may be associated with investing in the Funds. Please read the prospectus carefully before investing. The information contained herein does not constitute an offer or solicitation by anyone in the United States or in any other jurisdiction in which such an offer or solicitation is not authorized or to any person to whom it is unlawful to make such an offer or solicitation. Prospective investors who are not resident in Canada should contact their financial advisor to determine whether securities of the Fund may be lawfully sold in their jurisdiction.

    Please note that distribution factors (breakdown between income, capital gains and return of capital) can only be calculated when a fund has reached its year-end. Distribution information should not be relied upon for income tax reporting purposes as this is only a component of total distributions for the year. For accurate distribution amounts for the purpose of filing an income tax return, please refer to the appropriate T3/T5 slips for that particular taxation year. Please refer to the prospectus or offering memorandum of each Fund for details of the Fund’s distribution policy.

    The payment of distributions and distribution breakdown, if applicable, is not guaranteed and may fluctuate. The payment of distributions should not be confused with a Fund’s performance, rate of return, or yield. If distributions paid by the Fund are greater than the performance of the Fund, then an investor’s original investment will shrink. Distributions paid as a result of capital gains realized by a Fund and income and dividends earned by a Fund are taxable in the year they are paid. An investor’s adjusted cost base will be reduced by the amount of any returns of capital. If an investor’s adjusted cost base goes below zero, then capital gains tax will have to be paid on the amount below zero.

    Sales Inquiries:

    Ninepoint Partners LP
    Neil Ross
    416-945-6227
    nross@ninepoint.com

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: iAnthus Reports Fiscal Fourth Quarter and Full Year 2024 Financial Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    NEW YORK and TORONTO, March 24, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — iAnthus Capital Holdings, Inc. (“iAnthus” or the “Company”) (CSE: IAN, OTCQB: ITHUF), which owns, operates, and partners with regulated cannabis operations across the United States, today reported its financial results for the fourth quarter and year ended December 31, 2024. The Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (the “Annual Report”), which includes its audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2024 and the related management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations, can be accessed on the Securities and Exchange Commission’s (“SEC’s”) website at www.sec.gov, on the System for Electronic Document Analysis and Retrieval’s (SEDAR+) website at www.sedarplus.com, and on the Company’s website at www.iAnthus.com. The Company’s financial statements are reported in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”). All currency is expressed in U.S. dollars.

    Fiscal Year 2024 Financial Highlights

    • Revenue of $167.6 million, increased 5.2% from the prior year.
    • Gross profit of $75.1 million, increased 18.9% from the prior year.
    • Gross margin of 45%, reflecting an increase of 516 bps from the prior year.
    • Net loss of $7.6 million, or a net loss of less than $0.00 per share, compared to a net loss of $76.6 million, or a net loss of less than $0.01 per share in the prior year.
    • Adjusted EBITDA(1) of $23.9 million, up $15.6 million from the prior year. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are non-GAAP measures. Reconciliation tables of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA as used in this press release to GAAP are included below.

    Fourth Quarter 2024 Financial Highlights

    • Revenue of $42.7 million, a sequential increase of $2.4 million from Q3 2024 and an increase of $1.8 million from the same quarter in the prior year.
    • Gross profit of $19.1 million, a sequential increase of $1.1 million from Q3 2024 and an increase of $3.2 million from the same quarter in the prior year.
    • Gross margin of 45%, reflecting a sequential decrease of 9 bps when compared to Q3 2024 and an increase of 586 bps from the same quarter in the prior year.
    • Net income of $27.8 million, or a net income of less than $0.00 per share, compared to a net loss of $11.6 million, or a net loss of less than $0.00 per share in Q3 2024, and compared to a net loss of $18.7 million, or a net loss of $0.00 per share, in the same quarter in the prior year.
    • Adjusted EBITDA(1) of $6.4 million, a sequential increase from Adjusted EBITDA of $5.3 million in Q3 2024, and an increase from Adjusted EBITDA of $3.3 million from the same quarter in the prior year. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are non-GAAP measures. Reconciliation tables of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA as used in this press release to GAAP are included below.
    Table 1: Financial Results
    in thousands of US$, except per share amounts (audited)   FY2024   FY 2023   Q4 2024   Q4 2023
    Revenue $ 167,567   $ 159,237   $ 42,718   $ 40,880  
    Gross profit   75,114     63,169     19,139     15,919  
    Gross margin   44.8 %   39.7 %   44.8 %   38.9 %
    Net income (loss)   (7,636 )   (76,621 )   27,793     (18,695 )
    Net income (loss) per share   (0.00 )   (0.01 )   0.00     (0.00 )
    Table 2: Reconciliation of Net Income (Loss) to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA(1)
    in thousands of US$ (audited)   FY2024   FY 2023   Q4 2024   Q4 2023
    Net income (loss) $ (7,636 ) $ (76,621 ) $ 27,793   $ (18,695 )
    Depreciation and amortization   24,736     27,170     6,045     6,773  
    Interest expense, net   17,170     15,741     4,427     4,105  
    Income tax (benefit) expense(2)   (17,678 )   27,163     (34,602 )   7,218  
    EBITDA (Non-GAAP)(1) $ 16,592   $ (6,547 ) $ 3,663   $ (599 )
    Adjustments:                
    (Recoveries), write-downs and other charges, net(3)   (1,236 )   (102 )   (14 )   (57 )
    Inventory reserves and write-downs   430     946     247     24  
    Accretion expense   4,624     3,950     1,200     1,004  
    Share-based compensation   2,107     4,535     424     980  
    Losses from changes in fair value of financial instruments   46     74     18     89  
    Loss on equity method investments   211     183     50     183  
    Non-recurring charges(4)   3,911     4,467     994     1,338  
    Loss on debt extinguishment(5)   114     1,288          
    (Gains) losses from deconsolidation of subsidiaries(6)   (2,120 )   512         496  
    Other income(7)   (732 )   (973 )   (171 )   (164 )
    Total Adjustments $ 7,355   $ 14,880   $ 2,748   $ 3,893  
    Adjusted EBITDA (Non-GAAP)(1) $ 23,947   $ 8,333   $ 6,411   $ 3,294  

    (1) See “Non-GAAP Financial Information” below for more information regarding the Company’s use of non-GAAP financial measures.
    (2) Current and prior period amounts have been conformed to follow an accounting policy change made by the Company to aggregate interest and penalties related to accrued income taxes within “income tax expense” from within “selling, general and administrative expenses” in its consolidated statement of operations.
    (3) Prior period amounts related to gains and losses from deconsolidation have been reclassified to “selling, general, and administrative expenses” from “(recoveries), write-downs and other charges, net” on the consolidated statement of operations to conform with current year presentation.
    (4) Includes one-time, non-recurring costs related to strategic review processes, ongoing legal disputes, severance and other non-recurring costs.
    (5) FY2024 reflects a loss of $0.1 million on debt extinguishment related to the second amendment of the $11.0 million senior secured bridge notes issued by iAnthus New Jersey, LLC (the “NJ Senior Secured Notes”) on February 16, 2024. FY2023 reflects a loss of $1.3 million on debt extinguishment related to the first amendment of the NJ Senior Secured Notes on February 2, 2023.
    (6) FY2024 reflects a gain of $2.1 million from the deconsolidation of our Nevada operations. FY2023 reflects a loss of $0.5 million from the deconsolidation of our CBD and Vermont operations.
    (7) Other income primarily includes accounts payable write-offs, vendor credits, and Employee Retention Tax Credits received from the Internal Revenue Service.

    Non-GAAP Financial Information

    This press release includes certain non-GAAP financial measures as defined by the SEC and the Canadian Securities Administrators. Reconciliations of these non-GAAP financial measures to the most directly comparable financial measures calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP are included in the tables above. This information should be considered as supplemental in nature and not as a substitute for, or superior to, any measure of performance prepared in accordance with GAAP.

    In evaluating our business, we consider and use EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA as supplemental measures of operating performance. We define EBITDA as earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization. We define Adjusted EBITDA as EBITDA before share-based compensation, accretion expense, write-downs and impairments, gains and losses from changes in fair values of financial instruments, income or losses from equity-accounted investments, the effect of changes in accounting policy, non-recurring costs related to the Company’s Recapitalization Transaction, litigation costs related to ongoing legal proceedings, and other income. We present EBITDA because we believe it is frequently used by securities analysts, investors and other interested parties as a measure of financial performance of other similarly situated companies in our industry, and we present Adjusted EBITDA because it removes non-recurring, irregular and one-time items that we believe may distort the comparability of EBITDA from period-to-period and with other industry participants. 

    EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are not standardized financial measures defined under GAAP, and are not a measure of operating income, operating performance or liquidity presented in accordance with GAAP. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA have limitations as an analytical tool, and when assessing the Company’s operating performance, investors should not consider EBITDA or Adjusted EBITDA in isolation, or as a substitute for net income (loss) or other consolidated income statement data prepared in accordance with GAAP. Among other things, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect the Company’s actual cash expenditures. Other companies may calculate similar measures differently than us, limiting their usefulness as comparative tools. We compensate for these limitations by relying on GAAP results and using EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA only as supplemental information.

    About iAnthus

    iAnthus owns and operates licensed cannabis cultivation, processing and dispensary facilities throughout the United States. For more information, visit www.iAnthus.com.

    Forward Looking Statements

    Statements in this press release contain forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are made on the basis of the current beliefs, expectations and assumptions of management, are not guarantees of performance and are subject to significant risks and uncertainty. These forward-looking statements should, therefore, be considered in light of various important factors, including those set forth in the Company’s reports that it files from time to time with the SEC and the Canadian Securities Regulators, which you should review, including, but not limited to, the Annual Report filed with the SEC. When used in this press release, words such as “will,” “could,” “plan,” “estimate”, “expect”, “intend”, “may”, “potential”, “believe”, “should” and similar expressions identify forward-looking statements.

    Forward-looking statements may include, without limitation, statements relating to the Company’s financial performance, business development and results of operations.

    These forward-looking statements should not be relied upon as predictions of future events, and the Company cannot assure you that the events or circumstances discussed or reflected in these statements will be achieved or will occur. If such forward-looking statements prove to be inaccurate, the inaccuracy may be material. You should not regard these statements as a representation or warranty by the Company or any other person that the Company will achieve its objectives and plans in any specified time frame, or at all. You are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date of this press release. The Company disclaims any obligation to publicly update or release any revisions to these forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, after the date of this press release or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events, except as required by law.

    Neither the Canadian Securities Exchange nor the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission has reviewed, approved or disapproved the content of this press release.

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI New Zealand: Property Sector – Meet Cotality: CoreLogic Embraces a New Name and Bold Vision for the Future of the Property Industry

    Source: CoreLogic

    CoreLogic to rebrand to Cotality, reflecting the company’s mission to unify property professionals, strengthen industry relationships and drive innovation globally.

    CoreLogic today announced its global rebrand to Cotality, marking the company’s progression to a leader in property information, analytics and data-enabled solutions from its origins in financial services supporting the mortgage industry.

    This rebrand introduces a new name, logo and brand identity that reflect the company’s transformation into an information services provider that is creating a faster, smarter and more people-centric property industry.
    “The property ecosystem underpins the prosperity of individuals, businesses, governments and society as a whole. But at the core, it’s people, businesses and communities that drive it forward. Cotality’s insights build on this, by turning questions into futures you can see,” said Patrick Dodd, President and CEO of Cotality.
    “This rebrand reflects innovation, evolution and commitment to uniting property professionals – strengthening businesses, fostering relationships and powering outcomes that balance logic and data with humanity and emotion. Our name is changing to demonstrate the company’s unmatched dedication and service to clients around the world.”
    The new name, Cotality, reflects the company’s deep commitment to collaboration and connectivity, both internally and externally, while honoring its CoreLogic roots. It also signifies its approach of totality, delivering comprehensive data and insights across the entire property ecosystem and beyond. Tying it all together is the company’s spirit of vitality – placing the idea that helping people thrive is at the center of every insight and workflow.
    “While remaining true to our core DNA, the time is right to launch a refreshed brand that captures our evolution,” said Lisa Claes, CEO of Cotality International, pointing to its significantly expanded capability and customer solution set following a suite of acquisitions, sustained product investment and strengthened industry partnerships.
     Alongside the new Cotality name sits the tagline: Intelligence Beyond BoundsTM. 
    This tagline serves as both a first impression and a powerful expression of the company’s identity. It is an embodiment of the seamless integration of data, technology, artificial intelligence, insights and people that inspire Cotality to collaborate across the entire lifecycle of properties and homeowners.
    “For CoreLogic Australia, New Zealand and UK, Cotality captures our unique position and reinforces to the market that we are part of a global, technology-enabled information services leader, whose solutions truly unlock Intelligence beyond bounds.”
    “Our new name and tagline reflect the essence of who we are and where we’re headed. This transformation is a natural evolution, honoring our roots while embracing a future defined by collaboration, innovation and impact,” said Kristie Vainikos Stegen, Chief Brand and Communications Officer of Cotality. “This isn’t just about a new look; it’s about harnessing the power of data and technology and empowering people – internally and externally – to drive meaningful change globally.”
    Cotality empowers industry professionals across home lending, insurance, real estate and government worldwide. With operations in the United States, Canada, the United Kingdom, Australia, New Zealand, India and Germany, Cotality’s new global brand identity will build on CoreLogic’s trusted legacy to deliver innovation and drive smarter decisions while expanding its global reach.

    MIL OSI New Zealand News

  • MIL-OSI USA News: More Investment, More Jobs, and More Money in Americans’ Pockets

    Source: The White House

    More Investment, More Jobs, and More Money in Americans’ Pockets

    Today, Hyundai announced a $20 billion investment in the United States — including $5.8 billion for a new steel plant in Louisiana, which will create nearly 1,500 jobs. The investment, which builds on Hyundai’s pledge earlier this year to “further localize production in the U.S.,” is the latest success in President Donald J. Trump’s pursuit of a Made in America renaissance.

    It’s further proof that President Trump’s economic agenda is working.

    Hyundai is far from the only automaker planning major investments as President Trump leverages tariffs to remake the U.S. into a global manufacturing powerhouse:

    • Stellantis announced a $5 billion investment in its U.S. manufacturing network — including re-opening an Illinois manufacturing plant — as it pledges to increase domestic vehicle production.
    • Volkswagen is considering shifting production of the high-end Audi and Porsche brands to the U.S.
    • Honda is expected to produce its next-generation Civic hybrid model in Indiana.
    • Nissan is considering moving production from Mexico to the U.S.
    • Rolls-Royce is expected to “ramp up” production in the U.S. by hiring more American workers and expand its U.S.-based operations.
    • Volvo is considering expanding its U.S.-based output.

    It’s not just the auto sector; domestic and foreign companies have pledged trillions in new investments since President Trump took office:

    • Project Stargate, led by Japan-based Softbank and U.S.-based OpenAI and Oracle, announced a $500 billion private investment in U.S.-based artificial intelligence infrastructure.
    • Apple announced a $500 billion investment in U.S. manufacturing and training.
    • Nvidia announced it will invest hundreds of billions of dollars over the next four years in U.S.-based manufacturing.
    • Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company (TSMC) announced a $100 billion investment in U.S.-based chips manufacturing.
    • Eli Lilly and Company announced a $27 billion investment in domestic manufacturing.
    • United Arab Emirates-based DAMAC Properties announced a $20 billion investment in new U.S.-based data centers.
    • France-based CMA CGM, a global shipping giant, announced a $20 billion investment in U.S. shipping and logistics, creating 10,000 new jobs.
    • Merck announced it will invest $8 billion in the U.S. over the next several years after opening a new $1 billion North Carolina manufacturing facility.
    • Clarios announced a $6 billion plan to expand its domestic manufacturing operations.
    • GE Aerospace announced a $1 billion investment in manufacturing across 16 states — creating 5,000 new jobs.
    • GE Vernova announced it will invest nearly $600 million in U.S. manufacturing over the next two years, which will create more than 1,500 new jobs.
    • London-based Diageo announced a $415 million investment in a new Alabama manufacturing facility.
    • Dublin-based Eaton Corporation announced a $340 million investment in a new South Carolina-based manufacturing facility for its three-phase transformers.
    • Germany-based Siemens announced a $285 million investment in U.S. manufacturing and AI data centers, which will create more than 900 new skilled manufacturing jobs.
    • Paris Baguette announced a $160 million investment to construct a manufacturing plant in Texas.
    • Switzerland-based ABB announced a $120 million investment to expand production of its low-voltage electrification products in Tennessee and Mississippi.
    • Saica Group, a Spain-based corrugated packaging maker, announced plans to build a $110 million new manufacturing facility in Anderson, Indiana.
    • Paris-based Saint-Gobain announced a new $40 million NorPro manufacturing facility in Wheatfield, New York.
    • India-based Sygene International announced a $36.5 million acquisition of a Baltimore biologics manufacturing facility.
    • Asahi Group Holdings, one of the largest Japanese beverage makers, announced a $35 million investment to boost production at its Wisconsin plant.
    • Samsung is considering moving its dryer production from Mexico to South Carolina.
    • LG is considering moving its refrigerator manufacturing from Mexico to Tennessee.
    • Italian spirits group Campari is “assessing the opportunities to expand its production in the U.S.”
    • Essity, a Swedish hygiene product manufacturer, is considering shifting production to the U.S.
    • Taiwan-based Compal Electronics is considering a U.S.-based expansion.
    • Taiwan-based Inventec is expected to expand its manufacturing operations into Texas.
    • LVMH, a French luxury giant, is “seriously considering” an expansion to its U.S.-based production capabilities.
    • Cra-Z-Art, the biggest toymaker in the U.S., said it will move a “large percentage” of its China-based manufacturing back home.
    • Prepac, a Canadian furniture manufacturer, announced it will move production from Canada to the U.S.

    MIL OSI USA News

  • MIL-OSI Canada: Family doctors embrace new pay model

    Alberta’s government is committed to strengthening primary health care, ensuring every Albertan has access to a primary health care provider no matter where they live. This new compensation model is designed to not only support physicians in their essential work but also to enhance access to family doctors across the province.  

    Developed in partnership with the Alberta Medical Association (AMA), this model was announced in December following months of collaboration. With the AMA meeting the threshold of 500 enrolled physicians, the program is now set to officially launch on April 1. As of March 24, 789 family physicians have signed up to receive compensation through the new model.

    “Implementing the new primary care physician compensation model is an exciting milestone in our journey to strengthen Alberta’s primary health care system. The model will support family physicians and be a recruitment and retention tool to give more Albertans access to the primary care they need.”

    Adriana LaGrange, Minister of Health

    The new compensation model will ensure Alberta’s family doctors are competitively paid while promoting patient-focused care. Incentives include increases for:

    • Maintaining high panel numbers (minimum of 500 patients), which will incentivize panel growth and improve access to primary care for patients.
    • Providing after-hours care to relieve pressure on emergency departments and urgent care centres.
    • Enhancing team-based care, which will encourage developing integrated teams that may include family physicians, nurse practitioners, registered nurses, dietitians and pharmacists to provide patients with the best care possible.
    • Adding efficiencies in clinical operations to simplify processes for both patients and health care providers.

    Alberta’s government is committed to improving access to family physicians. This new model fosters growth while addressing patient complexity, striking a balance that enhances access to quality care for all Albertans.

    “This new model will strengthen comprehensive, cradle-to-grave primary care. These practices are the foundation of our health care system. The model will help us to retain the family medicine specialists and rural generalists we already have and will go a long way toward attracting more to Alberta.”

    Dr. Shelley Duggan, president, Alberta Medical Association

    “Family physicians welcome this announcement. For us, it signals government’s commitment to making primary care a priority within our health care system. I know many physicians are eager to begin working under this new model so they can stabilize their practices and focus on providing high-quality care to their patients.”

    Dr. Sarah Bates, president, Section of Family Medicine, Alberta Medical Association

    “Primary Care Alberta is pleased to see the extensive training, experience and leadership of family medicine specialists recognized. Primary care providers play an integral role in the health of Albertans. We look forward to working with government and family medicine specialists across the province to increase access to comprehensive primary care for all Albertans, particularly in rural and remote communities.” 

    Kim Simmonds, CEO, Primary Care Alberta

    “The PCPCM model is an important step forward in connecting every Albertan with a family physician and medical home.” 

    Dr. Melanie Hnatiuk, president, Alberta College of Family Physicians

    Alberta International Medical Graduate Program changes

    Alberta’s government is also making changes to the Alberta International Medical Graduate Program (AIMG) to better support Albertans who are studying medicine abroad and help them complete their residency in Alberta. The program assesses the qualifications of Alberta international medical graduates (IMGs) to determine their eligibility for medical residency positions at the University of Alberta and University of Calgary, but it does not select who is chosen for a residency position.

    The changes will adjust the graduation deadline and remove the requirement for an externship assessment, which previously required Alberta IMGs to complete a clinical assessment period in Alberta before beginning residency. Now, they can begin right after graduation. The application period for 2026 is from May 1 to May 30, 2025.  

    For the 2026 application cycle, applicants will be eligible if they graduate by July 1, 2026. Previously, applicants would have had to graduate by Dec. 31, 2025. These changes will make it easier for more Albertans to complete their residency here, helping to retain skilled health care professionals and build a stronger, more sustainable health care workforce for years to come.

    Quick facts

    • If passed, Budget 2025 will provide $66.3 million for postgraduate medical education programs in 2025-26, including $2.3 million for the AIMG Program.
    • Alberta offered 55 IMG residency seats in 2025, with plans to expand to 70 by 2028, and additional IMGs will also have the opportunity to fill unfilled Canadian medical graduate seats.
    • Adjustments to the AIMG program will go into effect for the class of 2026; physicians wanting medical residency positions need to apply to the program in May 2025.

    Related information

    • Primary care physician compensation model
    • Alberta International Medical Graduate Program
    • Modernizing Alberta’s Primary Health Care System (MAPS)

    Related news

    • New pay model, better access to family doctors (Dec. 19, 2024)
    • Competitive compensation for resident physicians (Oct. 9, 2024)
    • Modernizing how family doctors are paid in Alberta (April 17, 2024)
    • Stabilizing Alberta’s primary health care system (April 4, 2024)
    • Helping primary care providers support patients (Feb. 8, 2024)
    • New funding to stabilize primary health care (Dec. 21, 2023)
    • Strengthening health care: A collaborative effort (Oct. 24, 2023)
    • Strengthening health care: Improving access for all (Oct. 18, 2023)

    MIL OSI Canada News